[go: up one dir, main page]
More Web Proxy on the site http://driver.im/

JP2018089280A - Baby carrier - Google Patents

Baby carrier Download PDF

Info

Publication number
JP2018089280A
JP2018089280A JP2016237350A JP2016237350A JP2018089280A JP 2018089280 A JP2018089280 A JP 2018089280A JP 2016237350 A JP2016237350 A JP 2016237350A JP 2016237350 A JP2016237350 A JP 2016237350A JP 2018089280 A JP2018089280 A JP 2018089280A
Authority
JP
Japan
Prior art keywords
infant
main body
auxiliary holding
buttocks
length
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Granted
Application number
JP2016237350A
Other languages
Japanese (ja)
Other versions
JP6282716B1 (en
Inventor
樋口 順一
Junichi Higuchi
順一 樋口
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Lucky Industry Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Lucky Industry Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Lucky Industry Co Ltd filed Critical Lucky Industry Co Ltd
Priority to JP2016237350A priority Critical patent/JP6282716B1/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of JP6282716B1 publication Critical patent/JP6282716B1/en
Publication of JP2018089280A publication Critical patent/JP2018089280A/en
Active legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Landscapes

  • Undergarments, Swaddling Clothes, Handkerchiefs Or Underwear Materials (AREA)

Abstract

PROBLEM TO BE SOLVED: To adjust a holding height of an infant while holding the infant in a burden-less leg-opened state depending on his/her moon age, size, and growth, which enables a stable holding without large burden even for an infant of young moon age.SOLUTION: A positioning part 30 formed continuously and integrally with a body 10 and an auxiliary holding part 20 and provided between the body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20, the positioning part 30 positioning a weight depth of an infant B by adjusting a folding length in a longitudinal direction. The positioning part 30 is configured such that a weight lateral width Wof a hip of the infant B when the length between the body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 is shortened is in a range of 5/10 to 9/10 of a lateral width Wof a lower end of the body 10, preferably in a narrow range 3/5 to 4/5. Also, auxiliary holding part 20 has a right-left lateral width to a height position at 15 cm from a connection position with the lower end of the body 10 is 1.4 time or less of the weight lateral with Wof the hip of the infant B at maximum.SELECTED DRAWING: Figure 2

Description

本発明は、乳幼児を抱っこしたりおんぶしたりするときに、それを補助して運搬するベビーキャリア(子守帯)に関するもので、特に、乳幼児の臀部の高さ位置(深さ位置)を調節可能なベビーキャリアに関するものである。   The present invention relates to a baby carrier (childcare band) that assists and carries an infant when holding or carrying it, and in particular, the height position (depth position) of an infant's buttocks can be adjusted. Is about a baby carrier.

保持対象とする乳幼児の月齢を限定することなく長期間の使用を可能とするベビーキャリアとして、乳幼児の成長に応じて、使用者の装着方法を乳幼児の横抱きから縦抱き形態に変形させる切り替えによって、首すわり前の新生児期から2〜3歳までの長い間の使用を可能としたものが知られているが、最近では、首すわり前の新生児期から縦抱きに対応させたベビーキャリアも提案されている。しかし、縦抱きとした特定の抱持形態でも、乳幼児の月齢、大きさ、成長に応じ、乳幼児にとって負担の少ない安定して快適な抱き心地の保持状態は変化する。また、乳幼児の個々の体型にも個人差があり、更に、抱っこやおんぶといった抱き方の違いによっても、乳幼児及び乳幼児を保持する親等の使用者にとって負担の少ない最適な保持位置は相違する。特に、首すわり前の乳幼児では、筋肉や関節を繋ぐ靭帯が未発達であり股や膝の関節が柔らかいことから、それら関節や開脚姿勢に負担をかけない保持が望まれる。   As a baby carrier that can be used for a long time without limiting the age of the infant to be held, according to the growth of the infant, by switching the user's wearing method from the horizontal holding of the infant to the vertical holding form, Although it has been known that it can be used for a long time from the neonatal period before sitting at the neck to 2 to 3 years old, recently a baby carrier corresponding to vertical holding from the neonatal period before sitting at the neck has also been proposed. ing. However, even in a specific form of holding in a vertical manner, the holding state of a stable and comfortable holding comfort with little burden on the infant changes according to the age, size, and growth of the infant. In addition, there are individual differences in individual body shapes of infants, and the optimum holding position with less burden on users such as infants and parents who hold infants differs depending on how to hold them. In particular, in infants before sitting on their necks, the ligaments that connect the muscles and joints are undeveloped and the joints of the crotch and knees are soft.

ここで、特許文献1及び特許文献2には、背当部、股あて部及び前あて部を連続させて構成し、前記股あて部を側面U字状に折り曲げ形成すると共に、背当部の両側と前あて部の両側面とを所望の布帛等を用いて連結することによって袋状乃至筒状に形成された子守帯本体を構成し、前記子守帯本体の上端部両側からは所定の長さで肩掛け帯を延伸させ、その先端部は子守帯本体の下端部に形成した腰帯の適宜個所に係止させるように構成してなる子守帯において、前記子守帯本体を構成する背当部の内側と前あて部の内側に差し渡すようにして座高調節用の補助帯の両端部を取付け、前記補助帯は少なくともその一端部が係止具により着脱自在に係止できるように構成したベビーキャリアが開示されている。 特許文献1及び特許文献2に記載があるように、このようなベビーキャリアによれば、本体が予定している標準体型よりも小さい幼児でも標準体型の幼児と全く同様の快適な座高と使用感を得ることができるとしている。   Here, in Patent Document 1 and Patent Document 2, a backrest part, a crotch pad part, and a front pad part are configured to be continuous, the crotch pad part is bent and formed in a side U shape, By connecting the both sides and both side surfaces of the front padding portion using a desired cloth or the like, a lullaby body formed in a bag shape or a cylindrical shape is constructed, and a predetermined length is provided from both sides of the upper end portion of the lullaby body. Now, the shoulder strap is stretched, and the tip portion thereof is configured to be locked at an appropriate portion of the waistband formed at the lower end portion of the lullaby body. A baby carrier constructed so that both ends of an auxiliary band for seat height adjustment are attached so as to pass between the inner side and the inner side of the front contact part, and at least one end part of the auxiliary band can be detachably locked by a locking tool. Is disclosed. As described in Patent Document 1 and Patent Document 2, according to such a baby carrier, a comfortable sitting height and a feeling of use that are the same as those of an infant with a standard body shape can be obtained even with an infant whose main body is smaller than the standard body shape that is planned. Is going to be able to get

また、特許文献3には、背当部、股あて部、前あて部等を連続させ、背当部の両側面と前あて部の両側面とを連結させることにより筒状(袋状)に形成した子守帯本体において、股あて部と前あて部との間に座高調節用のベルトを介在させることにより、股あて部の大きさ(股あて部が形成するサイズ)を自由に変更できるようして、自由に座高の調節が行えることとした子守帯が開示されている。   Further, Patent Document 3 discloses that a back portion, a crotch portion, a front portion and the like are made continuous, and both sides of the back portion and both sides of the front portion are connected to form a cylinder (bag shape). The size of the crotch part (size formed by the crotch part) can be freely changed by interposing a seat height adjustment belt between the crotch part and the front part in the formed baby limp body. Thus, a lullaby that can freely adjust the sitting height is disclosed.

更に、特許文献4に開示のベビーキャリにおいては、乳幼児の着座部分に下側結合器具を介して細長い舌片を設け、舌片の長さを変えることにより、着座部分のサイズ、長さを調節できるようにして、小児の身長に応じてベビーキャリアのサイズを調節可能としている。   Furthermore, in the baby carrier disclosed in Patent Document 4, the size and length of the seating portion are adjusted by providing an elongated tongue piece on the seating portion of the infant through the lower coupling device and changing the length of the tongue piece. The baby carrier size can be adjusted according to the height of the child.

実開平2−40246号公報Japanese Utility Model Publication No. 2-40246 実開平2−40247号公報Japanese Utility Model Publication No. 2-40247 特開平7−222623号公報JP-A-7-222623 特開2012−152547号公報JP 2012-152547 A

ところが、特許文献1及び特許文献2に記載のベビーキャリアは、背当部と股あて部の内側に差し渡すようにして取付けられる座高調節用の補助帯の少なくとも一端が、背当部、股あて部及び前あて部が連続形成された本体部に対してベルベット式ファスナーや、金具及びベルト等によって着脱自在に係止できるように構成されるものであることから、補助帯と本体部を接続する係止部に負荷がかかりやすく、耐久性の懸念があった。特に、特許文献1及び特許文献2に記載のベルベット式ファスナーや、金具及びベルトによる係止具では補助帯と本体部の接続部において高い接続強度を得ることが困難であり、場合によっては使用者の歩行等による振動によって補助帯が揺動し、補助帯に着座した乳幼児の姿勢が不安定になりやすかった。更に、補助帯を着脱自在とするための係止具が例え蓋片によって覆われていても、乳幼児に凹凸感等の違和感のある感触や不快感を与える恐れがあった。
なお、特許文献1及び特許文献2には、乳幼児の開脚姿勢については追求するものがなく、乳幼児の月齢、大きさ、成長に応じて負担をかけない開脚姿勢で保持することの技術思想の開示や示唆はない。
However, in the baby carriers described in Patent Document 1 and Patent Document 2, at least one end of the auxiliary seat for seat height adjustment attached so as to pass inside the back rest and the crotch rest is at the back rest, the crotch rest. The auxiliary belt and the main body are connected to each other because it is configured so that it can be detachably locked with a velvet fastener, a metal fitting, a belt, or the like with respect to the main body formed continuously with the front portion and the front portion. There was a concern about durability due to the load being easily applied to the locking portion. In particular, it is difficult to obtain a high connection strength at the connecting portion between the auxiliary belt and the main body portion with the velvet type fasteners described in Patent Literature 1 and Patent Literature 2 or the fasteners using metal fittings and belts. As a result of vibration caused by walking, the auxiliary belt rocks and the posture of the infant seated on the auxiliary belt tends to become unstable. Furthermore, even if the locking tool for making the auxiliary belt detachable is covered with the lid piece, there is a risk of giving the infant an uncomfortable feeling such as unevenness or discomfort.
In Patent Document 1 and Patent Document 2, there is no pursuit for an infant's open leg posture, and the technical idea of maintaining an open leg posture that does not impose a burden according to the age, size, and growth of the infant. There is no disclosure or suggestion.

また、特許文献3及び特許文献4に記載の技術は、背当部、股あて部、前あて部等を構成する本体部自身の長さを調節可能とするものであり、本体部の長さ調節により乳幼児の身体にあてがう部位の面積(サイズ)が変更されることになる。したがって、本体部の設計自由度が制約され、例えば、月齢の低い時期の乳幼児に対して負担をかけない開脚姿勢で保持できるよう横幅サイズを設定しようとすると、乳幼児が大きくなった際に、その大きくなった乳幼児の臀部を十分覆うのに必要な面積(サイズ)を確保できず、乳幼児の負担を増大させ、安定した保持状態を得ることができなくなる。   In addition, the techniques described in Patent Document 3 and Patent Document 4 enable adjustment of the length of the main body part itself that constitutes the backrest part, the crotch part, the front part, and the like. The area (size) of the part applied to the infant's body is changed by the adjustment. Therefore, the design freedom of the main body is restricted, for example, when trying to set the width size so that it can be held in an open leg posture that does not place a burden on infants at a low age, when the infant becomes large, The area (size) necessary to sufficiently cover the enlarged infant's buttocks cannot be secured, the burden on the infant is increased, and a stable holding state cannot be obtained.

そこで、乳幼児の保持の高さ位置を調節することができ、かつ、乳幼児の月齢、大きさ、成長に応じて負担のかからない開脚姿勢の保持を可能とし、月齢が低い時期の乳幼児でも負担の少ない安定した保持を可能とするベビーキャリアの提供を課題とするものである。   Therefore, it is possible to adjust the holding position of the infant and to maintain an open leg posture that does not impose a burden according to the age, size, and growth of the infant. An object of the present invention is to provide a baby carrier that enables a small and stable holding.

請求項1の発明のベビーキャリアは、左右1対の肩ベルト部により使用者に装着され、乳幼児の身体にあてがわれ前記乳幼児を広い面積で支持する本体部と、一端が前記本体部の下端部に接続され前記本体部とは反対側で前記乳幼児の身体にあてがわれる補助保持部と、前記本体部及び前記補助保持部から一体に連続して前記本体部と前記補助支持部の間に渡されて前記乳幼児の臀部の沈み深さを位置決めする位置決め台座部とを有する。   The baby carrier of the invention of claim 1 is attached to the user by a pair of left and right shoulder belt portions, and is applied to the infant's body to support the infant in a wide area, and one end is the lower end of the body portion. An auxiliary holding portion that is connected to the body and is applied to the infant's body on the opposite side of the main body portion, and the main body portion and the auxiliary holding portion are integrally and continuously between the main body portion and the auxiliary support portion. And a positioning pedestal for positioning the sinking depth of the buttocks of the infant.

上記本体部は、対面抱っこや前向きおんぶのように乳幼児の身体の腹側が乳幼児を保持する親等の使用者に向くように乳幼児を保持する際に乳幼児の背側にあてがわれ乳幼児の主に胴体部や、適宜、頭部及び首部を受け、乳幼児の身体を広い面積で支持し保護するものである。   The main body is applied to the infant's back when holding the infant so that the abdomen of the infant's body faces a parent or other user holding the infant, such as a face-to-face hug or a forward-facing piggyback. And the head and neck as appropriate to support and protect the infant's body over a wide area.

上記補助保持部は、前記本体部よりも乳幼児を保持する使用者に近い側に配設されて前記本体部の下端部に接続し、その自由端が上方に延び、前記本体部があてがわれる面とは反対側で前記乳幼児の身体にあてがわれるものである。つまり、対面抱っこや前向きおんぶのように乳幼児の身体の腹側が乳幼児を保持する親等の使用者に向くように乳幼児を保持する際には乳幼児の身体の腹側(反背側)にあてがわれるものである。通常、本体部よりも狭い面積で乳幼児の身体の腹側(反背側)にあてがわれ、前記本体部の下端部に接続する一端が前記本体部の下端部の左右方向(水平方向)の横幅よりも狭い幅からなる。
これら本体部と補助保持部は、使用者側に近い方に補助保持部が配設され、使用者側から遠い方に本体部が配設されるものである。
The auxiliary holding portion is disposed closer to the user holding the infant than the main body portion and is connected to the lower end portion of the main body portion, and a free end thereof extends upward, and the main body portion is applied. It is applied to the infant's body on the opposite side of the face. In other words, when holding an infant so that the infant's body's ventral side faces a parent or other user holding the infant, such as a face-to-face hug or a forward-facing piggyback, it is applied to the infant's body's ventral side (reverse side). Is. Usually, it is applied to the infant's body's ventral side (anti-dorsal side) with a smaller area than the main body, and one end connected to the lower end of the main body is in the left-right direction (horizontal direction) of the lower end of the main body. The width is narrower than the width.
The main body part and the auxiliary holding part are arranged such that the auxiliary holding part is arranged closer to the user side and the main body part is arranged farther from the user side.

上記肩ベルト部は、乳幼児を抱っこしたりおんぶしたりするときに使用者の両肩に掛けられるものであり、使用者の肩及び背中にまわすだけの距離をもって、前記本体部及び/または前記補助保持部の左右両側に接続されているものである。   The shoulder belt portion is hung on the user's shoulders when holding or carrying an infant, and the main body portion and / or the auxiliary member is provided at a distance sufficient to turn the shoulder and back of the user. It is connected to the left and right sides of the holding part.

上記位置決め台座部は、前記本体部及び前記補助保持部の相互の対向側で前記本体部及び前記補助保持部から一体に連続して前記本体部及び前記補助保持部の間に渡され、長さ方向の折り畳みによって長さ調節を自在とし、その長さ調節によって前記乳幼児の臀部の沈み深さを位置決めするものである。
ここで、上記長さ調節は、上記位置決め台座部に一体に形成した係合手段、例えば、ファスナ、スナップ、ボタンとループ、フックとリング、接着布等の係合により折り畳み状態を固定して位置決め台座部の長さを短縮し、係合の解除により折り畳みが展開される形態で位置決め台座部の長さ調節を行っても良いし、別体のアジャスター等を取付けることにより折り畳み状態を固定して長さを短縮し、アジャスター等の取り外しにより折り畳みが展開される形態で長さの調節を行っても良い。
The positioning pedestal portion is integrally and continuously passed from the main body portion and the auxiliary holding portion between the main body portion and the auxiliary holding portion on the opposite sides of the main body portion and the auxiliary holding portion. The length can be freely adjusted by folding in the direction, and the sinking depth of the buttocks of the infant is positioned by adjusting the length.
Here, the length adjustment is performed by fixing the folded state by engaging engagement means formed integrally with the positioning pedestal, for example, fasteners, snaps, buttons and loops, hooks and rings, and adhesive cloths. The length of the pedestal part can be shortened and the length of the positioning pedestal part can be adjusted in a form in which the fold is unfolded by releasing the engagement, or the folded state can be fixed by attaching a separate adjuster The length may be shortened and the length may be adjusted in a form in which the fold is unfolded by removing an adjuster or the like.

好ましくは、上記位置決め台座部は、その長さ方向の折り畳みにより前記本体部と前記補助保持部との間の長さを短くしたときの前記乳幼児の臀部の沈み横幅が、前記補助支持部が接続されている前記本体部の下端部の横幅の5/10〜9/10の範囲内、より好ましくは、3/5〜4/5の範囲内の幅狭に形成される。   Preferably, the positioning pedestal is connected to the auxiliary support portion in accordance with a sinking lateral width of the buttocks of the infant when the length between the main body portion and the auxiliary holding portion is shortened by folding in the length direction. The width of the lower end of the main body is 5/10 to 9/10, more preferably 3/5 to 4/5.

ここで、上記本体部と前記補助保持部との間の長さを短くしたときの前記乳幼児の臀部の沈み横幅とは、長さ方向の折り畳みにより本体部と前記補助保持部との間を渡す長さを短くした位置決め台座部において、乳幼児の臀部の沈みを受け止めて乳幼児の臀部を位置決めする部位、つまり、乳幼児の臀部が着地される最下位の部位の横幅を意味する。
そして、上記本体部と前記補助保持部との間の長さを短くしたときの前記乳幼児の臀部の沈み横幅が前記本体部の下端部の横幅の5/10〜9/10の範囲内、より好ましくは、3/5〜4/5の範囲内とは、首すわり前の低月齢の乳幼児を保持対象としても、乳幼児の体形、特に、柔らかい股関節に負荷をかけることのないように設定したものである。なお、上記本体部の下端部は、前記補助保持部の下端部との接続箇所である。
Here, the sinking lateral width of the buttocks of the infant when the length between the main body portion and the auxiliary holding portion is shortened passes between the main body portion and the auxiliary holding portion by folding in the length direction. In the positioning pedestal portion whose length is shortened, it means the width of the lowermost part where the infant's buttocks are landed, that is, the position where the infant's buttocks is positioned by receiving the sink of the infant's buttocks.
And, when the length between the main body part and the auxiliary holding part is shortened, the sinking lateral width of the buttocks of the infant is within the range of 5/10 to 9/10 of the lateral width of the lower end part of the main body part. Preferably, the range of 3/5 to 4/5 is set so as not to apply a load to the infant's body shape, particularly the soft hip joint, even if the target is a younger infant before the neck It is. In addition, the lower end part of the said main-body part is a connection location with the lower end part of the said auxiliary | assistant holding | maintenance part.

前記位置決め台座部において前記本体部と前記補助保持部との間の長さを短くすることにより、前記本体部と前記補助保持部の間の深さが、前記本体部と前記補助保持部の両者が接続されている閉じられた最下端から上位に底上されることになるが、このとき前記本体部と前記補助保持部との間の長さを短くした位置決め台座部に受け止められる乳幼児の臀部の沈み横幅が、成長した大きい乳幼児であってもその臀部表面を覆うことができる適度に広い寸法に設定される前記本体部の下端部と同等の広い幅寸法であると、保持対象が首すわり前の低月齢の乳幼児である場合に、乳幼児は股幅を大きく広げないと、乳幼児Bの脚を前記位置決め台座部より下位に下ろすことができない。即ち、乳幼児は大きな股幅の開きが要求されることになる。
そこで、前記本体部と前記補助保持部との間の長さを短くしたときの位置決め台座部に開脚した状態で受け止められて乳幼児の臀部が到達する位置決め部位の横幅を、本体部の下端部の横幅の5/10〜9/10の範囲内、より好ましくは、3/5〜4/5の範囲内の幅狭とすることで、首すわり前の低月齢の乳幼児であっても、開脚姿勢に無理がかからないようにしたものである。
By reducing the length between the main body portion and the auxiliary holding portion in the positioning pedestal portion, the depth between the main body portion and the auxiliary holding portion is reduced to both the main body portion and the auxiliary holding portion. The baby's buttocks are received by the positioning pedestal with a shorter length between the main body part and the auxiliary holding part at this time, from the closed bottom end to which is connected. If the width of the sinking is a width that is the same as the lower end of the main body that is set to a reasonably wide dimension that can cover the buttocks surface even for a large infant that has grown up, If the infant is a younger infant, the leg of the infant B cannot be lowered below the positioning base unless the crotch width is greatly increased. That is, infants are required to open a large crotch width.
Therefore, the lateral width of the positioning part that is received by the positioning pedestal portion when the length between the main body portion and the auxiliary holding portion is shortened and is reached by the infant's buttocks is determined by the lower end portion of the main body portion. The width is 5/10 to 9/10, more preferably 3/5 to 4/5. The leg posture is not overwhelmed.

ここで、前記位置決め台座部の上記本体部と前記補助保持部との間の長さを短くしたときの前記乳幼児の臀部の沈み横幅が、前記本体部の下端部の横幅の5/10未満では、乳幼児の股関節や鼠蹊部を圧迫してしまう恐れがあり、一方で、前記本体部の下端部の横幅の9/10を超えるものでは、首すわり前の低月齢の乳幼児にとって、過度な股幅の開きを要求する恐れがあり、体勢が未発達な低月齢の乳幼児にとって負担を強いるものとなる。
前記位置決め台座部の上記本体部と前記補助保持部との間の長さを短くしたときの前記乳幼児の臀部の沈み横幅が、前記本体部の下端部の横幅の5/10〜9/10の範囲内、より好ましくは、3/5〜4/5の範囲内の幅狭であれば、首すわり前の低月齢の乳幼児を保持対象とする際でも、前記位置決め台座部により乳幼児の臀部の沈み深さが上位に底上されることで前記位置決め台座部の下位から、補助保持部及び本体部の両者が接続されている閉じられた下端部までの間に、乳幼児が股幅を拡げ過ぎることなく脚を収めることができるようになり、かつ、股関節や鼠蹊部が圧迫されることもなく、乳幼児の開脚姿勢に負荷が少ないものとなる。
Here, when the length between the main body portion of the positioning pedestal portion and the auxiliary holding portion is shortened, the sinking lateral width of the buttocks of the infant is less than 5/10 of the lateral width of the lower end portion of the main body portion. , The hips and buttocks of the infant may be compressed. On the other hand, when the width of the lower end of the main body exceeds 9/10, the crotch width is excessive for younger infants before sitting on the neck. May be demanding, and will impose a burden on young infants who are underdeveloped.
When the length between the main body part of the positioning base part and the auxiliary holding part is shortened, the sinking lateral width of the buttocks of the infant is 5/10 to 9/10 of the lateral width of the lower end part of the main body part. Within the range, more preferably within the range of 3/5 to 4/5, even if the infant of low age before sitting in the neck is intended to be held, the positioning pedestal sunk the infant's buttocks Infants too widen the crotch width from the lower position of the positioning pedestal to the closed lower end where both the auxiliary holding part and the main body are connected by the depth being raised to the upper part. The leg can be accommodated without any problems, and the hip joint and the buttocks are not compressed, and the infant's leg posture is reduced.

また、好ましくは、前記補助保持部は、前記本体部の下端部との接続位置から15cmの高さ位置までの左右両側の横幅が、最大でも、前記本体部と前記補助保持部との間の長さを短くしたときの前記乳幼児の臀部の沈み横幅の1.4倍以下とされる。   Preferably, the auxiliary holding portion has a lateral width between the main body portion and the auxiliary holding portion at the maximum from the connection position with the lower end portion of the main body portion to a height position of 15 cm. It is set to 1.4 times or less of the sinking lateral width of the buttocks of the infant when the length is shortened.

上記補助保持部の前記本体部の下端部との接続位置から15cmの高さ位置(長さ位置)までとは、前記本体部と前記補助保持部との間の長さを短くしたときの位置決め台座部に臀部が受け止められた乳幼児の両脚の膝より下位が補助保持部の左右両側から出される部位である。通常、首すわり前の低月齢の乳幼児の体形を想定して位置決め台座部の前記本体部と前記補助保持部との間の長さを短くして乳幼児の臀部の沈み深さを上方(高位置)に設定する際には、乳幼児の体重による撓み等を考慮しても、補助支持部と接続している本体部の下端から最大でも5cm〜10cm程度であるから、乳幼児のM型の開脚姿勢では、本体部の下端部との接続位置から15cmの高さ位置までの範囲で、高い位置で保持されるM字型に開脚する低月齢の乳幼児の両脚の膝より下位が補助保持部の両側から出されることになる。   From the connecting position of the auxiliary holding part to the lower end part of the main body part to the height position (length position) of 15 cm is the positioning when the length between the main body part and the auxiliary holding part is shortened. The lower part from the knees of both legs of the infant whose buttock is received by the pedestal part is a part that is extended from the left and right sides of the auxiliary holding part. Usually, assuming the body shape of a young infant before sitting on the neck, the length between the main body part of the positioning pedestal part and the auxiliary holding part is shortened to increase the sinking depth of the infant's buttocks upward (high position) In the case of setting to), even if considering the deflection due to the weight of the infant and the like, it is about 5 cm to 10 cm at the maximum from the lower end of the main body part connected to the auxiliary support part. In the posture, the lower part is lower than the knees of both legs of an infant with a low age that opens in an M shape that is held at a high position in the range from the connection position with the lower end of the main body part to a height position of 15 cm. Will be served from both sides.

ここで、乳幼児の臀部を高い位置で保持したときに乳幼児の両脚の膝より下位が出る部位となる前記補助保持部の左右両側の横幅が、前記本体部と前記補助保持部との間の長さを短くしたときの前記乳幼児の臀部の沈み横幅の1.4倍を超えたものでは、本体部の下端部の横幅を所定の幅狭として乳幼児の臀部を受け止める位置決め部位に乳幼児の臀部が位置決めされたときに、補助保持部の広い寸法によって、乳幼児の脚の動きが拘束されやすく脚の動きに自由度がなくなる。また、窮屈感、不自由さから乳幼児が補助保持部の両側から足を出そうとして股幅を過度に拡げてしまうことがある。特に、乳幼児の脚の動きが拘束されると、体勢が未発達な低月齢の乳幼児にとっての負担が大きく、乳幼児の運動機能を阻害させる恐れもある。   Here, when the buttocks of the infant are held at a high position, the lateral widths of the left and right sides of the auxiliary holding part that are lower than the knees of both legs of the infant are the length between the main body part and the auxiliary holding part. When the width of the lower part of the infant's buttocks exceeds 1.4 times the width when the length is shortened, the infant's buttocks are positioned at a positioning portion for receiving the infant's buttocks with the width of the lower end of the main body being a predetermined narrow width. When this is done, the movement of the leg of the infant is liable to be restrained due to the wide dimensions of the auxiliary holding part, and the freedom of movement of the leg is lost. Further, because of the cramped feeling and inconvenience, the infant may excessively widen the crotch width trying to get out the legs from both sides of the auxiliary holding part. In particular, when the movement of the leg of the infant is restricted, the burden on the infant with a young age who is not yet well-developed is large, and the motor function of the infant may be hindered.

そこで、前記補助保持部において、前記本体部の下端部との接続位置から15cmの高さ位置までの左右両側の横幅を、最大でも、前記本体部と前記補助保持部との間の長さを短くしたときの前記乳幼児の臀部の沈み横幅の1.4倍以下とすることで、首すわり前の低月齢の乳幼児を保持対象としたときでも、乳幼児の脚の動きを制限することなく、乳幼児の股幅の拡げ過ぎを防止できる。よって、乳幼児の運動機能を阻害させる恐れがなく、乳幼児の体形にかかる負荷を少なくできる。
上記15cmの高さ位置までとは、少なくとも15cmの高さまでは、所定の横幅に設定される必要があるが、所定の横幅寸法とするその範囲は、15cm以上であってもよい。
Therefore, in the auxiliary holding portion, the lateral width on both the left and right sides from the connection position with the lower end portion of the main body portion to the height position of 15 cm is set to the maximum length between the main body portion and the auxiliary holding portion. By setting it to 1.4 times or less the sinking width of the buttocks of the infant when shortened, the infant's leg movement is not limited even when targeting a younger infant before sitting down the neck. It is possible to prevent the crotch width from becoming too wide. Therefore, there is no fear of inhibiting the infant's motor function, and the load on the infant's body shape can be reduced.
To the height position of 15 cm, it is necessary to set a predetermined lateral width at a height of at least 15 cm, but the range of the predetermined lateral width dimension may be 15 cm or more.

請求項2の発明のベビーキャリアは、前記位置決め台座部を長さ方向に折り畳んで前記本体部と前記補助保持部の間の長さを短くしたとき、その折り畳んだ部分が前記乳幼児の臀部の沈みを受けとめる位置決め部位となるものである。好ましくは、折り畳んだ部分を選択的に位置決め部位として、前記乳幼児の臀部の沈みを受けとめる位置決め部位の厚みを選択可能とする構造である。   In the baby carrier according to the second aspect of the present invention, when the positioning pedestal portion is folded in the length direction to shorten the length between the main body portion and the auxiliary holding portion, the folded portion is the sinking of the infant's buttocks It becomes the positioning part which receives. Preferably, the folded portion is selectively set as a positioning portion, and the thickness of the positioning portion that receives the sinking of the buttocks of the infant can be selected.

請求項3の発明のベビーキャリアは、前記本体部の前記乳幼児の身体の臀部にあてがわれる部位において、その左右両側部が前記乳幼児側(内方)に向かって折り曲げ自在な形状により、乳幼児が収容される空間に奥行きを持たせたものである。   According to a third aspect of the present invention, the baby carrier according to the third aspect of the present invention is configured so that the right and left sides of the body carrier can be bent toward the infant side (inward). The space to be accommodated has a depth.

請求項4の発明のベビーキャリアは、更に、前記本体部と前記補助保持部の下端部に接続し、前記使用者の腰回りに装着する腰ベルト部を有するものである。
上記腰ベルト部は、乳幼児を抱っこしたりおんぶしたりするときに使用者の腰回りに取付けられ、前記乳幼児を支持する本体部の位置決めを行い、前記乳幼児の体重を支えるもので、通常、前記本体部及び前記補助保持部に対して略逆T字状を描くように配置され、その水平方向の長さ方向の端部に配設されるバックル等の連結具によって使用者の腰回りに取付け、取外し自在とされる。腰ベルト部の本体部及び補助支持部への接続は、縫製であってもよいし、係合手段等による取付け、取り外し自在な構成であっても良い。
なお、上記の上下左右の方向は、乳幼児を抱っこしたりおんぶしたりする縦抱き状態における方向性を示す。
According to a fourth aspect of the present invention, the baby carrier further includes a waist belt portion that is connected to the lower end portion of the main body portion and the auxiliary holding portion and is worn around the waist of the user.
The waist belt part is attached to a user's waist when holding or carrying a baby, positioning the main body part that supports the baby, and supporting the weight of the baby. It is arranged so as to draw a substantially inverted T shape with respect to the main body part and the auxiliary holding part, and is attached around the waist of the user by a connecting tool such as a buckle disposed at the end in the horizontal length direction. , Removable. The connection of the waist belt part to the main body part and the auxiliary support part may be sewing, or may be a structure that can be attached and detached by an engaging means or the like.
The up, down, left, and right directions described above indicate the directionality in a vertical holding state in which an infant is held or carried.

請求項1の発明に係るベビーキャリアによれば、乳幼児の身体にあてがわれる本体部と前記本体部とは反対側で前記乳幼児の身体にあてがわれる補助保持部との間に、前記本体部及び前記補助保持部から一体に連続して形成された位置決め台座部が渡されて配設され、この位置決め台座部は、その長さ方向に折り畳む長さ調節によって、前記本体部の前記補助保持部の間の深さの調節を自在とし、前記乳幼児の臀部の沈み深さを位置決めする。したがって、本体部及び補助保持部の間に配設された位置決め台座部に、本体部及び補助保持部の間に収容された乳幼児の臀部が受け止められることになるが、位置決め台座部の折り畳みにより本体部及び補助保持部の間を渡す長さを短くすると、本体部及び補助保持部の間に収容される乳幼児の沈み深さが高くなり、位置決め台座部の折り畳みを展開して本体部及び補助保持部の間を渡す長さを長くすると、本体部及び補助保持部の間に収容される乳幼児の沈み深さが低くなり、位置決め台座部による本体部及び補助保持部の間を渡す長さの調節により保持する乳幼児の高さ位置を調節できる。   According to the baby carrier of the first aspect of the present invention, the main body portion is disposed between the main body portion applied to the infant body and the auxiliary holding portion applied to the infant body on the opposite side of the main body portion. And a positioning pedestal portion formed integrally and continuously from the auxiliary holding portion is disposed and arranged, and the positioning pedestal portion is adjusted in a length direction so that the auxiliary holding portion of the main body portion is adjusted. It is possible to freely adjust the depth between the two, and the sinking depth of the buttocks of the infant is positioned. Therefore, the positioning base part disposed between the main body part and the auxiliary holding part receives the buttocks of the infant accommodated between the main body part and the auxiliary holding part, but the main body is folded by folding the positioning base part. If the length that passes between the main part and the auxiliary holding part is shortened, the sinking depth of the infant accommodated between the main part and the auxiliary holding part increases, and the folding of the positioning pedestal part is unfolded to expand the main part and the auxiliary holding part. If the length passing between the parts is increased, the sinking depth of the infant accommodated between the main body part and the auxiliary holding part is lowered, and the adjustment of the length passing between the main body part and the auxiliary holding part by the positioning pedestal part is performed. The height position of the infant to be held can be adjusted.

よって、身体が小さい低月齢の乳幼児でも、長さ方向の折り畳みにより位置決め台座部の本体部及び補助保持部の間を渡す長さを短くして、本体部の下端部と補助保持部の下端部の接続位置よりも高い位置で乳幼児を保持することができることから、乳幼児が本体部と補助保持部の間で沈み込んだり埋もれたりしてしまうことなく、乳幼児の頭部の位置がそれを保護する本体部の適切な位置に配置されて、乳幼児の負担を小さくでき、快適な保持を可能とする。また、乳幼児が成長して身体が大きくなった際には、折り畳みを展開し、位置決め台座部の本体部及び補助保持部の間を渡す長さを長くして、本体部の下端部と補助保持部の下端部の接続側の低い位置で乳幼児を保持し、乳幼児の身体を本体部の適切な位置で保護して快適な保持を可能とする。そして、使用者にとっても、快適な保持位置に乳幼児の高さ位置を調節できることになる。
このように保持する乳幼児の月齢、大きさ、成長に応じて、乳幼児の保持の高さ位置を調節し、乳幼児及び使用者にとって負担の少ない保持を可能とする。
Therefore, even for young infants with small bodies, the length passing between the main body part of the positioning base part and the auxiliary holding part is shortened by folding in the length direction, so that the lower end part of the main body part and the lower end part of the auxiliary holding part Since the infant can be held at a position higher than the connection position, the infant's head position protects the infant without sinking or being buried between the main body and the auxiliary holder. Arranged at an appropriate position of the main body, the burden on the infant can be reduced and comfortable holding is possible. Also, when the infant grows up and the body grows large, the folding is unfolded, the length passing between the main body part of the positioning base part and the auxiliary holding part is lengthened, and the lower end part of the main body part and the auxiliary holding part are held. The infant is held at a low position on the connection side of the lower end of the part, and the infant's body is protected at an appropriate position on the main body part to enable comfortable holding. And the height position of the infant can be adjusted to a comfortable holding position for the user.
According to the age, size, and growth of the infant to be held in this way, the holding height position of the infant is adjusted to enable holding with less burden on the infant and the user.

また、前記位置決め台座部により乳幼児の臀部の沈み深さが上位に底上されることで、乳幼児の股幅の開きが前記本体部の下端部の横幅寸法に左右されることなく、前記位置決め台座部の下位から、補助保持部及び本体部の両者が接続されている閉じられた下端部までの空間に、乳幼児が脚を収めることができるようになるから、低月齢の乳幼児にとってその股関節の開き過ぎの防止が可能となる。   In addition, since the positioning pedestal portion raises the sinking depth of the buttocks of the infant to the upper level, the opening width of the crotch width of the infant is not affected by the width of the lower end portion of the main body portion, and the positioning pedestal Since the infant can fit the leg into the space from the lower part of the part to the closed lower end where both the auxiliary holding part and the main body part are connected, the hip joint is opened for younger infants. It is possible to prevent overshoot.

そして、このように乳幼児の臀部の深さを位置決めする位置決め台座部は、本体部及び補助保持部から一体に連続して形成されたものであるから、位置ずれが生じることもなく接続強度が安定しており、乳幼児の重みによって本体部及び補助保持部から位置決め台座部が外れることもなくて信頼性が高い。また、本体部と補助保持部との間の長さを短くしたときの位置決め台座部に乳幼児の臀部が受け止められたときでも揺動が少なくて乳幼児の臀部の重心位置も安定しやすく、体勢が安定しない首すわり前の月齢が低い時期の乳幼児にとっての負担を少なくできる。   And since the positioning pedestal for positioning the depth of the buttocks of the infant is formed integrally and continuously from the main body and the auxiliary holding part, the connection strength is stable without any positional deviation. In addition, the positioning pedestal portion is not detached from the main body portion and the auxiliary holding portion due to the weight of the infant, and the reliability is high. In addition, even when the infant's buttocks are received by the positioning pedestal when the length between the main body part and the auxiliary holding part is shortened, the swinging is small and the center of gravity of the infant's buttocks is easy to stabilize, and the posture is stable. It can reduce the burden on infants who are not stable and have a low age before sitting.

このようにして、乳幼児の保持の高さ位置を調節することができ、かつ、乳幼児の月齢、大きさ、成長に応じて負担をかけない開脚姿勢の保持を可能とし、月齢が低い時期の乳幼児でも負担の少ない安定した保持を可能とする。   In this way, it is possible to adjust the holding position of the infant and to maintain an open leg posture that does not impose a burden according to the age, size, and growth of the infant. Infants and children can be held stably with little burden.

特に、前記位置決め台座部は、前記本体部と前記補助保持部との間の長さを短くしたときの前記乳幼児の臀部の沈み横幅が、前記本体部の下端部の横幅の5/10〜9/10の範囲内、より好ましくは、3/5〜4/5の範囲内の幅狭に形成することにより、首すわり前の低月齢の乳幼児を保持対象としても、乳幼児の股幅が必要以上に広げられて股関節が開き過ぎたりすることなくM字開脚とする自然な開脚姿勢で負担の少ない保持を可能とする。そして、本体部と補助保持部との間の長さを短くしたときの乳幼児の臀部の沈み横幅よりも本体部の下端部が所定の幅広であるから、位置決め台座部の折り畳みを展開して本体部及び補助保持部の間を渡す長さを長くした位置決め台座部に乳幼児の臀部が受け止められたときでも、本体部の下部の適度な広い寸法によって乳幼児の臀部が広く覆われて開脚姿勢に負担をかけることなく、安定した保持が可能である。
また、前記補助保持部は、前記本体部の下端部との接続位置から15cmの高さ位置までの左右両側の横幅が、最大でも、前記本体部と前記補助保持部との間の長さを短くしたときの前記乳幼児の臀部の沈み横幅の1.4倍以下であることで、脚の動きが拘束されたりすることなく、より負担の少ない開脚姿勢での保持を可能とする。
In particular, in the positioning pedestal portion, when the length between the main body portion and the auxiliary holding portion is shortened, the sinking lateral width of the buttocks of the infant is 5 / 10-9 of the lateral width of the lower end portion of the main body portion. / 10, more preferably, by forming a narrow width within the range of 3/5 to 4/5, the infant's crotch width is more than necessary even for younger infants before sitting in the neck. It is possible to hold the leg with a natural leg posture with an M-shaped leg without opening the hip joint excessively. And since the lower end portion of the main body portion is wider than the sinking horizontal width of the buttocks of the infant when the length between the main body portion and the auxiliary holding portion is shortened, the positioning base portion is folded and the main body is expanded. Even when the infant's buttocks are received by the positioning pedestal that extends between the head and the auxiliary holding part, the infant's buttocks are widely covered by the appropriate wide dimensions at the bottom of the main body so that the legs are in an open leg position. Stable holding is possible without imposing a burden.
In addition, the auxiliary holding part has a width between the main body part and the auxiliary holding part at the maximum from the connection position with the lower end part of the main body part to the height position of 15 cm. When the length is shorter than 1.4 times the sinking lateral width of the buttocks of the infant, it is possible to hold the leg in an open leg posture with less burden without restraining the movement of the leg.

請求項2の発明に係るベビーキャリアによれば、前記位置決め台座部を長さ方向に折り畳んだとき、その折り畳んだ部分を前記乳幼児の臀部の沈みを受け止める位置決め部位とすることから、請求項1に記載の効果に加えて、その折り畳んだ部分の嵩増しによって、安定感が増す。また、折り畳みの重ねの選択によっても乳幼児の臀部の沈み深さを調節でき、乳幼児の保持高さの位置の選択幅が広がる。   According to the baby carrier of the second aspect of the present invention, when the positioning pedestal portion is folded in the length direction, the folded portion is used as a positioning portion that receives the sinking of the buttocks of the infant. In addition to the effects described, the bulkiness of the folded part increases the sense of stability. Moreover, the selection depth of the folding position of the infant can be adjusted by selecting the folding, and the selection range of the position of the holding height of the infant can be widened.

請求項3の発明に係るベビーキャリアによれば、前記本体部において前記乳幼児の身体の臀部にあてがわれる部位の左右両側が乳幼児側に向かって折り曲げ自在な形状により、乳幼児が収容される空間が奥行きのある立体的な空間を形成できるから、特に、月齢が低い時期の乳幼児がM字に開脚した動きが拘束され難いものとなる。よって、請求項1または請求項2に記載の効果に加えて、月齢が低い時期の乳幼児にとってより負担が少ない保持を可能とする。   According to the baby carrier of the third aspect of the present invention, there is a space in which the infant is accommodated by a shape in which the left and right sides of the portion of the main body portion applied to the buttocks of the infant can be bent toward the infant side. Since a three-dimensional space with a depth can be formed, it is difficult to restrain the movement of an infant at a low age especially in an M shape. Therefore, in addition to the effect described in claim 1 or claim 2, it is possible to hold less burden for infants at a low age.

請求項4の発明に係るベビーキャリアによれば、更に、前記本体部と前記補助保持部の下端部に接続し、前記使用者の腰回りに装着する腰ベルト部を具備することから、請求項1乃至請求項3の何れか1つに記載の効果に加えて、乳幼児が成長して体重が重くなっても乳幼児の体重が肩、背中及び腰に分散されることで、肩が凝り易い使用者でも肩への負荷を少なくできる。   According to the baby carrier according to the invention of claim 4, further comprising a waist belt portion connected to the lower end portion of the main body portion and the auxiliary holding portion and attached to the waist of the user. In addition to the effect described in any one of claims 1 to 3, a user whose shoulders tend to be stiff due to the weight of the infant being dispersed on the shoulders, back and waist even when the infant grows up and becomes heavy. But it can reduce the load on the shoulder.

図1は本発明の実施の形態に係るベビーキャリアの全体を示す展開図であり、ベビーキャリアにおいて乳幼児が収容される側とは反対側である本体部及び補助保持部の外面側の展開を示す全体説明図である。FIG. 1 is a development view showing the entirety of a baby carrier according to an embodiment of the present invention, and shows development on the outer surface side of a main body portion and an auxiliary holding portion on the opposite side to the side in which the baby is accommodated in the baby carrier. FIG. 図2は本発明の実施の形態に係るベビーキャリアの全体を示す展開図であり、ベビーキャリアにおいて乳幼児が収容される側である本体部及び補助保持部の内面側の展開を示す全体説明図である。FIG. 2 is a developed view showing the entire baby carrier according to the embodiment of the present invention, and is an overall explanatory view showing the development on the inner surface side of the main body part and the auxiliary holding part on the side where the baby is accommodated in the baby carrier. is there. 図3は本発明の実施の形態に係るベビーキャリアの全体を示す斜視図であり、ベビーキャリアにおいて乳幼児が収容される空間を示す全体説明図である。FIG. 3 is a perspective view showing the entirety of the baby carrier according to the embodiment of the present invention, and is an overall explanatory view showing a space in which the baby is accommodated in the baby carrier. 図4は本発明の実施の形態に係るベビーキャリアの位置決め台座部の構成を示す説明図である。FIG. 4 is an explanatory diagram showing the configuration of the positioning base portion of the baby carrier according to the embodiment of the present invention. 図5は本発明の実施の形態に係るベビーキャリアの位置決め台座部を説明する説明図であり、(a)は位置決め台座部の本来の長さの展開された状態を示す斜視図であり、(b)は位置決め台座部が折り畳まれて本体部と補助保持部の間の架設長さが短くされた状態を示す斜視図である。FIG. 5 is an explanatory view for explaining the positioning pedestal part of the baby carrier according to the embodiment of the present invention, and (a) is a perspective view showing a developed state of the original length of the positioning pedestal part. b) is a perspective view illustrating a state in which the positioning base portion is folded and the installation length between the main body portion and the auxiliary holding portion is shortened. 図6は本発明の実施の形態に係るベビーキャリアの使用状態を乳幼児との関係で説明する説明図であり、位置決め台座部が折り畳まれて乳幼児の臀部が高い位置で位置決め台座部に着地したときの使用者側からみた正面側の要部拡大図である。FIG. 6 is an explanatory view for explaining the use state of the baby carrier according to the embodiment of the present invention in relation to the infant, when the positioning base is folded and the infant's buttocks are positioned at a high position on the positioning base It is a principal part enlarged view of the front side seen from the user side. 図7は本発明の実施の形態に係るベビーキャリアの使用状態を乳幼児との関係で説明する説明図であり、位置決め台座部が折り畳まれて乳幼児の臀部が高い位置で位置決め台座部に着地したときの使用者側とは反対側からみた背面側の要部拡大図である。FIG. 7 is an explanatory view for explaining the use state of the baby carrier according to the embodiment of the present invention in relation to the infant, when the positioning base is folded and the infant's buttocks are positioned at a high position on the positioning base It is a principal part enlarged view of the back side seen from the opposite side to the user side. 図8は本発明の実施の形態に係るベビーキャリアの使用状態を乳幼児との関係で説明する説明図であり、位置決め台座部が展開されて乳幼児の臀部が低い位置で位置決め台座部に着地したときの使用者側からみた正面側の要部拡大図である。FIG. 8 is an explanatory view for explaining the use state of the baby carrier according to the embodiment of the present invention in relation to the infant, and when the positioning pedestal portion is deployed and the infant's buttocks land at a low position on the positioning pedestal portion It is a principal part enlarged view of the front side seen from the user side. 図9は本発明の実施の形態に係るベビーキャリアの使用状態を乳幼児との関係で説明する説明図であり、位置決め台座部が展開されて乳幼児の臀部が低い位置で位置決め台座部に着地したときの使用者側とは反対側からみた背面側の要部拡大図である。FIG. 9 is an explanatory view for explaining the use state of the baby carrier according to the embodiment of the present invention in relation to the infant, and when the positioning base is deployed and the infant's buttocks are lowered to land on the positioning base It is a principal part enlarged view of the back side seen from the opposite side to the user side. 図10は本発明の実施の形態に係るベビーキャリアの使用状態として乳幼児を使用者が相向き合う対面抱っこで保持する状態の説明図であり、位置決め台座部が折り畳まれて乳幼児の臀部が高い位置で位置決め台座部に着地した斜視図である。FIG. 10 is an explanatory diagram of a state in which the baby is held in a face-to-face hug facing the user as a usage state of the baby carrier according to the embodiment of the present invention, in which the positioning pedestal is folded and the infant's buttocks are high It is the perspective view which landed on the positioning base part. 図11は本発明の実施の形態に係るベビーキャリアの使用状態として乳幼児を使用者と相向き合う対面抱っこで保持する状態の説明図であり、位置決め台座部が展開されて乳幼児の臀部が低い位置で位置決め台座部に着地した斜視図である。FIG. 11 is an explanatory view of a state where the baby carrier according to the embodiment of the present invention is held in a face-to-face holding that faces the user, in a position where the positioning pedestal portion is deployed and the baby's buttocks are low It is the perspective view which landed on the positioning base part. 図12は本発明の実施の形態に係るベビーキャリアの使用状態として乳幼児を使用者側を見るように前向きおんぶで保持する状態の説明図であり、位置決め台座部が折り畳まれて乳幼児の臀部が高い位置で位置決め台座部に着地した斜視図である。FIG. 12 is an explanatory view of a state where the baby carrier according to the embodiment of the present invention is held in a forward-facing piggyback so as to look at the user side, and the positioning pedestal portion is folded and the baby's buttocks are high It is the perspective view which landed on the positioning base part in the position. 図13は本発明の実施の形態に係るベビーキャリアの使用状態として乳幼児を使用者側を見るように前向きおんぶで保持する状態の説明図であり、位置決め台座部が展開されて乳幼児の臀部が低い位置で位置決め台座部に着地した斜視図である。FIG. 13 is an explanatory view of a state in which the baby is held by a forward-facing piggyback so as to look at the user side as a usage state of the baby carrier according to the embodiment of the present invention. It is the perspective view which landed on the positioning base part in the position.

以下、本発明の実施の形態について、図面を参照しながら説明する。
なお、実施の形態において、同一の記号及び同一の符号はそれら実施の形態に共通する機能部分であるから、ここでは重複する詳細な説明を省略する。
Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.
Note that, in the embodiments, the same symbols and the same reference numerals are functional portions common to those embodiments, and thus detailed description thereof is omitted here.

本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1は、乳幼児Bを保持する使用者M側とは反対側で乳幼児Bの身体にあてがわれる本体部10と、本体部10の下部に接続し本体部10側とは反対側で乳幼児Bの身体にあてがわれる補助保持部20と、長さ方向の一端が本体部10の乳幼児B側(内面側)に接続され、他端が補助保持部20の乳幼児B側(内面側)に接続され、本体部10と補助保持部20の間に渡されて配設された位置決め台座部30と、補助保持部20の上下方向に渡され使用者Mの肩に掛けられる左右1対の肩ベルト部40と、本体部10と補助保持部20の下部に接続されて本体部10と補助保持部20の長さ方向に対して直角方向に配設し、使用者Mの腰回りに装着される腰ベルト部50とを有する。   The baby carrier 1 according to the present embodiment includes a main body 10 that is applied to the body of the infant B on the side opposite to the user M holding the infant B, a lower body of the main body 10, and the main body 10 side. The auxiliary holding part 20 applied to the body of the infant B on the opposite side, one end in the length direction is connected to the infant B side (inner surface side) of the main body part 10, and the other end is the infant B side of the auxiliary holding part 20 The positioning pedestal 30 connected to (inner side) and passed between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 and the auxiliary holding part 20 is passed in the vertical direction and hung on the shoulder of the user M. A pair of left and right shoulder belt portions 40, connected to the lower portions of the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20, are arranged in a direction perpendicular to the length direction of the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20, and And a waist belt portion 50 attached around the waist.

乳幼児Bを保持する使用者M側とは反対側で乳幼児Bの身体にあてがわれる本体部10は、乳幼児Bを対面抱っこや前向きおんぶのように乳幼児Bの身体の腹側が乳幼児Bを保持する親等の使用者Mに向くように乳幼児Bを保持する際に乳幼児Bの身体の背側にあてがわれるものである。
本実施の形態の本体部10は、乳幼児Bを対面抱っこや前向きおんぶで保持する際に乳幼児Bの主に頭部にあてがわれて主に頭部を受ける略半楕円形状の頭当部11と、乳幼児Bの頭部側から背中、腰にかけてあてがわれて主に背中部分を受ける背当部12と、乳幼児Bの背中側から臀部にかけてあてがわれて主に臀部を受ける臀当部13が一体に形成されている。この本体部10は、表生地及び裏生地からなる外装生地の間にクッション材(弾性材)や可撓性を有し若干の弾性を持つ公知の芯材等を配設して、所定の柔軟性、可撓性、弾性、緩衝性等を有する。
The main body 10 applied to the body of the infant B on the opposite side of the user M holding the infant B holds the infant B on the ventral side of the body of the infant B like a face-to-face holding or a forward facing piggyback. It is applied to the back side of the body of the infant B when the infant B is held so as to face the user M such as a parent.
The main body portion 10 of the present embodiment is a substantially semi-elliptical head support portion 11 that is mainly applied to the head of the baby B and receives the head mainly when the baby B is held with a face-to-face hug or a forward-facing piggyback. And a back support part 12 which is applied from the head side of the infant B to the back and waist and mainly receives the back part, and a support part 13 which is applied from the back side of the infant B to the buttocks and mainly receives the buttocks part. Are integrally formed. The main body 10 is provided with a predetermined softness by disposing a cushion material (elastic material) or a known core material having flexibility and some elasticity between exterior fabrics made of a front fabric and a back fabric. Property, flexibility, elasticity, buffering property and the like.

本体部10の外装生地については、例えば、少なくとも乳幼児Bの身体にあてがわれる面の一部または全部に通気性を有する生地を使用することで、乳幼児Bの身体の一面側の通気性を良くし、蒸れ等を防止することができる。
通気性を有する生地としては、例えば、所定の開口の網目・網模様構造を有するメッシュ(ネット)生地や、多少織目を粗くした粗密度の生地や、表裏のメッシュ生地間に通気性のある特定の厚みの空気層を形成する連結糸を織り込んでなる特定の厚みを有する立体編物(ダブルラッシェル)等が使用される。このような通気性を有する生地の使用により、通気性を確保し、湿気や熱を放散することができる。更に、生地を網目構造としたり生地に通気孔を複数設けたりすることで柔軟性やストレッチ性も増し、乳幼児Bや使用者Mの体形や動きへのフィット性、馴染みが良くなる。外装生地に吸水性の高い綿素材等の素材を使用することでも吸湿性が向上する。
As for the exterior fabric of the main body 10, for example, by using a fabric having air permeability for at least a part or all of the surface applied to the body of the infant B, the air permeability of one surface side of the infant B body is improved. In addition, stuffiness can be prevented.
Examples of the fabric having air permeability include, for example, a mesh (net) fabric having a mesh / net pattern structure with a predetermined opening, a coarse fabric with a slightly rough texture, and a mesh fabric between the front and back surfaces. A three-dimensional knitted fabric (double raschel) having a specific thickness obtained by weaving connecting yarns forming an air layer having a specific thickness is used. By using such a fabric having air permeability, air permeability can be secured and moisture and heat can be dissipated. Furthermore, by providing the fabric with a mesh structure or providing a plurality of ventilation holes in the fabric, flexibility and stretchability are increased, and the fit and familiarity with the body shape and movement of the infant B and the user M are improved. Hygroscopicity can also be improved by using a material such as a cotton material with high water absorption for the exterior fabric.

特に、立体編物(ダブルラッシェル)によれば、表裏のメッシュ生地間に織り込まれた連結糸によって形成される空気層により乳幼児Bや使用者Mの汗等の湿気に対しても、その湿気を収容できる容積を有しており、更に、使用者Mの動き及び乳幼児Bの動きが空気層の体積変化となって、空気層の空気が排出及び供給されるから、使用者Mや乳幼児Bの身体から発汗した汗を速やかに吸収でき、効果的に湿気や熱を逃すことができる。勿論、表裏のメッシュ生地及び空気層により通気性、通水性にも優れるから、水分の乾きも速い。更に、連結糸によって形成される空気層により多少の弾力性、クッション性等を有し、乳幼児Bが動いても、空気層の追随変化によって違和感が生じず、乳幼児Bの体形への馴染みもよい。加えて、表裏のメッシュ生地間に織り込まれた連結糸によって空気層内で対流を生じさせないので、断熱効果が高く、かつ、容積が大きいことから、長時間断熱作用を維持できる。   In particular, according to the three-dimensional knitted fabric (double raschel), the air layer formed by the connecting yarn woven between the front and back mesh fabrics also accommodates moisture such as sweat of infants B and users M. In addition, since the movement of the user M and the movement of the infant B become the volume change of the air layer, the air in the air layer is discharged and supplied. It can quickly absorb the sweat perspired from and can effectively release moisture and heat. Of course, because the mesh fabric and air layer on the front and back sides are excellent in air permeability and water permeability, moisture can be dried quickly. Furthermore, the air layer formed by the connecting yarns has some elasticity, cushioning properties, etc., and even if the infant B moves, the following change in the air layer does not cause a sense of incongruity, and the infant B's body shape is also good. . In addition, since the convection is not generated in the air layer by the connecting yarn woven between the mesh fabrics on the front and back sides, the heat insulating effect is high and the volume is large, so that the heat insulating action can be maintained for a long time.

この立体編物(ダブルラッシェル)はダブルラッシェル機やトリコット機等の織布製造機によって製造され、その商品は、旭化成株式会社から「フュージョン(商標名)」、また、帝人興産から「エアクィーン(商標名)」等として販売されているので、ここでは仔細な説明を省略する。   This three-dimensional knitted fabric (double raschel) is manufactured by a woven fabric manufacturing machine such as a double raschel machine or tricot machine. The product is "Fusion (trade name)" by Asahi Kasei Co., Ltd. and "Air Queen (trademark)" by Teijin Kosan Co., Ltd. Name) ”etc., and detailed explanation is omitted here.

なお、このような通気性を有する生地は、少なくとも乳幼児Bの身体に対応する位置に使用されることで蒸れ等を軽減できるが、本体部10の両面、即ち、乳幼児Bの身体にあてがわれる面及びそれとは反対側の表裏両面で、通気性を有する生地を使用することで、厚さ方向の通気性が増し、より効果的に湿気や熱を逃すことができる。また、通気性を有する生地を通気性のない生地で被覆自在とした2層構造によって、通気量を調節可能な構造としてもよい。
勿論、本発明を実施する場合は、通気性のない生地を外装生地の全体に使用してもよい。
It is to be noted that such a breathable fabric can reduce dampness and the like by being used at least in a position corresponding to the body of the infant B, but is applied to both surfaces of the main body 10, that is, the body of the infant B. By using a fabric having air permeability on both the front surface and the opposite surface, air permeability in the thickness direction is increased, and moisture and heat can be released more effectively. Moreover, it is good also as a structure which can adjust ventilation | gas_flowing quantity by the 2 layer structure which made the cloth | batter which has air permeability freely coatable with the cloth | airs without air permeability.
Of course, when carrying out the present invention, a non-breathable fabric may be used for the entire exterior fabric.

本体部10の表生地及び裏生地からなる外装生地の間に入れるクッション材としては、例えば、市販のウレタンや、東洋紡株式会社から商品名「ブレスエアー(登録商標)」、株式会社シーエンジから「C−CORE」、株式会社エアウィーヴから商品名「エアウィーヴ(登録商標)」等として販売されている立体網状構造体等が使用される。
特に、樹脂からなる連続線条体が不規則に蛇行して絡み合っており、かつ、蛇行した状態で随所に接着してなり、連続線条体間の空間が連続して所定の厚みを有する立体網状構造体によれば、ウレタンよりも軽量で通気性が高く、蒸れ等を軽減でき衛生的でもある。また、このように連続線条体が3次元状に絡み合い、連続した空隙を有する立体網状構造体100によれば、受圧面積が広くなり、乳幼児Bにかかる圧力が分散されやすいため、乳幼児Bの身体にかかる負担を軽減できる。
更に、芯材としても、硬質なウレタンや立体網状構造体が使用できる。
As a cushioning material put between the outer fabric made of the front fabric and the back fabric of the main body 10, for example, commercially available urethane, the trade name “Breath Air (registered trademark)” from Toyobo Co., Ltd., and “C” from Sea Engineering Co., Ltd. -CORE ", a three-dimensional network structure and the like sold under the trade name" Airweave (registered trademark) "by Airweve, Inc. are used.
In particular, a continuous linear body made of resin is irregularly meandering and intertwined, and is adhered to everywhere in a meandering state, and a space between the continuous linear bodies is continuously formed with a predetermined thickness. According to the net-like structure, it is lighter and more breathable than urethane, and can be less sanitary and hygienic. Further, according to the three-dimensional network structure 100 in which the continuous filaments are entangled three-dimensionally and have continuous voids in this way, the pressure receiving area is widened and the pressure applied to the infant B is easily dispersed. The burden on the body can be reduced.
Furthermore, hard urethane or a three-dimensional network structure can be used as the core material.

本体部10において、このようなクッション材や芯材が配設されと、特に体勢が不安定な首すわり前の低月齢の乳幼児Bを保持するときでも、乳幼児Bの身体への衝撃を緩和して保護し、乳幼児Bにとって負担が少なく、抱き心地のよい高い保持安定性を得ることができる。
なお、クッション材や芯材の使用は、特定の一部のみの使用であっても良いし、クッション材及び芯材の両者を区別することなく用いることも可能である。例えば、頭当部11や背当部12では、クッション性を有し、かつ、硬質な素材で形成することにより、乳幼児Bの頭部や背中、腰部分をしっかり支持して身体のグラつきを防止し、後方への傾きや反り返りを防止できる。臀当部13ではクッション性を有し、かつ、軟質な素材で形成することにより、乳幼児Bの臀部を落ち込みやすくし、乳幼児Bの重心位置を安定させて保持安定性を高めることができる。このようなクッション材や芯材は取付け、取り外し自在な構成としても良い。
When such a cushioning material and a core material are provided in the main body 10, the shock to the infant B's body is alleviated even when holding the infant B who is young, especially before the neck sitting, whose posture is unstable. It is possible to obtain a high holding stability with little burden on the infant B and comfortable to hold.
In addition, use of a cushion material and a core material may be used only for a specific part, and it is also possible to use it without distinguishing both a cushion material and a core material. For example, the head support part 11 and the back support part 12 have a cushioning property and are formed of a hard material, so that the head, back, and waist of the infant B can be firmly supported, and the body can be glazed. And prevent backward tilting and warping. By forming the buttocks 13 with a cushioning and soft material, the buttocks of the infant B can be easily lowered, the center of gravity of the infant B can be stabilized, and the holding stability can be enhanced. Such a cushioning material or core material may be attached and detached.

なお、本実施の形態では、頭当部11と背当部12の境界部において表生地及び裏生地の外装生地の間に入れたクッション材や芯材を連続させないことによって、或いは、クッション材や芯材を連続させても表生地及び裏生地を縫合していることによって、或いは、クッション材や芯材自体が折曲自在に形成されていることで、頭当部11と背当部12の間が区別され、背当部12の面に対し頭当部11が折曲自在となっている。これにより、背当部12にて乳幼児Bの腰から背中部を安定して支持するも乳幼児Bの頭部の重みに応じて頭当部11が背当部12の面に対して傾斜し易く(折れ曲がり易く)、乳幼児Bの頭部及び首部に無理が加わらないように乳幼児Bの頭部及び首部を保護できるようになっている。更に、乳幼児Bの成長や保持形態に応じ、背当部12の面に対して頭当部11を乳幼児B側とは反対側に折曲して使用することで、乳幼児Bの視界を広げることができる。   In the present embodiment, the cushion material and the core material placed between the outer fabric and the outer fabric of the front fabric and the back fabric are not made continuous at the boundary between the head support portion 11 and the back support portion 12, or the cushion material or Even if the core material is continuous, the front and back fabrics are sewn, or the cushion material and the core material are formed so as to be foldable. The head rest part 11 can be bent with respect to the surface of the back rest part 12. Thereby, although the back part 12 supports the back part of the infant B from the waist stably, the head part 11 is easily inclined with respect to the surface of the back part 12 according to the weight of the head of the infant B. (It is easy to bend) and the head and neck of the infant B can be protected so as not to overload the head and neck of the infant B. Furthermore, according to the growth and holding form of the infant B, the field of the infant B is widened by using the head support part 11 by bending it to the opposite side of the infant B side with respect to the surface of the back support part 12. Can do.

また、本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1においては、頭当部11と背当部12の境界部の乳幼児Bが配置される側(内面側)で、クッション性を有する材料で形成した略三角形状の接続部14を頭当部11と背当部12の面から突出して設けており、この接続部14により乳幼児Bの頭部の左右方向の傾きを支え、グラつきを防止して乳幼児Bの頭部及び首部への負担を軽減できるようになっている。特に、接続部14のクッション性によっても乳幼児Bの頭部及び首部を保護できる。更に、高い位置で保持されて頭当部11と背当部12が適切な位置にあてがわれる低月齢の乳幼児Bにとって、接続部14が乳幼児Bの胴体より上の位置に配置されて、周囲の光や音を遮断する効果を有し、快適な睡眠を促す効果も期待できる。   Moreover, in the baby carrier 1 of the present embodiment, a substantially triangular shape formed of a cushioning material on the side (inner surface side) where the infant B at the boundary between the head support part 11 and the back support part 12 is disposed. The connecting portion 14 protrudes from the surfaces of the head rest portion 11 and the back rest portion 12, and the connecting portion 14 supports the tilt of the head of the infant B in the left-right direction, prevents glare and prevents the infant B from moving. The burden on the head and neck can be reduced. In particular, the head and neck of the infant B can be protected also by the cushioning property of the connecting portion 14. Furthermore, for a younger infant B who is held at a high position and the head support 11 and the back support 12 are applied to appropriate positions, the connecting portion 14 is disposed above the torso of the infant B, It has the effect of blocking light and sound, and can also be expected to promote comfortable sleep.

なお、頭当部11には、図示しない所定の収容容積を有するポケット状の収納部が設けられており、図1に示した本体部10の乳幼児Bが配置される側とは反対側の面(使用者Mがベビーキャリア1を装着した状態で意匠面側となる外面側)に、図示しない収納部を開閉自在とするためのスライドファスナ15(ホック、ボタン、接着布等であってもよい)を有し、乳幼児Mの頭部を覆う所定面積の図示しないヘッドフードや、保冷剤、タオル等の持ち物等を収容可能としている。図示しないヘッドフードは、例えば、その一端が収納部内に縫着等によって固着され、また、他端を肩ベルト部40に連結具(例えば、バックル、ホック、ナスカン、カラビナ、Dロック、クイックキャッチ、楕円リング等)を介して取付けることで、乳幼児Bの頭部を後頭部側から覆って支持し、保持している乳幼児Bが眠った際でも乳幼児Bの頭部が後方に倒れて乳幼児Bの身体がのけ反る事態を防止したり、乳幼児Bの日除けや、ベビーキャリア1の装着状態で抱っこしたまま授乳する際に授乳を隠すカバー等として機能したりする。   The head support 11 is provided with a pocket-shaped storage portion having a predetermined storage volume (not shown), and is a surface on the opposite side of the main body 10 shown in FIG. A slide fastener 15 (a hook, a button, an adhesive cloth, etc.) for opening and closing a storage portion (not shown) on the design surface side when the user M is wearing the baby carrier 1 may be used. ), And can accommodate a head hood (not shown) having a predetermined area covering the head of the infant M, items such as a cooling agent and a towel. For example, the head hood (not shown) has one end fixed to the storage portion by sewing or the like, and the other end connected to the shoulder belt portion 40 (for example, a buckle, hook, eggplant, carabiner, D lock, quick catch, The head of the infant B is covered and supported from the back of the head, and the head of the infant B falls backwards even when the infant B is sleeping. It functions as a cover that hides breastfeeding when the baby B is fed while being held while the baby carrier 1 is worn, or the like is prevented.

そして、このような図示しない収納部を設けていることで、ヘッドフードを使わない時には、折り畳みや巻き込んで収納部の開口から挿入し内部に収納することができ、全体がコンパクトになり、デザイン性及び乳幼児Bの安全性を高めることができ、また、収容部の開口をファスナ15等で閉じることでヘッドフード等の存在を分からなくすることができるし、収納部に収容した持ち物等が落下することもない。しかし、本発明を実施する場合には、収納部を設けることなく、ヘッドフードを巻いて接着布等によって固定して整然と保持する構成としてもよいし、収容部及びヘッドフードを設けなくてもよい。   And, by providing such a storage unit (not shown), when the head hood is not used, it can be folded and rolled in and inserted through the opening of the storage unit, and it can be stored inside, making the whole compact and designable In addition, the safety of the infant B can be improved, and the presence of the head hood and the like can be obscure by closing the opening of the storage portion with the fastener 15 or the like, and the belongings stored in the storage portion fall. There is nothing. However, when the present invention is implemented, the head hood may be wound and fixed with an adhesive cloth or the like without being provided with a storage portion, and may be configured to be held in an orderly manner, or the storage portion and the head hood may not be provided. .

また、本実施の形態の臀当部13においては、乳幼児Bの臀部の中央側を受ける中央部13Aと中央部13Aの左右両側に位置し乳幼児Bの太股付近に当たる左右1対の端部13Bとから構成されている。   Further, in the abutment portion 13 of the present embodiment, a center portion 13A that receives the center side of the buttocks of the infant B and a pair of left and right end portions 13B that are located on both the left and right sides of the center portion 13A and that are near the thighs of the infant B It is composed of

そして、本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1においては、立体裁断によって臀当部13の中央部13A及び1対の端部13Bを形成しており、中央部13A及び1対の端部13Bを内側(中心側)に向かって弧状に湾曲した1対の縫製線13aによって接ぎ合わせ、中央部13Aの面に対し端部13Bが乳幼児B側に折り曲げ自在に形成されている。更に、臀当部13の下端部を後述の腰ベルト部50の本体ベルト部51に対して、本体ベルト部51の上端部に接ぎ合わせる略直線状の縫製線13b及びその下方に弧状に湾曲した縫製線13c(図6及び図8参照)にて一体に接続している。
こうして、立体的な収容空間が形成されることで、後述する高い位置で保持する際の乳幼児Bの脚の動きが拘束され難くなり、また、乳幼児Bの臀部の重心位置も安定しやすい。
In the baby carrier 1 according to the present embodiment, the center portion 13A and the pair of end portions 13B of the holding portion 13 are formed by draping, and the center portion 13A and the pair of end portions 13B are formed on the inner side ( A pair of sewing lines 13a curved in an arc shape toward the center side) are joined to each other, and an end portion 13B is formed to be foldable toward the infant B side with respect to the surface of the central portion 13A. Further, the lower end portion of the abutment portion 13 is curved in a substantially arcuate manner with a substantially straight sewing line 13b that contacts the upper end portion of the main body belt portion 51 with respect to a main body belt portion 51 of the waist belt portion 50 described later. They are integrally connected by a sewing line 13c (see FIGS. 6 and 8).
Thus, the formation of the three-dimensional accommodation space makes it difficult for the movement of the leg of the infant B when held at a high position, which will be described later, to be restrained, and also the position of the center of gravity of the buttocks of the infant B is easily stabilized.

即ち、立体裁断によって臀当部13の左右両側の端部13Bを乳幼児側に近づけることで、また、臀当部13の腰ベルト50への接続を縫製線13b及び縫製線13cの2辺で行うことによって、奥行きがでて収容空間に余裕ができることから、乳幼児Bの脚の動きに遊びができる。更に、乳幼児Bの臀部の重心が安定しやすい。特に、端部13Bに縫製線13aによって接ぎ合わされる中央部13Aの外形が中央側に湾曲した形状、即ち、上下の端部よりも中央側で幅狭の形状であることで、乳幼児Bの臀部が落ち込み易くて、臀部の位置ずれも生じ難い。よって、乳幼児Bの負担が少なく快適な姿勢での保持を可能とし、保持安定性が高くなる。つまり、乳幼児Bの臀部の位置から重心位置が定まり、乳幼児Bを保持することに無理がなくなる。   In other words, the end portions 13B on the left and right sides of the abutment portion 13 are brought closer to the infant side by draping, and the connection of the abutment portion 13 to the waist belt 50 is performed on the two sides of the sewing line 13b and the sewing line 13c. Therefore, since the depth is increased and the accommodation space can be afforded, the movement of the leg of the infant B can be played. Furthermore, the center of gravity of the buttocks of the infant B is easy to stabilize. Particularly, the outer shape of the central portion 13A joined to the end portion 13B by the sewing line 13a is a shape curved toward the central side, that is, a shape narrower on the central side than the upper and lower end portions. Is easy to drop, and the position shift of the buttocks hardly occurs. Therefore, the child B can be held in a comfortable posture with less burden, and the holding stability is increased. That is, the position of the center of gravity is determined from the position of the buttocks of the infant B, and there is no difficulty in holding the infant B.

なお、臀当部13において中央部13Aと端部13Bの接続は、表生地及び裏生地の外装生地の間に入れたクッション材等を連続させないことによって、或いは、クッション材等を連続させても表生地及び裏生地を縫合することによって、または、クッション材自体が折曲自在に形成されていることで、中央部13Aと端部13Bの間が区別され、中央部13Aの面に対し端部13Bが乳幼児B側に折曲自在に形成されている。   In addition, the center portion 13A and the end portion 13B in the holding portion 13 can be connected by preventing the cushion material or the like placed between the outer fabric and the outer fabric of the front fabric and the back fabric from being continued, or even if the cushion material or the like is continued. By sewing the front fabric and the back fabric, or by forming the cushion material itself so as to be foldable, the center portion 13A and the end portion 13B are distinguished from each other, and the end portion with respect to the surface of the center portion 13A. 13B is formed in the infant B side so that bending is possible.

本発明を実施する場合には、臀当部13の中央部において、立体裁断で形成したり、表生地及び裏生地の外装生地の中に入れるクッション材について厚みに変化を付けたり等することによって、臀部の落ち込みが自在なように窪みを形成することによって、または、表生地及び裏生地の外装生地の中に入れるクッション材についてクッション性や柔軟性を変化させる構造とすることによっても、乳幼児Bの臀部の落ち込みを安定化させ、保持安定性を高めることができる。   In the case of carrying out the present invention, in the central portion of the heeling portion 13, it is formed by draping, or by changing the thickness of the cushioning material to be put into the outer fabric of the front fabric and the back fabric, etc. Infant B can also be formed by forming a recess so that the buttocks can fall freely, or by changing the cushioning properties and flexibility of the cushioning material placed in the outer fabric of the front fabric and the back fabric. It is possible to stabilize the drop of the buttocks and improve the holding stability.

また、開脚状態で保持される乳幼児Bにとってその太股には臀当部13の左右両側の外縁が接触することで負荷がかかりやすいことから、乳幼児Bの太股付近に当たる臀当部13の1対の端部13Bでは、クッション性の高いクッション材の配設等により中央部Aよりもクッション性を高めることで、乳幼児Bの太股への圧迫を軽減できる。   In addition, for the infant B held in an open leg state, the thighs are easily loaded by the outer edges of the right and left sides of the butting part 13 being in contact with each other. In the end portion 13B, the cushioning property of the infant B can be reduced by increasing the cushioning property compared to the central portion A by disposing a cushioning material having a high cushioning property.

更に、本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1では、臀当部13の上方側の横幅が背当部12側に向かって徐々に幅狭となっている。即ち、臀当部13の上方側では、左右両側の端部Bの外縁が上方に向かって内側(中心側)に傾いている。
これにより、後述するように乳幼児Bの臀部を低い位置で保持する場合でも、臀当部13の下方では乳幼児Bの臀部を覆う幅広の寸法によって臀部を受けとめて臀部の落ち込みを安定して支持するも、上方に向かって幅狭であることで乳幼児Bの脚の動きが拘束され難くなる。故に、快適な開脚姿勢での保持を可能とする。
Furthermore, in the baby carrier 1 of the present embodiment, the lateral width on the upper side of the abutment portion 13 is gradually narrowed toward the backrest portion 12 side. That is, on the upper side of the abutment portion 13, the outer edges of the left and right end portions B are inclined inward (center side) upward.
Thereby, even when holding the buttocks of the infant B at a low position as will be described later, the lower part of the buttocks 13 receives the buttocks by a wide dimension that covers the buttocks of the infant B and stably supports the depression of the buttocks. However, the movement of the leg of the infant B becomes difficult to be restrained by being narrow toward the top. Therefore, holding in a comfortable open leg posture is possible.

なお、本実施の形態の臀当部13は開脚状態の乳幼児Bの臀部を取り巻く広さの面積に形成するも、通常、その下端部の横幅は20cm〜35cmの範囲内に設定される。より好ましくは23cm〜30cmの範囲内とすることにより、我国(日本)の乳幼児Bの体形に対応して乳幼児Bの股幅を必要以上に広げて脚の動きを制限したりすることなく、開脚状態の乳幼児Bの体形にかかる負担を最小限にできる。ここでの横幅の幅寸法は、立体裁断で形成されている臀当部13の外面側で左右端縁間の生地長さを測定した数値である。   In addition, although the butting part 13 of this Embodiment is formed in the area of the area which surrounds the buttocks of the infant B in the state of an open leg, the horizontal width of the lower end part is usually set in the range of 20 cm to 35 cm. More preferably, it is within the range of 23 cm to 30 cm, so that the width of the crotch of the infant B is unnecessarily widened to limit the movement of the leg corresponding to the body shape of the infant B in Japan (Japan). The burden on the body shape of the infant B in the leg state can be minimized. The width dimension here is a numerical value obtained by measuring the fabric length between the left and right edges on the outer surface side of the abutment portion 13 formed by draping.

また、本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1では、背当部12と臀当部13の境界部で水平方向の横幅が狭くそこから下方に向かって臀当部13を幅広とする設計によっても、構造的に臀当部13で乳幼児Bの臀部の落ち込みを容易としている。また、背当部12と臀当部13において、クッション性、硬さ等の特性を変えることでも、例えば、背当部12と比較して、臀当部13の硬さを柔らかくすることによって、臀当部13において乳幼児Bの臀部を落ち込みやすくできる。   Moreover, in the baby carrier 1 of the present embodiment, the horizontal width in the horizontal direction is narrow at the boundary between the backrest portion 12 and the abutment portion 13 and the design is such that the abutment portion 13 widens downward from there. In particular, the buttocks 13 make it easy for the baby B to drop the buttocks. Moreover, in the back support part 12 and the back support part 13, by changing the characteristics such as cushioning and hardness, for example, by making the hardness of the back support part 13 soft compared to the back support part 12, The buttocks 13 of the infant B can be easily depressed in the hitting unit 13.

因みに、背当部12及び臀当部13を合わせた上下の縦幅の長さは、例えば、首すわり後の4カ月から12カ月の平均的な乳幼児Bの上半身の胴体の長さに対応させて、40cm〜45cmに設定され、また、背当部12の左右の横幅の長さも、例えば、首すわり後の4カ月から12カ月の平均的な乳幼児Bの背中幅に対応して、40cm〜45cmに設定される。   For example, the vertical length of the backrest 12 and the heel rest 13 combined with each other corresponds to, for example, the length of the upper body of the average infant B from 4 to 12 months after sitting on the neck. 40 cm to 45 cm, and the width of the lateral width of the backrest 12 is 40 cm to 4 mm, for example, corresponding to the average back width of the infant B from 4 to 12 months after sitting on the neck. Set to 45 cm.

そして、本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1において、このように頭当部11、背当部12及び臀当部13が一体に形成された本体部10には、臀当部13側の下端部で上述した直線状の縫製線13b及び弧状に湾曲した縫製線13cにて腰ベルト部50が縫い付けられている。なお、本体部10と腰ベルト部50は全体として略逆T字状に配設され、本体部10の下端及びその付近のみの縫製によって腰ベルト部50に一体に接続されており、腰ベルト部50の面方向に対して本体部10は直角方向に折れ曲がり自在となっている。   And in the baby carrier 1 of this Embodiment, the main body part 10 in which the head support part 11, the back support part 12, and the support part 13 are integrally formed in this way is the lower end part on the side of the support part 13. The waist belt portion 50 is sewn by the above-described linear sewing line 13b and the arc-shaped sewing line 13c. The main body portion 10 and the waist belt portion 50 are disposed in a substantially inverted T shape as a whole, and are integrally connected to the waist belt portion 50 by sewing only the lower end of the main body portion 10 and the vicinity thereof. The main body 10 can be bent in a direction perpendicular to the surface direction of 50.

腰ベルト部50は、本体部10及び後述する補助保持部20の下部において、本体部10及び補助保持部20の長さ方向(上下方向)に対して略直交方向に配設して乳幼児Bの体重の多くを受けるので強度的に耐えられ、かつ、使用者Mの腰回りに取付けても使用者Mの体形に無理が掛からないように力(乳幼児Bの体重)の分散が行われる形態として、本体部10及び後述の補助保持部20と一体化されて縦幅が幅広な本体ベルト部51と本体ベルト部51の長さ方向の両端部に配設されアジャスター付きバックルを有する布ベルトからなる左右1対の長さ調節部52とから構成されている。そして、この腰ベルト部50は、長さ調節部52に設けたアジャスター付きバックルの連結差込具53と連結受具54の連結係合によって使用者Mの腰回りに固定可能とし、連結差込具53と連結受具54を連結自在としていることで、使用者Mの腰回りに取付け及び取外し自在となっている。   The waist belt portion 50 is disposed in a direction substantially orthogonal to the length direction (vertical direction) of the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20 below the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20 described later. As a form in which the weight (the weight of the infant B) is distributed so that it can withstand the strength because it receives a lot of body weight, and it does not overload the body shape of the user M even if it is attached to the waist of the user M And a main body belt portion 51 that is integrated with the main body portion 10 and an auxiliary holding portion 20 that will be described later, and a fabric belt that has a wide belt and has a buckle with an adjuster disposed at both ends in the longitudinal direction of the main body belt portion 51. It comprises a pair of left and right length adjusters 52. The waist belt portion 50 can be fixed around the waist of the user M by the coupling engagement of the coupling insert 53 of the buckle with adjuster provided in the length adjusting unit 52 and the coupling receiver 54, and the coupling insertion By making the tool 53 and the connection receiver 54 connectable, the user 53 can freely attach and detach the waist of the user M.

縦幅が幅広な本体ベルト部51は、所定の柔軟性、可撓性、弾性、緩衝性等を有する材料で形成され、使用者Mへの腰回りへの馴染みを良くし、フィット性を高めて使用者Mへの負担を少なくしている。例えば、表生地及び裏生地の外装生地の間に上述したような芯材やクッション材を入れて形成される。これにより、使用者Mの腰回りに掛かる荷重が分散されやすくなる。なお、本体ベルト部51においても、外装生地に通気性を有する生地を使用することで、蒸れ等の湿気を防止して、不快感を軽減できる。また、使用者Mの腰回りに触れる内面側を吸水性のある綿生地等で形成することによっても吸湿性が向上する。   The main body belt portion 51 having a wide vertical width is made of a material having predetermined flexibility, flexibility, elasticity, buffering property, etc., and improves the familiarity of the user M around the waist and improves the fit. This reduces the burden on the user M. For example, the core material and the cushion material as described above are inserted between the outer fabric and the outer fabric of the front fabric and the back fabric. Thereby, the load applied to the waist of the user M is easily dispersed. In addition, in the main body belt portion 51, by using a fabric having air permeability as the exterior fabric, moisture such as stuffiness can be prevented and uncomfortable feeling can be reduced. Moreover, hygroscopicity improves also by forming the inner surface side which touches the user's M waist circumference with a cotton fabric etc. with water absorption.

なお、図1及び図2において、本体ベルト部51の全体形状は、その下部が下方に向かって弧状に湾曲しており、本体部10及び補助保持部20と接続する中央側で上下方向の縦幅が最大で、その長さ方向の両端部に向かって縦幅が徐々に幅狭に形成され、10〜20cmの範囲内の縦幅寸法とし、使用者Mの腰回りに加わる力を効果的に分散させて、使用者Mが感じる重さを軽減できる構造となっている。   1 and 2, the overall shape of the main body belt portion 51 is such that the lower portion thereof is curved in an arc shape downward, and the vertical direction in the vertical direction is formed at the center side connected to the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20. The width is maximum, and the vertical width is gradually narrowed toward both ends in the length direction. The vertical width is in the range of 10 to 20 cm, and the force applied to the waist of the user M is effective. In this structure, the weight felt by the user M can be reduced.

本体ベルト部51の両端部に設けた左右1対の長さ調節部52は、使用者Mの腰回りへの取付けに必要なベルト長が決められるように所定の長さを有し、1対の雌雄のアジャスター付きバックルからなる連結差込具53と連結受具54においてアジャスター機能を有することで、使用者Mの腰の周囲の長さに合わせることができる。なお、アジャスターは、ベルト長を調節できるものであれば、独立したアジャスターでもよいし、連結具と一体となったものでもよい。   The pair of left and right length adjusting portions 52 provided at both ends of the main body belt portion 51 have a predetermined length so that the belt length necessary for the user M to be attached to the waist is determined. By having the adjuster function in the connection plug 53 and the connection receiver 54 made of male and female buckles with adjusters, it is possible to match the circumference of the waist of the user M. The adjuster may be an independent adjuster as long as the belt length can be adjusted, or may be an integrated adjuster.

本実施の形態においては、腰ベルト部50を環状に連結して使用者Mの腰回りに固定する連結差込具53と連結受具54が、1対の雌雄のバックルから構成されているため、ワンタッチでの着脱を可能し、その着脱操作が容易であり、人為的に連結係合を解かない限り外れることもなくて取付けの信頼性が高く、機械的強度も高い。
しかし、本発明を実施する場合には、バックルに限定されず、ナスカン、カラビナ、スプリングホック、Dロック、クイックキャッチ、楕円リング等の連結具が使用可能であり、何れを選択してもよい。通常、簡単に連結可能であり、安全性の高いものが使用される。
In the present embodiment, the connecting plug 53 and the connecting receiver 54 for connecting the waist belt portion 50 in an annular shape and fixing it around the waist of the user M are constituted by a pair of male and female buckles. It is possible to attach and detach with one touch, the detaching operation is easy, and it is not detached unless it is manually disengaged, and the attachment is highly reliable and the mechanical strength is also high.
However, when implementing this invention, it is not limited to a buckle, and connecting tools, such as an eggplant, a carabiner, a spring hook, D lock, a quick catch, an elliptical ring, can be used, and any may be selected. Usually, those that can be easily connected and have high safety are used.

更に、腰ベルト部50には、本体部10と共に補助保持部20が縫製線13bにて縫い合わされている。
この補助保持部20は、本体部10の乳幼児B側に配設されて、その下端部が腰ベルト部50に本体部10と共に一体に取付けられているも、それ以外は本体部10と分離自在とされており、本体部10側とは反対側の乳幼児Bの身体にあてがわれる。乳幼児Bを対面抱っこや前向きおんぶで保持する際には、乳幼児Bの反背側、即ち、股側や腹側にあてがわれることになる。なお、補助保持部20と腰ベルト部50の関係も全体として略逆T字状に配設され、補助保持部20の下端のみの縫製によって腰ベルト部50に一体に接続されており、腰ベルト部50の面方向に対して補助保持部20も直角方向に折れ曲がり自在となっている。
Furthermore, the auxiliary holding part 20 is sewn to the waist belt part 50 with the sewing line 13b with the main-body part 10. FIG.
The auxiliary holding portion 20 is disposed on the infant B side of the main body portion 10, and the lower end portion thereof is integrally attached to the waist belt portion 50 together with the main body portion 10. Otherwise, the auxiliary holding portion 20 is separable from the main body portion 10. It is applied to the body of the infant B on the side opposite to the main body 10 side. When the infant B is held with a face-to-face hug or a forward-facing piggyback, the infant B is applied to the opposite back side, that is, the crotch side or the abdomen side. Note that the relationship between the auxiliary holding portion 20 and the waist belt portion 50 is also generally arranged in a substantially inverted T shape, and is integrally connected to the waist belt portion 50 by sewing only the lower end of the auxiliary holding portion 20. The auxiliary holding part 20 can also be bent in a direction perpendicular to the surface direction of the part 50.

本実施の形態の補助保持部20は、その下端が本体部10と共に腰ベルト部50への縫い付けによって固着されているが、その固着側である一端部(下端部)の腰ベルト部50に接続した接続横幅Wは、本体部10と腰ベルト部50とが縫い付けによって接続した接続横幅Wよりも幅狭とされ、本体部10と腰ベルト部50の接続横幅Wよりも内方で縫製線13bにて本体部10と共に腰ベルト部50に縫製され、そして、上方に延びた自由端の他端側に向かって徐々に幅広とした略台形状を呈している。 The auxiliary holding part 20 of the present embodiment has its lower end fixed together with the main body part 10 by sewing to the waist belt part 50, but is attached to the waist belt part 50 at one end (lower end part) on the fixing side. connection width W 2 that is connected is narrower than the connection width W 1 of the main body portion 10 and the waist belt part 50 is connected by stitching, inner than the connection width W 1 of the main body portion 10 and the waist belt part 50 On the other hand, it is sewn to the waist belt portion 50 together with the main body portion 10 at the sewing line 13b, and has a substantially trapezoidal shape gradually widened toward the other end side of the free end extending upward.

例えば、補助保持部20は、腰ベルト部50に縫い付けて本体部10の下端部に接続する一端部(下端部)の接続横幅W(図6参照)が、腰ベルト部50に縫い付けている本体部10の下端部の接続横幅Wの50%〜90%の範囲内に設定され、後述するように乳幼児Bが低い位置で保持される場合でも、乳幼児Bの鼠径部を圧迫することがなく、かつ、乳幼児Bの脚の動きが制限され難い形態として形成されている。 For example, the auxiliary holding portion 20 is sewed to the waist belt portion 50 at the connection lateral width W 2 (see FIG. 6) of one end portion (lower end portion) that is sewn to the waist belt portion 50 and connected to the lower end portion of the main body portion 10. and which is set within a range of 50% to 90% of the connection width W 1 of the lower end portion of the main body portion 10, even if the infant B is held at a lower position, as described below, to compress the groin of the baby B And the movement of the leg of the infant B is difficult to be restricted.

特に、本実施の形態の補助保持部20では、後述の位置決め台座部30に臀部が受け止められた乳幼児Bの脚が出される左右両側の外縁が、上方の自由端側から下方の腰ベルト部50及び本体部10への接続側に向かって垂直(90°)に、或いは、90°を超えて140°以下の傾斜で、横幅が下方に向かって徐々に幅狭とされて腰ベルト部50及び本体部10の下端部に接続している。
これにより、後述するように首すわり前の低月齢の乳幼児Bを保持対象として高い位置で保持するときでも、乳幼児Bの脚の動きが拘束されるのが防止され、また、乳幼児Bの股幅を必要以上に広げることなく低月齢の乳幼児Bにとって負担の少ない自然な姿勢、約130°の開脚姿勢が理想的とされているが、その自然な開脚姿勢に近い形態に導いて、開脚状態の乳幼児Bの体形にかかる負荷を最小限とする。
In particular, in the auxiliary holding part 20 according to the present embodiment, the outer edges on both the left and right sides from which the legs of the infant B with the buttocks received by the positioning pedestal part 30 to be described later are projected from the upper free end side to the lower waist belt part 50. And the waist belt portion 50 with the lateral width being gradually narrowed downward (90 °) vertically toward the connection side to the main body 10 or with an inclination of more than 90 ° and 140 ° or less. It is connected to the lower end of the main body 10.
As a result, the leg movement of the infant B is prevented from being restrained even when the infant B with a low age before sitting on the neck is held at a high position, as will be described later. A natural posture that is less burdensome for younger infants B without spreading more than necessary, and an open leg posture of about 130 ° is ideal, but it leads to a form close to the natural open leg posture, The load on the body shape of the infant B in the leg state is minimized.

なお、図6及び図8に示すように、補助保持部20は、その上下方向の長さ(縦幅寸法)が、本体部10の臀当部13と同程度の長さであり、乳幼児Bにあてがう面積が、臀当部13の面積よりも小さく(狭く)、補助保持部20を本体部10の臀当部13に対向配置した状態では補助保持部20から臀当部13の左右の端部13Bが食み出す程度に臀当部13の方が大きくなっている。   As shown in FIGS. 6 and 8, the auxiliary holding portion 20 has a vertical length (vertical width dimension) that is approximately the same as the abutment portion 13 of the main body portion 10, and the infant B When the auxiliary holding portion 20 is disposed opposite to the holding portion 13 of the main body portion 10, the left and right ends of the holding portion 13 are smaller than the area of the holding portion 13. The holding part 13 is larger to the extent that the part 13B starts to protrude.

本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1では、補助保持部20が使用者Mと乳幼児Bの間にが介在することになり、そこでは使用者Mと乳幼児Bが直接接触しないから、発汗による水分が使用者Mと乳幼児Bの間に溜まり難い。よって、乳幼児B及び使用者Mの間が蒸れ難く、不快感を軽減できる。また、使用者Mと乳幼児Bの間に補助保持部20が介在することで、使用者Mの衣類に乳幼児Bの体温によって生じる皺が入るのを防止できる。
このような補助保持部20においても、乳幼児Bの体形に無理が加わらないように所定の柔軟性、可撓性等を有する材料で形成される。補助保持部20は、乳幼児Bの身体にあてがわれる一方で、その裏面側が使用者M側に触れることから、好ましくは通気性を有する材料で形成することによって、乳幼児Bや使用者Mに触れる部分の通気を良くし湿気や熱を逃すことで、部分的な温度の上昇や蒸れを防止して、暑さや蒸れ等による不快感を軽減できる。即ち、通気性を有する材料を使用することで、乳幼児Bや使用者Mの蒸れ等の湿気や熱を逃すことができ乳幼児Bと使用者Mの間で異常な保温状態に至らない。
In the baby carrier 1 according to the present embodiment, the auxiliary holding part 20 is interposed between the user M and the infant B, and the user M and the infant B do not directly contact with each other. It is difficult to collect between the person M and the infant B. Therefore, it is difficult for the infant B and the user M to get stuffy, and discomfort can be reduced. Moreover, the auxiliary | assistant holding | maintenance part 20 intervenes between the user M and the infant B, and it can prevent the wrinkles produced by the body temperature of the infant B from entering the clothing of the user M.
Such an auxiliary holding part 20 is also formed of a material having predetermined flexibility and flexibility so that the body shape of the infant B is not excessively added. While the auxiliary holding part 20 is applied to the body of the infant B, the back side of the auxiliary holding part 20 touches the user M side. By improving the ventilation of the part and releasing moisture and heat, it is possible to prevent partial temperature rise and stuffiness, and to reduce discomfort due to heat and stuffiness. That is, by using a material having air permeability, moisture and heat such as stuffiness of the infant B and the user M can be released, and an abnormal heat retention state does not occur between the infant B and the user M.

本発明を実施する場合には、このような補助保持部20の構成として、例えば、補助保持部20の全体を表裏のメッシュ生地間に通気性のある特定の厚みの空気層を形成する連結糸を織り込んだ立体編物(ダブルラッシェル)で形成することも可能であるし、その表面または裏面を外装生地で被覆した構造とすることもできる。また、1枚或いは2枚以上の外装生地、好ましくは、補助保持部20の全体を、表裏に空気の流通を許容する通気性のあるメッシュ構造の生地のみで補助保持部20を構成することもできるし、表生地及び裏生地からなる外装生地の中にウレタンや立体網状構造体等の緩衝材を入れても良い。   In the case of carrying out the present invention, as such a configuration of the auxiliary holding portion 20, for example, the entire auxiliary holding portion 20 is a connecting yarn that forms an air layer having a specific thickness between the front and back mesh fabrics. It is also possible to form it with a three-dimensional knitted fabric (double raschel) woven with woven fabric, or to have a structure in which the front or back surface is covered with an exterior fabric. Further, the auxiliary holding part 20 may be composed of only one or two or more exterior fabrics, preferably the entire auxiliary holding part 20, only with a breathable mesh-structured cloth that allows air to flow on the front and back. A cushioning material such as urethane or a three-dimensional network structure may be placed in an exterior fabric made of a front fabric and a back fabric.

特に、立体編物(ダブルラッシェル)を使用した場合には、織布本体が全体で通気性のある空気層を保ち、表裏のメッシュ間に織り込まれた連結糸によって空気層内で対流を生じさせないので、断熱効果が高く、かつ、容積が大きいことから、長時間断熱作用を維持できる。また、汗等の湿気の発生に対しても、その湿気を収容できる容積を有し、使用者Mの動き及び乳幼児Bの動きは、織布本体の体積変化となって、織布本体の保持している高い温度の空気及び高い湿度の空気を排出し、外部から湿度の低い、気温の低い空気を導入する。つまり、湿気や熱が逃れやすい。したがって、湿気の上昇が防止され、また、 使用者Mの体や乳幼児Bの体から発汗した汗は、速やかに織布本体に吸収され、暑さや蒸れが著しく軽減される。よって。汗疹の発生が防止され、発汗対策、暑さ及び蒸れ対策、汗疹対策になる。そして、乳幼児Bを保持したときでもジトジト感、ベトベト感が生じない。更に、乳幼児Bを保持しているときの動きに対しても、織布本体の追随変化によって違和感がない。   In particular, when a three-dimensional knitted fabric (double raschel) is used, the woven fabric body maintains a breathable air layer as a whole, and convection does not occur in the air layer due to the connecting yarn woven between the front and back meshes. Since the heat insulating effect is high and the volume is large, the heat insulating action can be maintained for a long time. In addition, it has a volume that can store moisture against the generation of moisture such as sweat, and the movement of the user M and the movement of the infant B become the volume change of the woven fabric body, and the woven fabric body is held. The high-temperature air and high-humidity air are discharged, and low-humidity and low-temperature air is introduced from the outside. In other words, moisture and heat are likely to escape. Therefore, an increase in moisture is prevented, and sweat sweated from the body of the user M or the body of the infant B is quickly absorbed by the woven fabric body, and heat and stuffiness are remarkably reduced. Therefore. Occurrence of sweat rash is prevented, and measures against sweating, heat and stuffiness, and sweat rash. And even when the infant B is held, the feeling of tingling and stickiness does not occur. Furthermore, even when the baby B is held, there is no sense of incongruity due to the following change of the woven fabric body.

また、外装生地に入れる緩衝材として、樹脂からなる連続線条体が不規則に蛇行して絡み合っており、かつ、蛇行した状態で随所に接着してなる立体網状構造体を配設した場合でも、乳幼児Bや使用者Mの汗等の湿気を収容できる容積を有しており、連続線条体間の空間が連続し高い空隙率により、湿気や熱がこもり難くなる。特に、立体網状構造体の全体または一部が通気性を有する生地で覆われていると、新鮮な空気が取り入れられ、また、使用者Mの動き及び乳幼児Bの動きによって空気層の体積が変化するから、高い温度の空気及び高い湿度の空気が排出され、外部から湿度の低い、気温の低い空気が導入される。よって、使用者Mや乳幼児Bの身体の熱や湿気を逃すことができて、暑さや蒸れを軽減でき、乳幼児Bを保持したときのジトジト感、ベトベト感も少なくなる。更に、乳幼児Bを保持しているときの動きに対しても、立体網状構造体の追随変化によって違和感がない。   In addition, as a cushioning material to be put into the exterior fabric, even when a continuous linear body made of resin is irregularly meandering and intertwined, and a three-dimensional network structure that is adhered in a meandering state is disposed. It has a volume capable of accommodating moisture such as sweat of the infant B or the user M, and the space between the continuous striatum is continuous, and moisture and heat are less likely to be accumulated due to a high porosity. In particular, if the whole or part of the three-dimensional network structure is covered with a breathable fabric, fresh air is taken in, and the volume of the air layer changes due to the movement of the user M and the movement of the infant B. Therefore, high-temperature air and high-humidity air are discharged, and low-humidity and low-temperature air is introduced from the outside. Therefore, the heat and moisture of the body of the user M and the infant B can be released, the heat and stuffiness can be reduced, and the feeling of stickiness and stickiness when holding the infant B is reduced. Further, even when the baby B is held, there is no sense of incongruity due to the following change of the three-dimensional network structure.

なお、本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1では、乳幼児Bを広い面積で受け止め乳幼児Bの身体を支持して保護する本体部10に主に機械的強度が委ねられることから、補助保持部20の全体は、機械的強度を本体部10ほど強くする必要はないが、補助保持部20にも乳幼児Bの体重の一部がかかることから、強度的に耐えられる構成であればよい。また、補助保持部20について少なくともその表裏の外面を本体部10と同様の構成とすることで、補助保持部20と本体部10の一体感が出て、見栄えがよいものとなるが、本発明を実施する場合には、異なる構成を採用してもよい。   In the baby carrier 1 of the present embodiment, since the mechanical strength is mainly entrusted to the main body 10 that receives the infant B in a wide area and supports and protects the body of the infant B, the entire auxiliary holding part 20 is entrusted. However, the mechanical strength does not need to be as strong as that of the main body 10, but a part of the weight of the infant B is also applied to the auxiliary holding portion 20. In addition, since the auxiliary holding unit 20 has at least the outer surfaces of the front and back sides of the same configuration as the main body unit 10, the auxiliary holding unit 20 and the main body unit 10 have a sense of unity and look good. When implementing the above, a different configuration may be adopted.

そして、本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1においては、補助保持部20の自由端側の左右両端部に、接続布地25を介し、先端にアジャスター付きバックルの連結差込具23を有する所定長の布ベルトからなる左右1対の連結調整部22が取付けられ、また、本体部10の外面側(乳幼児B側とは反対側)の左右において背当部12と臀当部13の境界付近に連結差込具23の係合に対応するバックルの連結受具24が取付けられており、連結差込具23と連結受具24との連結係合により補助保持部20の自由端側の左右側部と本体部10の背当部12と臀当部13の境界付近の左右両側とを接続する所定長の接続部を形成する。   And in the baby carrier 1 of this Embodiment, the cloth of predetermined length which has the connection insertion tool 23 of the buckle with an adjuster in the front-end | tip via the connection cloth 25 in the right-and-left both ends by the side of the free end of the auxiliary | assistant holding | maintenance part 20. A pair of left and right connection adjusting portions 22 formed of a belt are attached, and a connection difference is formed near the boundary between the backrest portion 12 and the abutment portion 13 on the left and right sides of the outer surface side of the main body portion 10 (the opposite side to the infant B side). A connection receiver 24 of a buckle corresponding to the engagement of the insertion tool 23 is attached, and by the connection engagement of the connection insertion tool 23 and the connection reception tool 24, the left and right side parts on the free end side of the auxiliary holding part 20 A connecting portion having a predetermined length is formed to connect the backrest portion 12 of the main body portion 10 and the left and right sides in the vicinity of the boundary of the heel portion 13.

よって、本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1においては、本体部10の乳幼児B側(内面側)で本体部10と共に腰ベルト部50に縫い付けられた補助保持部20が、その左右両側で連結調整部22及び連結差込具23と連結受具24の連結係合により形成される所定長の接続部21によって本体部10と接続されることで、本体部10と補助保持部20との間隔(距離)が固定され、本体部10と補助保持部20と接続部21との間に形成された空間内で乳幼児Bが位置決めされる。これより、本体部10と補助保持部20と接続部21との間に乳幼児Bが収容され、対面抱っこや前向きおんぶでは乳幼児Bの背側に本体部10があてがわれ、乳幼児Bの反背側の腹側には補助保持部20があてがわれ、そして、接続部21によって乳幼児Bが横に倒れないように保持される。特に、接続部21の下側において本体部10の左右側縁部と補助保持部20の左右側縁部との間に形成された環状の開口に乳幼児Bの脚が通されることになり、乳幼児Bの収容空間が規制されることで乳幼児Bのおんぶ時のそり返りや、抱っこ時に使用者Mの前屈姿勢等で本体部10の頭当部11側から乳幼児Bが落下してしまう事態を防止できる。更に、抱っことおんぶの切り替えを行って使用者Mに対する乳幼児Bの位置を移動するときでも、乳幼児Bの落下を防止して、熟練でなくとも使用者Mにとって抱っことおんぶの切り替えの操作を容易とする。   Therefore, in the baby carrier 1 of the present embodiment, the auxiliary holding portion 20 sewn to the waist belt portion 50 together with the main body portion 10 on the infant B side (inner surface side) of the main body portion 10 is connected and adjusted on both right and left sides. The distance between the main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 by being connected to the main body part 10 by the connection part 21 having a predetermined length formed by the connection engagement of the part 22 and the connection plug 23 and the connection receiver 24 ( Distance) is fixed, and the infant B is positioned in a space formed between the main body 10, the auxiliary holding part 20 and the connection part 21. Thus, the infant B is accommodated between the main body part 10, the auxiliary holding part 20, and the connection part 21, and the main body part 10 is applied to the back side of the infant B in the face-to-face hug and the forward facing piggyback. The auxiliary holding part 20 is assigned to the abdominal side, and the infant B is held by the connecting part 21 so as not to fall sideways. In particular, the leg of the infant B is passed through the annular opening formed between the left and right side edges of the main body 10 and the left and right side edges of the auxiliary holding part 20 below the connection part 21. The situation where the infant B falls from the side of the head rest 11 of the main body 10 due to the bowing of the infant B due to the restriction of the accommodation space of the infant B or the user M's forward bending posture, etc. Can be prevented. Further, even when the position of the baby B is moved with respect to the user M by switching the holding and the piggyback, the infant B can be prevented from falling and the user M can easily switch the holding and the piggyback even if not skilled. And

特に、バックルの連結差込具23のアジャスター機能によって所定長の1対の連結調整部22の長さ調節を可能として接続部21の長さを調節できることから、乳幼児Bの大きさ、成長に応じて本体部10と補助保持部20の間隔(距離)を自在に調節できる。これより、乳幼児Bが窮屈さを感じることない使用者Mとの適度な密着距離で、乳幼児Bと使用者Mとの最適な間隔に調節することができる。故に、乳幼児Bによって揺れが少なく体の位置が安定する態様で乳幼児Bを保持でき、使用者Mと乳幼児Bの一体感により両者にとって負担の少ない快適な抱き心地が得られる   In particular, the length of the connection portion 21 can be adjusted by adjusting the length of the pair of connection adjustment portions 22 of a predetermined length by the adjuster function of the connection insert 23 of the buckle. Thus, the interval (distance) between the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20 can be freely adjusted. Thus, the optimal distance between the infant B and the user M can be adjusted with an appropriate close contact distance with the user M where the infant B does not feel cramped. Therefore, the infant B can be held in such a manner that the body position is stabilized with little shaking by the infant B, and a comfortable holding feeling with less burden on both can be obtained by the sense of unity between the user M and the infant B.

なお、本実施の形態においては、連結差込具23と連結受具24が連結自在であるから、使用者Mの使い勝手に応じて、連結差込具23と連結受具24の連結係合により接続部21によって本体部10と補助保持部20が接続された状態で、本体部10と補助保持部20の間に乳幼児Bの出し入れを行うことができるし、連結差込具23と連結受具24の連結係合の解除により補助保持部20の自由端側が本体部10から分離された状態でも、本体部10と補助保持部20の間に乳幼児Bの出し入れを行うことができる。   In the present embodiment, since the connection insertion tool 23 and the connection receiver 24 are freely connectable, depending on the convenience of the user M, the connection insertion tool 23 and the connection receiver 24 can be connected and engaged. In the state where the main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 are connected by the connection part 21, the baby B can be taken in and out between the main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20, and the connection plug 23 and the connection receiver Even when the free end side of the auxiliary holding part 20 is separated from the main body part 10 by releasing the connection engagement 24, the baby B can be put in and out between the main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20.

更に、本実施の形態においては、アジャスター機能付きのバックルによって、連結差込具23と連結受具24との連結係合により接続部21によって本体部10と補助保持部20を接続した状態でもアジャスター機能により両者間の間隔を自在に調節でき、本体部10と補助保持部20と接続部21との間に形成された空間内に乳幼児Bを収容した状態で本体部10と補助保持部20間の間隔の調整を可能として、使い勝手を良くしているが、本発明を実施する場合には、連結差込具23と連結受具24の両者にアジャスター機能を設けても良いし、何れか一方のみでもよいし、アジャスター機能を独立させてもよい。また、本体部10と補助保持部20を接続する手段は、バックルの係合に限らず、ナスカン、カラビナ、スプリングホック、Dロック、クイックキャッチ、楕円リング等の連結具を使用した連結係合としてもよいし、伸縮性のゴムバンド、ゴムテープ等の伸縮性部材等を使用した接続としてもよい。例えば、長手方向に伸縮自在で、本体部10と補助保持部20との間で乳幼児Bを入れられる程度に伸長する幅3cm〜10cm程度の平らゴムを布地等で包んでデザイン的に処理したゴムバンド(ゴムテープ)を本体部10と補助保持部20の側部間に縫い付けることにより、その伸縮によって、本体部10と補助保持部20と間隔(距離)を自在に調節できる。このような伸縮性のゴムバンド、ゴムテープ等の伸縮性部材等が使用された接続では、本体部10と補助保持部20を接続する係合操作を必要とせず、使い勝手が良い。一方で、バックル等の係合による接続は耐久性が高い。   Furthermore, in the present embodiment, the adjuster can be adjusted even when the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 are connected by the connecting part 21 by the connecting engagement of the connecting plug 23 and the connecting receiver 24 by the buckle with the adjuster function. The distance between the two can be freely adjusted by the function, and the baby B is accommodated in the space formed between the main body 10, the auxiliary holding part 20 and the connecting part 21. However, in the case of carrying out the present invention, an adjuster function may be provided in both the connection plug 23 and the connection receiver 24, or either one of them may be adjusted. Or the adjuster function may be made independent. In addition, the means for connecting the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 is not limited to the engagement of the buckle, but as a coupling engagement using a coupling tool such as an eggplant, a carabiner, a spring hook, a D lock, a quick catch, or an elliptical ring. Alternatively, the connection may be made using a stretchable member such as a stretchable rubber band or rubber tape. For example, rubber that is elastically stretchable in the longitudinal direction and that is designed by wrapping a flat rubber having a width of about 3 cm to 10 cm with a cloth or the like that extends to such an extent that an infant B can be inserted between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holder 20. By sewing a band (rubber tape) between the side portions of the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20, the distance (distance) between the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20 can be freely adjusted by expansion and contraction thereof. In the connection using such an elastic member such as an elastic rubber band, rubber tape or the like, an engagement operation for connecting the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 is not required, and it is easy to use. On the other hand, the connection by engagement of a buckle or the like is highly durable.

なお、図において、連結調整部22は、補助保持部20の自由端側の左右両端部に突設した接続布地25に縫い付けることで接続布地25を介して補助保持部20に取付けられている。また、バックルの連結受具24も、本体部10に縫製した別布の接続ベルト布地26を介して本体部10に取付けられている。   In the figure, the connection adjusting part 22 is attached to the auxiliary holding part 20 via the connection cloth 25 by sewing to the connection cloth 25 protruding from the left and right end parts on the free end side of the auxiliary holding part 20. . Further, the buckle connection receiver 24 is also attached to the main body 10 via a separate connection belt fabric 26 sewn on the main body 10.

更に、本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1においては、左右1対の肩ベルト部40が補助保持部20の自由端側に縫い付けられている。
この左右1対の肩ベルト部40は、その一端部が補助保持部20の自由端側の上端部の左右に縫製によって堅固に取付けられ、その他端部が補助保持部20の自由端側の上部の左右側部に接続布地25を介して縫製によって堅固に取付けられている。即ち、本実施の形態の肩ベルト部40は、補助保持部20の上下方向に渡されている。なお、ここでの上下とは、補助保持部20の上下2箇所に接続されて使用者の肩が通される環状を形成するように渡されていればよく、相対的な位置関係を示すものであり、補助保持部20への接続位置を特定するものではない。また、厳格に上下の方向を追求するものではなく高低を示すものである。
Furthermore, in the baby carrier 1 of the present embodiment, a pair of left and right shoulder belt portions 40 are sewn to the free end side of the auxiliary holding portion 20.
The one pair of left and right shoulder belt portions 40 are firmly attached to the left and right of the upper end portion on the free end side of the auxiliary holding portion 20 by sewing, and the other end portions are upper portions on the free end side of the auxiliary holding portion 20. It is firmly attached to the left and right side parts of the sewing machine via a connecting fabric 25 by sewing. That is, the shoulder belt portion 40 of the present embodiment is passed in the vertical direction of the auxiliary holding portion 20. In addition, the upper and lower here should just be passed so that it may connect to two upper and lower places of the auxiliary | assistant holding | maintenance part 20, and it may pass so that the user's shoulder may be passed, and shows relative positional relationship. It does not specify the connection position to the auxiliary holding unit 20. In addition, it does not strictly follow the up and down direction, but shows the height.

左右1対の肩ベルト部40は、補助保持部20及び本体部10に直接的または間接的に接続して乳幼児Bの体重の多くを受けるので強度的に耐えられ、かつ、使用者Mの肩回りに取付けても使用者Mの体形に無理が掛からないように力(乳幼児Bの体重)の分散が行われる形態として、補助保持部20の自由端側の上端に一体に接続し横幅が幅広な肩掛け部41と、肩掛け部41の他端に取付けられ補助保持部20の自由端側の上部の左右側部側に接続する調節ベルト部42から構成されている。   The pair of left and right shoulder belt portions 40 are directly or indirectly connected to the auxiliary holding portion 20 and the main body portion 10 to receive much of the weight of the infant B, so that the shoulder belt portion 40 can withstand the strength of the user M. As a form in which force (the weight of the infant B) is distributed so as not to overwhelm the user M's body shape even if it is mounted around, it is integrally connected to the upper end on the free end side of the auxiliary holding part 20 and wide in width. A shoulder portion 41 and an adjustment belt portion 42 attached to the other end of the shoulder portion 41 and connected to the left and right side portions of the upper portion of the auxiliary holding portion 20 on the free end side.

肩掛け部41は、使用者Mの肩に掛けられることから、所定の柔軟性、可撓性、弾性、緩衝性等を有する材料で形成され、使用者Mの肩回りへの馴染みを良くし、フィット性を高めて使用者Mへの負担を少なくしている。例えば、表生地及び裏生地の外装生地の間に可撓性を有し若干の弾性を持つ芯材やクッション材を入れて形成され、使用者Mの肩またや背中の一部分に乳幼児Bの体重集中が生じないようにすることができる。なお、肩掛け部41においても、外装生地に通気性を有する生地を使用することで、蒸れ等の湿気を防止して、不快感を軽減できる。また、使用者Mの肩回りに触れる内面側を吸水性のある綿生地等で形成することによっても吸湿性が向上する。   Since the shoulder portion 41 is hung on the shoulder of the user M, the shoulder portion 41 is formed of a material having predetermined flexibility, flexibility, elasticity, shock absorbing property, etc., and improves the familiarity around the shoulder of the user M, The burden on the user M is reduced by improving the fit. For example, a flexible core material or cushion material is inserted between the outer fabric and the outer fabric of the back fabric, and the weight of the infant B on the shoulder or back of the user M Concentration can be prevented. In addition, also in the shoulder part 41, moisture such as stuffiness can be prevented and discomfort can be reduced by using a breathable fabric for the exterior fabric. Moreover, hygroscopicity improves also by forming the inner surface side which touches the circumference | surroundings of the user M with a cotton fabric etc. with water absorption.

肩掛け部41の一端部に接続する調節ベルト部42は、使用者Mの肩回りへの取付けに必要なベルト長が決められるように所定の長さを有する布ベルトからなるベルト部42aと、肩掛け部41への接続側に配設されたアジャスター42bと補助保持部20の左右側部への接続側に配設されたアジャスター42cとから構成される。   The adjustment belt portion 42 connected to one end portion of the shoulder portion 41 includes a belt portion 42a formed of a cloth belt having a predetermined length so that a belt length necessary for attaching the user M around the shoulder is determined, and a shoulder portion. An adjuster 42b disposed on the connection side to the portion 41 and an adjuster 42c disposed on the connection side to the left and right side portions of the auxiliary holding portion 20 are configured.

このように、所定長のベルト部42aの長さ方向の一端側にアジャスター42bが取付けられ、また、他端側でもアジャスター42cが取付けられていることで、ベルト長を調節自在とし、肩ベルト部40の長さを使用者Mの肩に掛け、背後に回すその肩回り長さに合わせることができる。   In this way, the adjuster 42b is attached to one end side in the length direction of the belt portion 42a having a predetermined length, and the adjuster 42c is also attached to the other end side, so that the belt length can be adjusted and the shoulder belt portion. The length of 40 can be hung on the shoulder of the user M and adjusted to the length around the shoulder that is turned backward.

なお、調節ベルト部42のアジャスター42bは肩掛け部41に縫い付けたベルト布地(符号及び記号は省略)を介して肩掛け部41に取付けられており、また、アジャスター42cは補助保持部20の自由端側の左右側部に設けた接続布地25に縫い付けたベルト布地(符号及び記号は省略)を介して接続布地25に取付けられている。   The adjuster 42 b of the adjustment belt 42 is attached to the shoulder 41 via a belt fabric (reference and symbols are omitted) sewn on the shoulder 41, and the adjuster 42 c is a free end of the auxiliary holder 20. It is attached to the connecting fabric 25 via a belt fabric (reference and symbols are omitted) sewed to the connecting fabric 25 provided on the left and right side portions.

また、左右1対の肩ベルト部40の肩掛け部41には、本体部10と接続するための回転式のバックルの連結差込具43が取付けられている。この連結差込具43が、本体部10の乳幼児B側(内面側)で頭当部11と背当部12の境界付近の左右両側から乳幼児B側に突設した接続部14の先端に取付けた回転式バックルの連結受具44と連結係合することにより、回転式バックルの連結差込具43及び連結受具44と接続部14とによって肩ベルト部40と本体部10が接続され、人為的にバックルの係合を外さない限り、肩ベルト部40と本体部10の接続状態が固定され、本体部10と補助時支持部20の間に収容された乳幼児Bの保持を可能とする。   Further, a rotation type buckle connection plug 43 for connecting to the main body 10 is attached to the shoulder portions 41 of the pair of left and right shoulder belt portions 40. The connecting plug 43 is attached to the distal end of the connecting portion 14 projecting from the left and right sides near the boundary between the head support portion 11 and the back support portion 12 on the infant B side (inner surface side) of the main body portion 10. The shoulder belt portion 40 and the main body portion 10 are connected to each other by the coupling insertion tool 43 and the coupling receptacle 44 of the rotary buckle and the connection portion 14 by the coupling engagement with the coupling receptacle 44 of the rotary buckle. Unless the buckle is disengaged, the connection state of the shoulder belt portion 40 and the main body portion 10 is fixed, and the infant B accommodated between the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary support portion 20 can be held.

特に、回転式バックルの連結差込具43と連結受具44の連結係合は、連結差込具43の球状の凸部と、本体部10に接続部14を介して取付けた連結受具44の円形状の凹部とを嵌合することにより、連結差込具43に対して連結受具44が回転自在に接合され、連結受具44の側部の1対のプッシュボタンを押すことで接合の解除が可能となっている。このとき、連結差込具43の係合凸部が球状で、連結受具44の係合凹部が円形状となっていることで、接合方向が特定されることなく、両者は何処の角度からでも接合することができるから、使い勝手がよい。また、このように連結差込具43と連結受具44が回転自在に接合されていることにより、使用者Mや乳幼児Bの動き等に応じ肩ベルト部40に対する本体部10の接続角度が変化し、肩ベルト部40を掛けた使用者Mの負担や、肩ベルト部40と本体部10との接続部にかかる負荷を軽減できる。   In particular, the coupling engagement between the coupling insert 43 of the rotary buckle and the coupling receiver 44 is performed by connecting the spherical convex portion of the coupling insertion tool 43 and the coupling receiver 44 attached to the main body 10 via the connection portion 14. The coupling receiver 44 is rotatably joined to the coupling insertion tool 43 by fitting with the circular concave portion of the coupling, and joined by pressing a pair of push buttons on the side of the coupling receptacle 44. Can be released. At this time, the engagement convex part of the connection insertion tool 43 is spherical, and the engagement concave part of the connection receiver 44 is circular. But since it can be joined, it is easy to use. In addition, since the connection plug 43 and the connection receiver 44 are rotatably joined in this way, the connection angle of the main body 10 with respect to the shoulder belt 40 changes according to the movement of the user M or the infant B. In addition, it is possible to reduce the burden on the user M who hangs the shoulder belt portion 40 and the load applied to the connection portion between the shoulder belt portion 40 and the main body portion 10.

なお、回転式バックルの連結差込具43は、肩掛け部41に縫い付けたベルト布(符号及び記号は省略)を介して肩掛け部41に取付けられており、また、連結受具44においても接続部14に縫い付けたベルト布(符号及び記号は省略)を介して接続部14に取付けられている。
勿論、本体部10と肩ベルト40とを接続する手段も、回転式のバックルに限定されず、例えば、ナスカン、カラビナ、スプリングホック、Dロック、クイックキャッチ、楕円リング等の連結具を使用することも可能である。また、本発明を実施する場合には、肩ベルト部40と本体部10の接続手段において、アジャスター機能及び調節ベルトを設けて肩ベルト部40と本体部10間の接続長さを調節自在に構成しても良い。
The rotary buckle connecting plug 43 is attached to the shoulder 41 via a belt cloth (reference and symbols are omitted) sewn on the shoulder 41, and is also connected to the connecting receiver 44. It is attached to the connecting portion 14 via a belt cloth (not shown).
Of course, the means for connecting the main body 10 and the shoulder belt 40 is not limited to the rotary buckle, and for example, a connecting tool such as an eggplant, a carabiner, a spring hook, a D lock, a quick catch, or an elliptical ring is used. Is also possible. Further, when the present invention is implemented, the connecting means between the shoulder belt portion 40 and the main body portion 10 is provided with an adjuster function and an adjustment belt so that the connection length between the shoulder belt portion 40 and the main body portion 10 can be adjusted. You may do it.

更に、本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1においては、肩ベルト部40の肩掛け部41に取付けられた連結差込具43を、肩掛け部41に取付けた被覆カバー45によって被覆することにより、乳幼児Bが誤ってバックルの係合を解除してしまうのを防止している。また、プラスチックで形成されるバックルの紫外線等による劣化を防止する。更に、肩掛け部41に乳幼児Bの唇が当たり、それによって乳幼児Bの唇が刺激され、肩ベルト部40を舐めることがあっても、肩掛け部41に取付けた被覆カバー45によって被覆することにより、バックルで乳幼児Bの唇や舌を怪我させることがない。   Furthermore, in the baby carrier 1 of the present embodiment, the infant B is covered by covering the connecting plug 43 attached to the shoulder hanger 41 of the shoulder belt portion 40 with the covering cover 45 attached to the shoulder hanger 41. The buckle is prevented from being accidentally released. Further, the buckle formed of plastic is prevented from being deteriorated by ultraviolet rays or the like. Furthermore, even if the lip of the infant B hits the shoulder portion 41 and thereby the lips of the infant B are stimulated and the shoulder belt portion 40 may be licked, by covering with the covering cover 45 attached to the shoulder portion 41, The buckle will not injure infant B's lips and tongue.

ここで、被覆カバー45について、図においては、肩掛け部41と一体に形成しているが、例えば面ファスナー(マジックテープ(登録商標))等の接着布、チャック、ボタン、ホック等により肩掛け部41に被覆カバーを着脱自在な構成とし、被覆カバー45のみを交換可能に形成してもよい。これにより、乳幼児Bが舐めたり、唾液、乳が付着したりしても被覆カバー45のみを交換し清潔に保つことができ、舐めることによる不潔感を解消することができる。また、被覆カバー45の形状もバックルを覆い隠すことができれば、肩掛け部41に巻き付ける形態としても良い。なお、被覆カバー45を取り替え可能とする場合には、被覆カバー45にパイル地やガーゼを使用することで洗濯が容易で、乳幼児Bが違和感のない感触となり、不自然さがなくなる。
しかし、本発明を実施する場合には、被覆カバー45を設けることなく、バックルを表出させてもよい。
Here, the covering cover 45 is integrally formed with the shoulder portion 41 in the figure, but the shoulder portion 41 is formed by, for example, an adhesive cloth such as a hook-and-loop fastener (magic tape (registered trademark)), a chuck, a button, a hook, or the like. The covering cover may be detachable, and only the covering cover 45 may be formed to be replaceable. Thereby, even if the infant B licks or saliva or milk adheres, only the covering cover 45 can be replaced and kept clean, and the unclean feeling caused by licking can be eliminated. Further, the shape of the covering cover 45 may be wound around the shoulder portion 41 as long as it can cover the buckle. When the covering cover 45 can be replaced, it is easy to wash by using a pile ground or gauze for the covering cover 45, and the infant B feels uncomfortable and the unnaturalness is eliminated.
However, when carrying out the present invention, the buckle may be exposed without providing the covering cover 45.

また、本実施の形態の肩掛け部41には、左右の肩ベルト部40間の間隔を調整保持する肩ベルト調整部46が設けられている。この肩ベルト調整部46は、左肩に掛ける肩掛け部41にベルト可動用アジャスター48を介して取付けた所定長さの調整ベルト部46aの先端にバックルの連結差込具46cを取付け、また、右肩に掛ける肩掛け部41にベルト可動用アジャスター48及びベルト布46bを介してバックルの連結受具46dを取付けており、連結差込具46cと連結受具46dが係合自在となっている。そして、バックルの連結差込具46cのアジャスターに取付けた調整ベルト部46aによるベルト長の調節により、左右の肩ベルト部40間を接続する肩ベルト調整部46の接続長さを調節して、左右の肩ベルト部40相互間の間隔(距離)が調整できるようになっている。   Further, the shoulder strap 41 of the present embodiment is provided with a shoulder belt adjusting portion 46 that adjusts and holds the distance between the left and right shoulder belt portions 40. The shoulder belt adjusting portion 46 has a buckle connecting plug 46c attached to the tip of an adjustment belt portion 46a of a predetermined length attached to a shoulder hanging portion 41 that is hung on the left shoulder via a belt moving adjuster 48, and a right shoulder. A buckle connecting receiver 46d is attached to the shoulder hanging portion 41 through a belt movable adjuster 48 and a belt cloth 46b so that the connecting plug 46c and the connecting receiver 46d can be engaged with each other. Then, by adjusting the belt length by the adjustment belt portion 46a attached to the adjuster of the buckle connection plug 46c, the connection length of the shoulder belt adjustment portion 46 connecting the left and right shoulder belt portions 40 is adjusted, and the right and left The distance (distance) between the shoulder belt portions 40 can be adjusted.

これにより、左右の肩ベルト部40を肩に掛けた状態で、肩ベルト調整部46の連結差込具46cと連結受具46dを連結係合することで、左右の肩ベルト部40の間隔が固定されて所定の距離を保つことができ、左右の肩ベルト部40が肩から外れることがなくなる。また、アジャスターに取付けた調整ベルト部46aによるベルト長によるベルト長の調節により、使用者Mの体型、使い勝手、好みや乳幼児Bの抱き方等に応じて、乳幼児Bの体重を支持する支点を使用者Mにとって負担の少ない位置に調節できる。よって、肩の凝りやすい人でも、肩の負担を軽減できる。
なお、本発明を実施する場合には、連結差込具46cと連結受具46dの両者にアジャスター機能を設けても良いし、何れか一方のみでもよいし、アジャスター機能を独立させてもよい。
As a result, in the state where the left and right shoulder belt portions 40 are hung on the shoulders, the connection insertion tool 46c of the shoulder belt adjustment portion 46 and the connection receiver 46d are connected and engaged, so that the distance between the left and right shoulder belt portions 40 is increased. It is fixed and can maintain a predetermined distance, and the left and right shoulder belt portions 40 will not come off the shoulder. In addition, by adjusting the belt length by the belt length by the adjustment belt portion 46a attached to the adjuster, a fulcrum that supports the weight of the infant B is used according to the body shape, usability, preference, how to hold the infant B, etc. It can be adjusted to a position with less burden on the person M. Therefore, even a person with a stiff shoulder can reduce the burden on the shoulder.
In the case of carrying out the present invention, the adjuster function may be provided for both the connection plug 46c and the connection receiver 46d, or only one of them may be provided, or the adjuster function may be made independent.

更に、本実施の形態の肩ベルト調整部46は、肩掛け部41の表面上に沿って配設したスライドベルト47に対して4方向にベルト通し部があるベルト可動用アジャスター48を介して摺動自在とされ、肩ベルト調整部46の位置が肩掛け部41の表面上で移動自在となっている。
したがって、左右1対の肩ベルト部40を使用者Mの肩に掛けた際でも肩ベルト調整部46の位置を移動させて肩ベルト調整部46の連結差込具46cと連結受具46dの連結係合の位置を使用者Mにとって連結係合の操作がし易い最適な位置に調節できる。また、使用者Mの体型、使い勝手、好みや乳幼児Bの抱き方等に応じて、乳幼児Bの体重を支持する支点を使用者Mにとって負担の少ない位置に調節できる。これによっても、肩の凝る人には肩の負担を軽減できる。
因みに、本発明を実施する場合には、左右の肩ベルト部40相互間の間隔(距離)を調節したり、固定したりする手段は、バックルの連結やバックルの摺動によるものに限定されることはない。また、これらの機能は一つの部材で行ってもよいし、別々の部材で行ってもよい。
Further, the shoulder belt adjusting portion 46 of the present embodiment slides through a belt movable adjuster 48 having a belt passing portion in four directions with respect to a slide belt 47 disposed along the surface of the shoulder portion 41. The position of the shoulder belt adjustment portion 46 is freely movable on the surface of the shoulder portion 41.
Therefore, even when the pair of left and right shoulder belt portions 40 are hung on the shoulder of the user M, the position of the shoulder belt adjustment portion 46 is moved to connect the connection insertion tool 46c and the connection receptacle 46d of the shoulder belt adjustment portion 46. The position of engagement can be adjusted to an optimum position that is easy for the user M to operate the coupling engagement. Further, the fulcrum supporting the weight of the infant B can be adjusted to a position with less burden on the user M according to the body shape, convenience, preference, how to hold the infant B, and the like. This also reduces the burden on the shoulder for those who are stiff.
Incidentally, when the present invention is carried out, the means for adjusting or fixing the distance (distance) between the left and right shoulder belt portions 40 is limited to that by connection of the buckle or sliding of the buckle. There is nothing. Moreover, these functions may be performed by one member or may be performed by separate members.

そして、本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1においては、長さ方向の一端を本体部10の乳幼児B側(内面側)に接続し、他端を補助保持部20の乳幼児B側(内面側)に接続した位置決め台座部30が本体部10と補助保持部20の間に渡されて配設されている。
このように本体部10と補助保持部20の対向側の両者間に位置決め台座部30が配設されていることで、本体部10と補助保持部20の間に収容された乳幼児Bの臀部が位置決め台座部30に受け止められることになる。
In the baby carrier 1 of the present embodiment, one end in the length direction is connected to the infant B side (inner surface side) of the main body 10 and the other end is connected to the infant B side (inner surface side) of the auxiliary holding unit 20. The connected positioning pedestal 30 is disposed between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding unit 20.
As described above, the positioning pedestal 30 is disposed between the opposite sides of the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20, so that the buttocks of the infant B accommodated between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20 can be provided. It will be received by the positioning base 30.

本実施の形態の位置決め台座部30は、所定長を有し、その長さ方向の一端が本体部10の背当部12と臀当部13の境界部付近から一体に延び、反対側の他端が補助保持部20の略1/3乃至2/3の範囲の高さ(長さ)位置から一体に延び、本体部10及び補助保持部20から一体に連続して形成されたものである。   The positioning pedestal portion 30 of the present embodiment has a predetermined length, and one end in the length direction extends integrally from the vicinity of the boundary portion between the backrest portion 12 and the abutment portion 13 of the main body portion 10, and the other side on the opposite side. The end extends integrally from a height (length) position in the range of approximately 1/3 to 2/3 of the auxiliary holding portion 20 and is integrally formed continuously from the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20. .

図1、図2、図4及び図5において、位置決め台座部30は、本体部10の背当部12と臀当部13の境界部付近から一体に延びて中心側に向かって徐々に幅狭とされたのち、反対側の他端部に向かって徐々に幅広とされ、乳幼児Bを対面抱っこや前向きおんぶで保持する際に乳幼児10の臀部にあてがわれる第2の臀当部31と、第2の臀当部31から一定の横幅で一体に延びて形成され長さ寸法を調節可能とする長さ調節部32とからなる。   1, 2, 4, and 5, the positioning pedestal portion 30 extends integrally from the vicinity of the boundary between the backrest portion 12 and the abutment portion 13 of the main body portion 10 and gradually narrows toward the center side. A second holding part 31 applied to the buttocks of the infant 10 when the infant B is held with a face-to-face hug or a forward-facing piggyback; The length adjustment part 32 is formed by extending integrally from the second abutment part 31 with a constant lateral width, and the length dimension can be adjusted.

位置決め台座部30においても、所定の柔軟性、可撓性、弾性、緩衝性等を有する材料で形成され、特に長さ調節部32においては、折り畳みが可能な程度に柔軟性、可撓性等を有し、また、乳幼児10の臀部にあてがわれる第2の臀当部31においては、柔軟性、可撓性に加え、臀部を柔らかく受ける弾性、緩衝性等を有する材料で形成されている。長さ調節部32においても乳幼児Bに違和感や不快感を与えることない程度に弾性、緩衝性を有してもよい。そして、この位置決め台座部30においては、通常、乳幼児10の重みを受ける外力が加わったときにその重力方向に弾性力が強く働いて伸長、弾性変形することのない伸縮性の少ない材料で形成される。   The positioning pedestal 30 is also formed of a material having predetermined flexibility, flexibility, elasticity, cushioning, and the like. In particular, the length adjusting unit 32 is flexible, flexible, etc. to such an extent that it can be folded. In addition, the second abutment portion 31 applied to the buttocks of the infant 10 is formed of a material having elasticity, buffering properties, etc. that softly receives the buttocks in addition to flexibility and flexibility. . The length adjusting unit 32 may also have elasticity and buffering properties so that the infant B does not feel uncomfortable or uncomfortable. The positioning pedestal 30 is usually formed of a material having a low elasticity that does not stretch or elastically deform when the external force that receives the weight of the infant 10 is applied. The

本実施の形態の第2の臀当部31は、所定の機械的強度を確保しつつも、乳幼児Bの臀部に蒸れ等を助長させることのない程度に臀部にあてる面積を設定している。特に、本実施の形態では、その横幅が臀当部13の左右の端部13B間の距離幅よりも幅狭で、臀当部13の中央部13Aと端部13Bとの接続形状、即ち、縫製線13aの形状に合わせて、左右両端縁部が内側に弧状に湾曲し、横幅寸法を変化させている。これにより、本体部10の立体裁断で形成された臀当部13に重ね合わせた使用状態で、臀当部13の左右の端部13Bが乳幼児Bの太股にあてられるようになっている。そして、乳幼児B側において、臀当部13の中央部13Aとその両側の端部13と間の奥行き構造が表出されるようになっている。   The second abutment portion 31 of the present embodiment sets an area to be applied to the buttocks so as not to promote steaming or the like in the buttocks of the infant B while ensuring a predetermined mechanical strength. In particular, in the present embodiment, the lateral width is narrower than the distance width between the left and right end portions 13B of the abutment portion 13, and the connection shape between the central portion 13A and the end portion 13B of the abutment portion 13, that is, In accordance with the shape of the sewing line 13a, both left and right edge portions are curved inwardly in an arc shape to change the width dimension. Thus, the left and right end portions 13B of the abutment portion 13 are applied to the thighs of the infant B in a state of use superimposed on the abutment portion 13 formed by the draping of the main body portion 10. On the infant B side, the depth structure between the central portion 13A of the holding portion 13 and the end portions 13 on both sides thereof is exposed.

第2の臀部受け部31から一体に形成された長さ調節部32は、横幅が一定に形成され、本体部10及び補助保持部20の対向側とは反対の裏面側に、その長さ寸法を調節可能とするための調節具としてのスライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bを有し、このスライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bは、所定距離、離れて取付けられている。   The length adjusting part 32 formed integrally from the second collar part receiving part 31 is formed with a uniform lateral width, and its length dimension is opposite to the opposite side of the main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20. A pair of female sides 33a and a male side 33b of a slide-type fastener 33 as an adjustment tool for making adjustment possible, and the pair of female sides 33a and the male side 33b of the slide-type fastener 33 have a predetermined distance. Installed, apart.

よって、長さ調節部32において所定距離、離して取付けたスライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bを合わせて閉じることにより、雌側33aと雄側33bの間の長さが折り畳まれた状態で固定され、本体部10と補助保持部20の間を接続する位置決め台座部30の長さが短縮されることになる。一方、スライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bの係合を解除している状態では折り畳みが展開され、位置決め台座部30は本来の長さによって本体部10と補助保持部20の間を接続する。   Therefore, the length between the female side 33a and the male side 33b is closed by closing the pair of the female side 33a and the male side 33b of the slide-type fastener 33 that are separated by a predetermined distance in the length adjusting unit 32. The length of the positioning pedestal 30 that is fixed in the folded state and connects between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holder 20 is shortened. On the other hand, when the engagement of the pair of female side 33a and male side 33b of the sliding fastener 33 is released, the folding is unfolded, and the positioning pedestal portion 30 has the original length and the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20. Connect between.

このように、本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1においては、本体部10と補助保持部20の対向側(内面側)で本体部10と補助保持部20の間に渡された位置決め台座部30を有し、この位置決め台座部30にて、スライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bを所定距離、離して取付けていることにより、スライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bの係合がなされていない状態では、位置決め台座部30の本来の長さによって本体部10と補助保持部20の間が接続される。一方で、スライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bを係合させることにより、雌側33aと雄側33bの間の長さが折り畳まれた状態で固定され、本体部10と補助保持部20の間を接続する長さがスライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33b間の距離長さ分だけ短縮される。   Thus, in the baby carrier 1 of the present embodiment, the positioning pedestal portion 30 passed between the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20 on the opposite side (inner surface side) of the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20 is provided. In this positioning pedestal portion 30, the pair of female sides 33 a and the male side 33 b of the slide type fastener 33 are attached with a predetermined distance apart, so that the pair of female sides 33 a of the slide type fastener 33 can be separated from each other. When the male side 33 b is not engaged, the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding unit 20 are connected by the original length of the positioning base 30. On the other hand, by engaging the pair of female side 33a and male side 33b of the sliding fastener 33, the length between the female side 33a and the male side 33b is fixed in a folded state. The length for connecting the auxiliary holding portions 20 is shortened by the distance between the pair of female side 33a and male side 33b of the sliding fastener 33.

こうして長さ調節部32において所定距離、離して取付けたスライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bの係合によって、位置決め台座部30の本体部10と補助保持部20の間の接続長さを短縮可能とし、位置決め台座部30の本体部10と補助保持部20の間を接続する長さが調節可能となっている。   Thus, the engagement between the pair of female side 33a and male side 33b of the slide-type fastener 33 attached at a predetermined distance apart from each other in the length adjusting unit 32 causes a gap between the main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 of the positioning base part 30. The connection length can be shortened, and the length of connection between the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20 of the positioning pedestal portion 30 can be adjusted.

これより、本体部10と補助保持部20との間に乳幼児Bを配置した際、本体部10と補助保持部20の間を渡す位置決め台座部30のスライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bの係合がなされていない状態では、本体部10と補助保持部20の間に配設された位置決め台座部30の長さが長いため、本体部10と補助保持部20の間の深さが深く、本体部10と補助保持部20の間に収容されて位置決め台座部30に臀部が受け止められる乳幼児Bは、その臀部の沈み深さが深くなる。即ち、乳幼児Bの臀部が低い位置で位置決めされることになる。   Thus, when the infant B is disposed between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20, a pair of female sides 33a of the sliding fastener 33 of the positioning base portion 30 that passes between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20 is provided. In the state where the male side 33b is not engaged, the length of the positioning pedestal 30 disposed between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20 is long. The infant B, which is housed between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 and has the buttocks received by the positioning pedestal 30, has a deepened sinking depth. That is, the buttocks of the infant B are positioned at a low position.

本実施の形態では、第2の臀当部31の長さと長さ調節部32の長さを合わせた位置決め台座部30の全体長さは、本体部10の背当部12と臀当部13の境界部付近で位置決め台座部30が接続されたところから補助保持部20に接続される本体部10の下端までの長さと、その本体部10の下端部に接続した補助保持部20の下端から位置決め台座部30が接続されたところまでの長さとを合わせたその長さ寸法以上に形成されている。これより、スライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bの係合がなされていない状態の位置決め台座部30の本来の長さによって本体部10と補助保持部20の間を接続している位置決め台座部30に受け止められた乳幼児Bの臀部の沈み深さを本体部10及び補助保持部20で形成される深さに限りなく近づけている。つまり、スライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bの係合がなされていない状態では、位置決め台座部30が本体部10及び補助保持部20の長さに沿って重ね合わされた状態で、それらの上に乳幼児Bの臀部が到達する。   In the present embodiment, the overall length of the positioning pedestal portion 30 that is the sum of the length of the second abutment portion 31 and the length of the length adjustment portion 32 is the backrest portion 12 of the main body portion 10 and the abutment portion 13. From the position where the positioning pedestal portion 30 is connected in the vicinity of the boundary portion to the lower end of the main body portion 10 connected to the auxiliary holding portion 20 and the lower end of the auxiliary holding portion 20 connected to the lower end portion of the main body portion 10 It is formed more than the length dimension which combined the length to the place where the positioning base part 30 was connected. As a result, the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20 are connected by the original length of the positioning pedestal portion 30 in a state where the pair of the female side 33a and the male side 33b of the sliding fastener 33 are not engaged. The sinking depth of the buttocks of the infant B received by the positioning pedestal 30 is as close as possible to the depth formed by the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20. That is, in a state where the pair of female side 33a and male side 33b of the sliding fastener 33 is not engaged, the positioning pedestal portion 30 is superposed along the length of the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20. Then, the buttocks of the infant B arrive on them.

一方で、本体部10と補助保持部20の間を渡す位置決め台座部30のスライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bを合わせて閉じた係合状態では、1対の雌側33aと雄側33b間の長さが折り畳まれて本体部10と補助保持部20の間を接続している位置決め台座部30の接続長さが短縮されることから、位置決め台座部30によって本体部10と補助保持部20の間の深さが底上げされ、本体部10と補助保持部20の間に収容されて位置決め台座部30に臀部が受け止められる乳幼児Bは、その臀部の沈み深さが浅くなる。即ち、乳幼児Bの臀部が高い位置で位置決めされることになる。   On the other hand, in the engagement state in which the pair of female sides 33a and the male side 33b of the sliding fastener 33 of the positioning base 30 passing between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding unit 20 are closed together, a pair of female sides Since the length between 33a and the male side 33b is folded and the connection length of the positioning pedestal portion 30 connecting the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20 is shortened, the positioning pedestal portion 30 causes the main body portion to be shortened. 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 is raised in depth, and the infant B, which is accommodated between the main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 and is received by the positioning pedestal 30, has a shallow sinking depth. Become. In other words, the buttocks of the infant B are positioned at a high position.

したがって、本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1によれば、保持対象とする乳幼児Bの身長が低いときには、本体部10と補助保持部20の間に渡されて配設された位置決め台座部30のスライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bを係合させて、位置決め台座部30において本体部10と補助保持部20の間の接続長さを短くすることで、乳幼児Bの臀部の沈みが高い位置で位置決めされることから、保持する乳幼児Bの身長が低くても本体部10と乳幼児Bの位置関係において乳幼児Bの頭部が低い位置とならず、乳幼児Bの頭部が頭当部11に適切に配置され、本体部10と補助保持部20の間で乳幼児Bの身体が沈み込む姿勢とならずに、負担の少ない快適な姿勢で乳幼児Bが安定して保持される。   Therefore, according to the baby carrier 1 of the present embodiment, when the infant B to be held is low in height, the slide of the positioning pedestal 30 disposed between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holder 20 is arranged. By engaging the pair of female side 33a and male side 33b of the type fastener 33 and shortening the connection length between the main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 in the positioning pedestal part 30, Since the sink is positioned at a high position, even if the infant B to be held is short, the head of the infant B does not become a low position in the positional relationship between the main body 10 and the infant B, and the head of the infant B is the head. The baby B is stably placed in a comfortable posture with less burden, without being placed in the body 11 and the body 20 and the auxiliary holder 20 so that the body of the baby B sinks.

そして、保持対象とする乳幼児Bの身長が高いときには、即ち、成長により乳幼児Bが大きくなった際には、スライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bの係合を解いて、位置決め台座部30において本体部10と補助保持部20の間の接続長さを本来の長さに展開することで、乳幼児Bの臀部の沈みが低い位置で位置決めされることから、乳幼児Bの身体に対して適切な位置で本体部10の頭当部11、背当部12、臀当部13があてがわれ、負担の少ない快適な姿勢で乳幼児Bが安定して保持される。   When the infant B to be held is tall, that is, when the infant B becomes large due to growth, the pair of female side 33a and male side 33b of the sliding fastener 33 is disengaged, By developing the connection length between the main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 to the original length in the positioning pedestal part 30, the sinking of the buttocks of the infant B is positioned at a low position. On the other hand, the head support part 11, the back support part 12, and the buttocks support part 13 of the main body part 10 are applied at appropriate positions, and the infant B is stably held in a comfortable posture with less burden.

特に、本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1によれば、位置決め台座部30の長さ調節部32を補助保持部20側に配置し、スライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bの係合状態で1対の雌側33aと雄側33b間の長さが折り畳まれるが、その折畳部32a(図4)を第2の臀当部31側に倒して臀当部31に重ね合わせた位置32A(図5、図6、図10、図12参照)に乳幼児Bの臀部が受け止められる設計としている。即ち、スライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bを係合して位置決め台座部30の本体部10と補助保持部20の間の接続長さを短くした状態では、1対の雌側33aと雄側33b間の長さが折り畳まれた折畳部32aを第2の臀当部31に重ね合わせた位置32Aが、乳幼児Bの臀部の沈みが受け止められる位置決め部位となっている。   In particular, according to the baby carrier 1 of the present embodiment, the length adjusting portion 32 of the positioning pedestal portion 30 is disposed on the auxiliary holding portion 20 side, and a pair of female side 33a and male side 33b of the sliding fastener 33 is provided. While the length between the pair of female side 33a and male side 33b is folded in the engaged state, the folded portion 32a (FIG. 4) is folded down to the second holding portion 31 side and overlapped with the holding portion 31. It is designed to receive the buttocks of the infant B at the combined position 32A (see FIGS. 5, 6, 10, and 12). That is, in a state where the pair of female side 33a and male side 33b of the slide type fastener 33 are engaged to shorten the connection length between the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20 of the positioning base portion 30, A position 32A in which the folded portion 32a in which the length between the female side 33a and the male side 33b is folded is overlapped with the second abutment portion 31 is a positioning portion where the sinking of the buttocks of the infant B is received. .

そして、本実施の形態では、スライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bを係合して本体部10と補助保持部20の間の接続長さを短くした状態の位置決め台座部30に乳幼児Bの臀部が受け止められて位置決めされる位置決め部位32において、その左右方向(水平方向)の横幅Wが、10cm〜20cmの範囲内、より好ましくは、15cm〜20cmの範囲内に設定されており、本体部10の下端の横幅W(=本体部10が腰ベルト部50に接続した接続幅W)の5/10以上、9/10以下、より好ましくは、3/5以上、4/5以下の範囲内としている。
つまり、本実施の形態の位置決め台座部30は、本体部10と補助保持部20の間の長さを短くしたときの乳幼児Bの臀部の沈み横幅Wが、本体部10の下端の横幅W(=本体部10が腰ベルト部50に接続した接続幅W)の5/10〜9/10の範囲内、より好ましくは、3/5〜4/5の範囲内の幅狭に形成されている。
And in this Embodiment, the positioning base part of the state which engaged the pair of female side 33a and male side 33b of the slide-type fastener 33, and shortened the connection length between the main-body part 10 and the auxiliary | assistant holding | maintenance part 20. in the positioning portion 32 of 30 buttocks of the baby B is positioned is received, the setting width W 3 of the left-right direction (horizontal direction) in the range of 10Cm~20cm, more preferably, in the range of 15cm~20cm 5/10 or more, 9/10 or less, more preferably 3/5 or more of the lateral width W 1 of the lower end of the main body 10 (= the connection width W 1 where the main body 10 is connected to the waist belt portion 50). 4/5 or less.
That is, in the positioning pedestal 30 according to the present embodiment, the sinking lateral width W 3 of the buttocks of the infant B when the length between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding unit 20 is shortened is the lateral width W of the lower end of the main body 10. 1 (= the connection width W 1 where the main body portion 10 is connected to the waist belt portion 50) is formed within a range of 5/10 to 9/10, more preferably within a range of 3/5 to 4/5. Has been.

更に、本実施の形態の補助保持部20は、少なくとも本体部10の下端に接続された位置から15cm高さまでは、その横幅が、本体部10と補助保持部20の間の接続長さを短くした状態の位置決め台座部30に乳幼児Bが受け止められる位置決め部位32Aの横幅W3、即ち、乳幼児Bの臀部の沈み横幅Wの1.4倍以下に設定されている。 Furthermore, the auxiliary holding part 20 of the present embodiment is at least 15 cm high from the position where it is connected to the lower end of the main body part 10, and its lateral width shortens the connection length between the main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20. width of the positioning portion 32A which is the baby B to the positioning pedestal 30 states is received W 3, i.e., is set to be below 1.4 times the width W 3 to sink the buttocks of the baby B.

このように、本体部10と補助保持部20の間の接続長さを短くしたときに乳幼児Bの臀部が到達する位置決め部位32A(折畳部32aを第2の臀当部31に重ね合わせた位置)の横幅W、即ち、乳幼児Bの臀部の沈み横幅Wが、本体部10の下端の横幅W(=本体部10が腰ベルト部50に接続した接続幅W)よりも5/10〜9/10の範囲内、より好ましくは、3/5〜4/5の範囲内の幅狭とされていることで、位置決め部位32Aに臀部が受け止められた乳幼児Bは、過度に脚を拡げなくとも、臀当部31の左右の側縁部より内側で位置決め部位32Aの左右両側から脚を出すことができる。
更に、補助保持部20において、位置決め台座部30の位置決め部位32Aに臀部が受け止められた乳幼児Bの両脚が左右両側から出される、少なくとも本体部10の下端に接続された下端から15cm高さまでは、最大でもその横幅を乳幼児Bの臀部の沈み横幅Wの1.4倍以下とすることにより、開脚した乳幼児Bの脚の動き、殊に、膝関節から下位の脚の動きが自由となり、脚の開きも過度に要求されない。
Thus, the positioning part 32A (folding part 32a is overlapped with the second abutment part 31) that the buttocks of the infant B reaches when the connection length between the main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 is shortened. width W 3 positions), i.e., the width W 3 to sink the buttocks of the baby B, 5 than the lateral width of the lower end of the main body portion 10 W 1 (= body portion 10 waist belt part 50 connected width W 1 that is connected to) The infant B having the buttocks received by the positioning portion 32A by being narrow within the range of / 10 to 9/10, more preferably within the range of 3/5 to 4/5 is excessively legged. The leg can be extended from both the left and right sides of the positioning portion 32A on the inner side of the left and right side edge portions of the abutment portion 31 without expanding.
Furthermore, in the auxiliary holding part 20, both legs of the infant B with the buttocks received by the positioning part 32A of the positioning pedestal part 30 are extended from the left and right sides, at least 15 cm above the lower end connected to the lower end of the main body part 10, by also the lateral width than 1.4 times the width W 3 to sink the buttocks of the baby B at maximum, the open leg was infant B leg movements, in particular, the movement of the lower leg from the knee joint is free, The opening of the leg is not excessively required.

特に、位置決め部位32Aの横幅Wが、本体部10の下端の横幅W(=本体部10が腰ベルト部50に接続した接続幅W)よりも5/10〜9/10の範囲内、より好ましくは、3/5〜4/5の範囲内であり、かつ、補助保持部20において少なくとも本体部10の下端に接続された下端から15cm高さまでの横幅が、位置決め部位32Aの横幅Wの1.4倍以下であれば、股や膝の関節が柔らかい首すわり前の低月齢の乳幼児Bを保持対象とする場合でも、股幅が必要以上に広げられて股関節が開き過ぎたり、脚の動きが制限されたりすることもなく、股や膝の関節に負荷がかかるのが防止され股関節脱臼も防止できる。そして、乳幼児Bの臀部の位置よりも高い位置で膝が曲げられ、M字開脚とする自然な開脚姿勢で、乳幼児Bの重心が脚側ではなく臀部にかかるようにして、乳幼児Bの体形に負担の少ない保持を可能とする。 In particular, the lateral width W 3 of the positioning portion 32A is within a range of 5/10 to 9/10 than the lateral width W 1 of the lower end of the main body 10 (= connection width W 1 where the main body 10 is connected to the waist belt 50). More preferably, the lateral width from the lower end connected to at least the lower end of the main body 10 in the auxiliary holding part 20 to the height of 15 cm is within the range of 3/5 to 4/5, and the lateral width W of the positioning part 32A. If it is 1.4 times less than 3 , even when the target is a low-age infant B before the neck is soft, the hip joint is widened more than necessary and the hip joint opens too much, The movement of the legs is not restricted, and it is possible to prevent the hip and knee joints from being loaded, and to prevent hip dislocation. Then, the knee is bent at a position higher than the position of the buttocks of the infant B, and the infant B's center of gravity is applied to the buttocks instead of the leg side in a natural open leg posture with an M-shaped spread leg. It can hold the body with less burden.

更に、本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1によれば、本体部10と補助保持部20の間の接続長さを短くした位置決め台座部30の位置決め部位32Aに臀部が到達した乳幼児Bの両脚が左右両側から出される補助保持部20において、少なくとも本体部10の下端から高さ位置が15cmの範囲で左右両側縁部の傾斜が90°〜140°の範囲内で本体部10及び腰ベルト部50に接続されている。なお、図においては、補助保持部20は本体部10及び腰ベルト部50の接続側の下方に向かって徐々に幅狭とされて本体部10の下部に接続している。これにより、特に、約130°の開脚が理想的とされる首すわり前の月齢が低い時期の乳幼児Bを保持対象とする際でも、その乳幼児Bの自然な開脚を妨げることなく、また、股関節や鼠蹊部の圧迫も少なく、月齢が低い時期の乳幼児Bの体形にかかる負荷がより少ないものとなる。   Furthermore, according to the baby carrier 1 of the present embodiment, both legs of the infant B whose buttocks reach the positioning portion 32A of the positioning base portion 30 where the connection length between the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20 is shortened are left and right. In the auxiliary holding part 20 extended from both sides, it is connected to the main body part 10 and the waist belt part 50 at least within the range where the height position is 15 cm from the lower end of the main body part 10 and the inclination of the left and right side edge parts is in the range of 90 ° to 140 °. Has been. In the figure, the auxiliary holding part 20 is gradually narrowed toward the lower side of the connection side of the main body part 10 and the waist belt part 50 and is connected to the lower part of the main body part 10. Thereby, even when the infant B at a time when the age before the neck sitting is low, where the leg of about 130 ° is ideal is to be held, the natural leg of the infant B is not hindered. Moreover, there is little compression of a hip joint and a buttocks, and the load concerning the body shape of the infant B at a time when the age is low is less.

加えて、本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1によれば、位置決め台座部30において、乳幼児Bの身体の背中側から臀部にかけてあてがわれる第2の臀当部31の上位では、下方に向かって徐々に幅狭とされ、臀当部13の中央部13Aとその両側の端部13Bの立体裁断によって形成された中央部13Aに対して左右両側の端部13Bが乳幼児B側に折り曲げられた構造であり、奥行きのある空間を表出させていることにより、長さ方向の折り畳みにより本体部10と補助保持部20の間の接続長さを短くした位置決め台座部30によって乳幼児Bの臀部を高い位置で保持する際に、特に、月齢が低い時期の乳幼児Bを保持対象とする場合であっても、乳幼児Bの臀部が落ち込み易くて乳幼児Bの体形を臀部よりも膝の位置を高くしたM字型開脚の状態に容易に導くことできる。即ち、乳幼児Bが膝よりも臀部に重心位置がかかる状態に容易に導いて、乳幼児Bにとって負担の少ない安定した保持形態で保持できる。更に、乳幼児Bの脚の動きの自由度も高くて、乳幼児BのM字に開脚した動きが自由になりやすい。よって、股関節脱臼を防止でき、乳幼児Bにとっての負担がより少ないものとなる。   In addition, according to the baby carrier 1 of the present embodiment, in the positioning pedestal portion 30, in the upper part of the second abutment portion 31 applied from the back side of the body of the infant B to the buttocks, gradually downward. In the structure in which the left and right end portions 13B are bent toward the infant B side with respect to the central portion 13A formed by draping the central portion 13A of the holding portion 13 and the end portions 13B on both sides thereof. There is a deep space, so that the buttock of the infant B is positioned at a high position by the positioning base portion 30 in which the connection length between the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20 is shortened by folding in the length direction. In particular, even when the infant B of a young age is a target to be held, the buttocks of the infant B is easy to fall down, and the body shape of the infant B has a higher knee position than the buttocks Type Readily leads it to the state of the leg. That is, the infant B can be easily guided to a state where the center of gravity is placed on the buttocks rather than the knee, and can be held in a stable holding form with little burden on the infant B. Furthermore, the degree of freedom of movement of the leg of the infant B is high, and the movement of the infant B in the M-shape is likely to be free. Therefore, hip dislocation can be prevented and the burden on the infant B is less.

更に、本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1によれば、本体部10の臀当部13を構成する中央部13A及び端部13Bが立体裁断によって形成されて内側に湾曲した縫製線13aで両者が接ぎ合わされていることによって、加えて、本体部10の下端及びその付近の縫製によって腰ベルト50に縫い付けられていることによっても奥行きのある立体的な空間が形成され、乳幼児Bの臀部を落ち込み易くして、乳幼児Bの体形を臀部よりも膝の位置を高くしたM字型開脚の状態に容易に導くことできる。即ち、乳幼児Bが膝よりも臀部に重心位置がかかる状態に容易に導いて、乳幼児Bにとって負担の少ない安定した保持形態で保持できる。   Furthermore, according to the baby carrier 1 of the present embodiment, the center portion 13A and the end portion 13B constituting the abutment portion 13 of the main body portion 10 are formed by draping and are joined together by a sewing line 13a that is curved inward. In addition, a three-dimensional space with a depth is formed by sewing to the waist belt 50 by sewing the lower end of the main body 10 and the vicinity thereof, and it is easy to drop the buttocks of the infant B Thus, the body shape of the infant B can be easily guided to the state of the M-shaped leg with the knee positioned higher than the buttocks. That is, the infant B can be easily guided to a state where the center of gravity is placed on the buttocks rather than the knee, and can be held in a stable holding form with little burden on the infant B.

また、本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1においては、補助保持部20が本体部10よりも狭い横幅で本体部10の下端に接続されていることから、位置決め台座部30の折り畳みが展開されて本体部10と補助保持部20の間を本来の長さで渡す位置決め台座部30によって、身長が大きくなった乳幼児Bの臀部の沈みが低い位置で受け止められる際でも、即ち、乳幼児Bが低い位置で保持される場合でも、その乳幼児Bの股幅が必要以上に広げられて脚の動きが制限されるのが防止される。
特に、本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1では、本体部10において、乳幼児Bの身体の背中側から臀部にかけてあてがわれる臀当部13の上方では、背当部12に向かって徐々に幅狭とされていることから、位置決め台座部30の折り畳みが展開されて本体部10と補助保持部20の間を本来の長さで接続した位置決め台座部30に身長が大きくなった乳幼児Bを着地させたときでも、乳幼児Bの膝関節の動きが自由になりやすい。
Moreover, in the baby carrier 1 of the present embodiment, since the auxiliary holding part 20 is connected to the lower end of the main body part 10 with a narrower width than the main body part 10, the folding of the positioning pedestal part 30 is unfolded and the main body Even when the sinking of the buttocks of the infant B whose height has been increased is received at a low position by the positioning pedestal part 30 that passes between the part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 at an original length, that is, the infant B is at a low position. Even when held, the crotch width of the infant B is prevented from being unnecessarily widened to restrict the movement of the legs.
In particular, in the baby carrier 1 of the present embodiment, the width of the main body portion 10 is gradually narrower toward the backrest portion 12 above the abutment portion 13 applied from the back side of the body of the infant B to the buttocks. Therefore, the folding of the positioning pedestal 30 is unfolded, and the infant B having a height is landed on the positioning pedestal 30 where the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 are connected with the original length. Even at times, the knee joint of the infant B tends to be free.

そして、本実施の形態の位置決め台座部30は、本体部10及び補助保持部20から一体に連続して形成していることで、位置ずれが生じることもなく本体部10及び補助保持部20への接続強度が安定している。特に、位置決め台座部30において本体部10と補助保持部20の間の長さを短くした状態では、主に位置決め部位32Aで乳幼児Bの体重を受け止めて本体部10と補助保持部20の接続側下端の底部から底上げされて乳幼児Bを支持することになるから、位置決め台座部30は、乳幼児Bの体重に十分耐えるように、本体部10及び補助保持部20から一体に連続して形成されて十分な機械的強度を持たせており、信頼性の高い橋渡し状態としている。
更に、位置決め台座部30の折り畳み状態を固定し長さ調節を行うための調節具がスライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bであるから、折り畳み状態での固定の安定性も高く位置ずれが生じることもない。
The positioning pedestal 30 according to the present embodiment is formed integrally and continuously from the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20, so that the positional deviation does not occur and the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 are moved. The connection strength is stable. In particular, in the state where the length between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 is shortened in the positioning base part 30, the connection side between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 by receiving the weight of the infant B mainly at the positioning part 32A. Since the bottom of the lower end is raised to support the infant B, the positioning pedestal 30 is formed integrally and continuously from the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 so as to sufficiently withstand the weight of the infant B. It has sufficient mechanical strength and is in a reliable bridge state.
Furthermore, since the adjustment tool for fixing the folding state of the positioning pedestal 30 and adjusting the length is the pair of female side 33a and male side 33b of the slide fastener 33, the fixing stability in the folded state is also provided. There is no high displacement.

よって、本体部10及び補助保持部20の間の長さを短くした位置決め台座部30に乳幼児Bが受け止められるときでも揺動が少なくて乳幼児Bの臀部の重心位置も安定しやすく、体勢が不安定な首すわり前の月齢が低い時期の乳幼児Bが保持対象であっても乳幼児Bがぐらつき難く、乳幼児Bにかかる負荷を少なくできる。即ち、本体部10及び補助保持部20の間に配設された位置決め台座部30において、その長さを短くしたときには、乳幼児Bの重みによって安定した張力がかかり、乳幼児Bの臀部の受け止めがそこに安定するから低月齢の乳幼児Bであっても乳幼児Bの体の位置が安定して安定感が得られ、保持姿勢に負担の少ないものとなる。   Therefore, even when the infant B is received by the positioning base 30 with the length between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 shortened, the swinging is small and the center of gravity position of the buttocks of the infant B is easy to be stabilized, and the posture is not stable. Even if the infant B at a time when the age before the stable neck is low is an object to be held, the infant B is less likely to wobble and the load on the infant B can be reduced. That is, when the length of the positioning pedestal portion 30 disposed between the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20 is shortened, a stable tension is applied due to the weight of the infant B, so that the buttocks of the infant B can be received. Therefore, even in the case of an infant B of a young age, the position of the body of the infant B is stabilized and a sense of stability is obtained, and the holding posture is less burdensome.

更に、本実施の形態では、位置決め台座部30の長さ調節を行うためのスライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bが、乳幼児Bの臀部を受け止める側とは反対側の裏面に取付けられていることから、スライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bが着地した乳幼児Bの身体に直接触れることがない。よって、スライド式ファスナ33によって怪我をさせることもなく、違和感や不快感を生じさせる恐れも少ない。
勿論、位置決め台座部30が本体部10及び補助保持部20から連続して一体に形成されており、位置決め台座部30を本体部10及び補助保持部20に取付けるための着脱部材もないことから、着脱部材による違和感や不快感を与えることもなく、また、着脱部材を必要としていないことで、位置決め台座部30を紛失する恐れもない。
Further, in the present embodiment, the pair of female side 33a and male side 33b of the slide type fastener 33 for adjusting the length of the positioning pedestal 30 is the back side opposite to the side receiving the buttocks of the infant B. Therefore, the pair of female side 33a and male side 33b of the sliding fastener 33 does not directly touch the body of the infant B who has landed. Therefore, the slide type fastener 33 is not injured, and there is little possibility of causing discomfort and discomfort.
Of course, since the positioning pedestal 30 is integrally formed continuously from the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 and there is no detachable member for attaching the positioning pedestal 30 to the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20, There is no sense of discomfort or discomfort due to the detachable member, and since the detachable member is not required, there is no possibility of losing the positioning base 30.

なお、本体部10及び補助保持部20の間の長さを短くした位置決め台座部30に乳幼児Bの臀部が受け止められて臀部の重みを支持する位置決め部位として、スライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bの間を長さ方向に折り畳んだ折畳部32aを第2の臀当部31側に倒して臀当部31に重ね合わせた位置32Aとする説明をしてきたが、実際に乳幼児Bを位置決め部位32Aで受け止める際には、折畳部32aを第2の臀当部31に重ね合わせた状態で使用してもよいし、折畳部32aを臀当部31に重ね合わせることなく乳幼児Bの股側に配置した状態で使用してもよい。このように第2の臀当部31への折畳部32aの重ね合わせの選択によっても乳幼児Bの臀部の高さ位置を調節できる。特に、折畳部32aを第2の臀当部31に重ね合わせた状態の使用では、機械的強度が高く、乳幼児Bの臀部の位置も安定化して保持位置の安定性が増す。
なお、第2の臀当部31に折畳部32aを重ね合わせた状態で固定する手段を別途設けることも可能である。
In addition, a pair of females of the slide type fastener 33 is used as a positioning portion for supporting the weight of the buttocks by receiving the buttocks of the infant B on the positioning base 30 with the length between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding unit 20 shortened. Although the description has been given of the position 32A where the folded portion 32a folded in the length direction between the side 33a and the male side 33b is brought down to the second abutting portion 31 side and overlapped with the abutting portion 31. When the infant B is received at the positioning portion 32A, the foldable portion 32a may be used while being superimposed on the second abutment portion 31, or the foldable portion 32a may be superimposed on the abutment portion 31. You may use it in the state arrange | positioned on the crotch side of the infant B without it. Thus, the height position of the buttocks of the infant B can also be adjusted by selecting the folding of the folding part 32a on the second abutment part 31. In particular, when the foldable portion 32a is overlapped with the second abutment portion 31, the mechanical strength is high, the position of the buttocks of the infant B is stabilized, and the stability of the holding position is increased.
In addition, it is also possible to separately provide a means for fixing the folded portion 32a to the second abutment portion 31 in an overlapped state.

また、上記実施の形態においては、位置決め台座部30が、補助保持部20の中間付近で下端から10cmの高さ(長さ)位置で接続されているが、本発明を実施する場合には、それより低い位置で接続することも可能であるし、位置決め台座部30の長さを長くして更に高い位置で接続しても良い。何れにせよ、本体部10及び補助保持部20の間の長さを短くした位置決め台座部30によって、乳幼児Bを高い位置で保持する際でも、通常、本体部10及び補助保持部10の下端の本来の深さよりも、乳幼児Bの重みによる撓み等を考慮しても、5cm〜10cm程度底上げされる設計とされる。また、本体部10への接続位置も臀当部13と背当部12の境界位置より下方でも良いし、上方でもよい。好ましくは位置決め台座部30の本来の長さを30cm〜40cmの範囲内とすると揺れが少なく、乳幼児Bへ負担を小さくできる。   Further, in the above embodiment, the positioning pedestal portion 30 is connected at a height (length) position of 10 cm from the lower end near the middle of the auxiliary holding portion 20, but when implementing the present invention, It is possible to connect at a lower position, or the length of the positioning pedestal 30 may be increased to connect at a higher position. In any case, even when the infant B is held at a high position by the positioning pedestal portion 30 with the length between the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20 shortened, the lower end of the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 10 is usually set. Even if the bending due to the weight of the infant B is taken into consideration than the original depth, it is designed to be raised by about 5 cm to 10 cm. Further, the connection position to the main body 10 may be lower than or higher than the boundary position between the abutment portion 13 and the backrest portion 12. Preferably, if the original length of the positioning pedestal 30 is within the range of 30 cm to 40 cm, the shaking is small and the burden on the infant B can be reduced.

次に、このように構成された本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1を使用して乳幼児Bを保持するときの使用形態について説明する。
本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1を使用して乳幼児Bを保持する際には、使用者Mに近い方に補助保持部20が配設され、使用者Mから遠い方に本体部10が配設され、それら本体部10と補助保持部20との間に乳幼児Bが収容される。例えば、図10及び図11に示すように、乳幼児Bと使用者Mの顔が相向き合う縦向きの対面抱っこや、図12及び図13に示すように、乳幼児Bを使用者Mの背中側で使用者Mと同一方向に向けた縦向きの前向きおんぶでは、乳幼児Bの身体の腹側が使用者Mに向くように本体部10と補助保持部20との間に乳幼児Mが配置される。
Next, a usage pattern when the baby B is held using the baby carrier 1 of the present embodiment configured as described above will be described.
When the baby B is held using the baby carrier 1 of the present embodiment, the auxiliary holding portion 20 is disposed closer to the user M, and the main body portion 10 is disposed farther from the user M. The infant B is accommodated between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20. For example, as shown in FIG. 10 and FIG. 11, the face-to-face holding in which the infant B and the face of the user M face each other or the infant B on the back side of the user M as shown in FIG. 12 and FIG. In the case of a vertical forward piggyback head facing the same direction as the user M, the infant M is disposed between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 so that the abdominal side of the body of the infant B faces the user M.

そして、補助保持部20の左右両側に連結調整部22(図10乃至図13においては符号及び記号は省略)を介して設けたバックルの連結差込具23(図10乃至図13においては符号及び記号は省略)を、本体部10の背当部12と臀当部13の境界部の外面側に設けたバックルの連結受具24(図10乃至図13においては符号及び記号は省略)に嵌合させて接続部21により本体部10及び補助保持部20を左右の側面側で接続することにより、本体部10と補助保持部20との間の間隔を制限し、また、本体部10と補助保持部20との間に収容された乳幼児Bの胴体の左右の傾きを側面側で拘束し、乳幼児Bの脱落を防止する。更に、補助保持部20と本体部10と接続部21によって形成される環状に乳幼児Bの脚が通されることで、乳幼児Bの反り返りによる落下や、使用者Mの前屈等によって本体部10の頭当部11側から乳幼児Bが落下するのを防止できる。   Then, a buckle connection insertion tool 23 (reference numerals and symbols in FIGS. 10 to 13) provided on both the left and right sides of the auxiliary holding section 20 via connection adjustment sections 22 (reference numerals and symbols are omitted in FIGS. 10 to 13). (Symbol is omitted) is fitted into a buckle connection receiver 24 (not shown in FIG. 10 to FIG. 13) provided on the outer surface side of the boundary between the backrest 12 and the abutment 13 of the main body 10. By connecting the main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 on the left and right side surfaces by the connecting part 21, the interval between the main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 is limited, and the main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 are connected. The left and right inclination of the torso of the infant B accommodated between the holding unit 20 is restrained on the side surface side to prevent the infant B from falling off. Furthermore, the leg of the infant B is passed through an annular shape formed by the auxiliary holding part 20, the main body part 10, and the connection part 21, so that the main body part 10 is caused by a fall caused by the curling of the infant B, a forward bending of the user M, or the like. The infant B can be prevented from falling from the side of the head rest 11.

また、肩ベルト部40に設けた回転式バックルの連結差込具43に、本体部10の内面側(乳幼児B側)において頭当部11と背当部12との境界部から突設した接続部14の先端に取付けた回転式バックルの連結受具44を嵌合させることにより、本体部10と肩ベルト部40の間を接続する。   In addition, a connection projecting from the boundary between the head rest part 11 and the back rest part 12 on the inner surface side (infant B side) of the main body part 10 is connected to the connection plug 43 of the rotary buckle provided on the shoulder belt part 40. The main body part 10 and the shoulder belt part 40 are connected by fitting a coupling receiver 44 of a rotary buckle attached to the tip of the part 14.

特に、本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1においては、このように本体部10の内面側(乳幼児B側)において頭当部11と背当部12との境界部の面からクッション性に富む接続部14を突設していることで、乳幼児Bの首部及び頭部の側面側をガードできるから、乳幼児Bの左右側の傾きにも対応して、乳幼児Bの首部及び頭部の側面側を支持して、乳幼児Bの首部及び頭部のグラつきを防止できる。よって、首すわり前の低月齢の乳幼児Bを保持する際でも、首部及び頭部のグラつきを防止して乳幼児Bの首曲がりを防止しできるから、乳幼児Bの頭部や首部にかかる負荷を少なくできる。   In particular, in the baby carrier 1 according to the present embodiment, the connecting portion rich in cushioning from the surface of the boundary portion between the head rest portion 11 and the back rest portion 12 on the inner surface side (infant B side) of the main body portion 10 as described above. By projecting 14, the side of the neck and the head of the infant B can be guarded, so that the neck of the infant B and the side of the head are supported in response to the inclination of the left and right sides of the infant B. Thus, it is possible to prevent the neck of the infant B and the head from glare. Therefore, even when holding an infant B of a young age before sitting on the neck, the neck and the head can be prevented from being bent and the neck of the infant B can be prevented from bending. Less.

そして、一端部が補助保持部20の左右の上端に固着され、他端部が補助保持部20の上部の左右側部に固着されて補助保持部20に環状に接続した左右1対の肩ベルト部40を使用者Mの肩に掛け、また、補助保持部20及び本体部10の下端に配設した腰ベルト部50を使用者Mの腰回りに巻いて、その両端部に取付けたバックルの連結差込具53と連結受具54(図10乃至図13においては符号及び記号は省略)を嵌合し、環状に連結して使用者Mの腰回りに固定することにより、ベビーキャリア1が使用者Mに装着される。これにより、本体部10と補助保持部20の間に収容された乳幼児Bの体重を使用者Mの両肩、背中及び腰に分散させ、乳幼児Bを抱っこまたはおんぶで保持する。   A pair of left and right shoulder belts having one end fixed to the left and right upper ends of the auxiliary holding portion 20 and the other end fixed to the left and right side portions of the upper portion of the auxiliary holding portion 20 and connected to the auxiliary holding portion 20 in an annular shape. The belt 40 is hung around the waist of the user M around the shoulder of the user M, and the waist belt portion 50 disposed at the lower ends of the auxiliary holding unit 20 and the main body 10 is attached to both ends of the buckle. By fitting the connecting plug 53 and the connecting receiver 54 (the symbols and symbols are omitted in FIGS. 10 to 13), connecting them in a ring and fixing them around the waist of the user M, the baby carrier 1 It is attached to the user M. As a result, the weight of the infant B accommodated between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 is distributed to both shoulders, back and waist of the user M, and the infant B is held by a cuddle or a piggyback.

なお、上述したように、本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1では、左右1対の肩ベルト部40において、調節ベルト部42のアジャスター42c,42bによって調節ベルト部42のベルト長を調節することにより、肩ベルト部40のベルト長を調節できるようになっている。更に、肩掛け部41に設けた肩ベルト調整部46のバックルの連結差込具46cと連結受具46dを連結係合させて左右の肩ベルト部40の間隔を所定の距離で固定することによって、左右の肩ベルト部40が使用者Mの肩から外れることがないようにできる。また、連結差込具46bと連結受具46dの一方または両方にアジャスター機能が設けられていることで、肩ベルト調整部46の長さを調節して、左右の肩ベルト部40相互間の間隔(距離)も調整できる。加えて、肩掛け部41に設けたスライドベルト47及びベルト可動用アジャスター48によって、肩ベルト調整部46の位置も調節できる。よって、使用者Mの体型等に応じ、使用者Mにとって負担の少ない位置に肩ベルト40を配置できる。   In addition, as described above, in the baby carrier 1 of the present embodiment, by adjusting the belt length of the adjustment belt portion 42 by the adjusters 42c and 42b of the adjustment belt portion 42 in the pair of left and right shoulder belt portions 40, The belt length of the shoulder belt portion 40 can be adjusted. Furthermore, by connecting and engaging the connection insertion tool 46c and the connection receiver 46d of the buckle of the shoulder belt adjustment portion 46 provided on the shoulder hook portion 41, the distance between the left and right shoulder belt portions 40 is fixed at a predetermined distance, The left and right shoulder belt portions 40 can be prevented from coming off the user's M shoulder. Further, the adjuster function is provided in one or both of the connection plug 46b and the connection receiver 46d, so that the length of the shoulder belt adjustment section 46 is adjusted, and the distance between the left and right shoulder belt sections 40 is determined. (Distance) can also be adjusted. In addition, the position of the shoulder belt adjusting portion 46 can be adjusted by the slide belt 47 and the belt moving adjuster 48 provided on the shoulder portion 41. Therefore, the shoulder belt 40 can be disposed at a position where the burden on the user M is low according to the body shape of the user M and the like.

このように肩ベルト調整部46によって左右一対の肩ベルト部40の間隔を調整でき、更に、調節ベルト部42のアジャスター42c,42bによって肩ベルト部40の長さ調節をでき、加えて、スライドベルト47及びベルト可動用アジャスター48によって、肩ベルト調整部46の位置を調節できることできることにより、使用者Mの体型に応じて、また、乳幼児Bを抱っこしたり、おんぶしたりする乳幼児Bの位置に応じて使用者Mにとって乳幼児Bを楽に保持できる最適な位置に設定することが容易に可能である。また、乳幼児Bと使用者Mとの間隔調節が容易にできて、乳幼児Bにとっての保持姿勢を適切に設定することができる。このため、体勢が不安定な低月齢の乳幼児Bを保持する場合でも、使用者Mの体形に肩ベルト部40をフィットさせ、乳幼児Bを使用者Mに密着させて安定的に保持することが可能である。また、乳幼児Bが膝よりも臀部に重心位置がかかるように調節して、低月齢の乳幼児Bを保持する際でも負担が少ない保持態様に容易に調節できる。更に、成長して大きくなった乳幼児Bを保持する際でも、肩ベルト部40の使用者Mへの装着状態を調節して、乳幼児Bが窮屈感を感じない適切な保持姿勢で保持することができる。   Thus, the distance between the pair of left and right shoulder belt portions 40 can be adjusted by the shoulder belt adjustment portion 46, and the length of the shoulder belt portion 40 can be adjusted by the adjusters 42c and 42b of the adjustment belt portion 42. In addition, the slide belt 47 and the belt movable adjuster 48 can adjust the position of the shoulder belt adjusting portion 46, so that it can be adjusted according to the body shape of the user M and the position of the infant B holding or carrying the infant B. Thus, it is possible for the user M to easily set the optimal position where the infant B can be easily held. Further, the distance between the infant B and the user M can be easily adjusted, and the holding posture for the infant B can be set appropriately. For this reason, even when holding an infant B of a young age whose posture is unstable, the shoulder belt portion 40 can be fitted to the body shape of the user M, and the infant B can be held in close contact with the user M and stably held. Is possible. Further, the infant B can be easily adjusted to a holding mode with less burden even when the infant B is held at a low age by adjusting the center of gravity of the buttocks rather than the knee. Furthermore, even when the baby B that has grown and grown is held, the wearing state of the shoulder belt portion 40 to the user M can be adjusted to hold the baby B in an appropriate holding posture that does not feel cramped. it can.

また、腰ベルト部50においても、バックルに設けたアジャスター機能により長さ調節部52の長さを調節することによって、腰ベルト部50のベルト長を調節できるから、使用者Mの体型等に応じて腰回りにフィットさせることができ、使用者Mへの負担を少なくできる。
なお、本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1では使用者Mの腰に腰ベルト部50を止めてから、左右一対の肩ベルト部40を止めても良いし、逆に、左右の肩ベルト部40を止めてから、使用者Mの腰に止める腰ベルト部50を止めても良く、使い勝手が良い。
In the waist belt portion 50, the belt length of the waist belt portion 50 can be adjusted by adjusting the length of the length adjusting portion 52 by an adjuster function provided on the buckle. Can be fitted around the waist and the burden on the user M can be reduced.
In the baby carrier 1 of the present embodiment, the pair of left and right shoulder belt portions 40 may be stopped after the waist belt portion 50 is fastened to the waist of the user M. After being stopped, the waist belt portion 50 that is fastened to the waist of the user M may be stopped, which is convenient.

そして、本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1においては、乳幼児Bが収容される本体部10と補助保持部20の間で本体部10及び補助保持部20から一体に連続して形成された位置決め台座部30が配設されており、その位置決め台座部30において、スライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bが所定の離間距離で取付けられている。このため、スライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bを合わせてそのファスナを閉じる係合によって、位置決め台座部30の長さ方向の一部を折り畳み状態で固定可能とし、本体部10及び補助保持部20の間の接続長さを短くできる。即ち、位置決め台座部30によって、本体部10及び補助保持部20の間の深さの調節を自在とし、乳幼児Bの臀部の沈み深さを調節できる。   And in the baby carrier 1 of this Embodiment, the positioning base part integrally formed continuously from the main-body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 between the main-body part 10 in which the infant B is accommodated, and the auxiliary holding part 20 In the positioning pedestal portion 30, a pair of the female side 33a and the male side 33b of the sliding fastener 33 are attached at a predetermined distance. For this reason, by engaging the pair of female side 33a and the male side 33b of the slide type fastener 33 and closing the fastener, a part in the length direction of the positioning base 30 can be fixed in the folded state, 10 and the auxiliary | assistant holding | maintenance part 20 can be shortened. That is, the positioning pedestal 30 can freely adjust the depth between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 and can adjust the sinking depth of the buttocks of the infant B.

したがって、例えば、図10に示すように、乳幼児Bと使用者Mの顔が相向き合う対面抱っこで乳幼児Bを保持する際に、身長が低い低月齢の乳幼児Bであっても、本体部10及び補助保持部20の間の接続長さを短くした位置決め台座部30によって、乳幼児Bの臀部の位置を高くできるから、本体部10と補助保持部20の間で沈み込んだり埋もれたりしてしまうことがなく、乳幼児Bの身体の適切な位置に本体部10の頭当部11、背当部12及び臀当部13があてがわれ、乳幼児Bの負担を小さくして快適な保持を可能とする。   Therefore, for example, as shown in FIG. 10, when the infant B is held in a face-to-face holding in which the infant B and the face of the user M face each other, Since the position of the buttocks of the infant B can be increased by the positioning pedestal portion 30 in which the connection length between the auxiliary holding portions 20 is shortened, the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20 may sink or be buried. The head support part 11, the back support part 12 and the heel support part 13 of the main body part 10 are applied to the appropriate positions of the body of the infant B, so that the burden on the infant B can be reduced and comfortable holding is possible. .

特に、首すわり前の体勢が不安定な低月齢の乳幼児Bであっても、乳幼児Bの身体の適切な位置に本体部10の背当部12及び臀当部13があてがわれ、また、乳幼児Bの頭部に本体部10の頭当部11が適切に配置され、更に、本体部10の内面側(乳幼児B側)において頭当部11と背当部12との境界部の面から突設させたクッション性に富む接続部14が乳幼児Bの首部及び頭部の側面側をガードできるから、乳幼児Bの首部及び頭部の後方及び側面側を適切に支持して、首部及び頭部のグラつきを防止し、使用者Mの歩行等による振動でも負担がかかりやすい低月齢の乳幼児Bでも、乳幼児Bの体形、殊に頭部や首部にかかる負担を少なくできる。   In particular, even in the case of a low-age infant B who has an unstable posture before sitting on the neck, the back support part 12 and the abutment part 13 of the main body part 10 are assigned to appropriate positions of the body of the infant B, The head support part 11 of the main body part 10 is appropriately disposed on the head of the infant B, and further, from the surface of the boundary part between the head support part 11 and the back support part 12 on the inner surface side (infant B side) of the main body part 10. Since the projecting connecting portion 14 having a high cushioning property can guard the neck and the side of the head of the infant B, the neck and the head of the infant B are appropriately supported by the rear and the side of the head. Even with a low-age infant B who is likely to be burdened by vibration caused by walking of the user M or the like, the burden on the body of the infant B, particularly the head and neck, can be reduced.

また、スライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bを係合して本体部10と補助保持部20の間の接続長さを短くした状態の位置決め台座部30に乳幼児Bの臀部が沈む位置決め部位32Aにおいて、その左右方向(水平方向)の横幅Wを、本体部10の下端の横幅W(=本体部10が腰ベルト部50に接続した接続幅)の5/10〜9/10の範囲内、より好ましくは、3/5〜4/5の範囲内の範囲内の幅狭とし、かつ、補助保持部20において、少なくとも本体部10の下端に接続された位置から15cm高さまでの横幅は、位置決め部位32Aの横幅の1.4倍以下に形成されていることから、首すわり前の体勢が不安定な低月齢の乳幼児Bが保持対象であっても、乳幼児Bの股幅が必要以上に広げられたり、脚の動き、殊に膝関節の動きが制限されたりするのが防止される。よって、乳幼児Bの体形を臀部よりも膝の位置を高くしたM字型に開脚した自然な姿勢での保持を可能とし、乳幼児Bの体形に負担の少ないものとなる。 Further, the buttocks of the infant B are placed on the positioning pedestal portion 30 in a state where the pair of the female side 33a and the male side 33b of the sliding fastener 33 are engaged to shorten the connection length between the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20. In the positioning portion 32A where the sun sinks, the lateral width W 3 in the left-right direction (horizontal direction) is 5/10 to the lateral width W 1 of the lower end of the main body portion 10 (= the connection width where the main body portion 10 is connected to the waist belt portion 50). 9cm, more preferably narrow within the range of 3/5 to 4/5, and at the auxiliary holding part 20, at least 15 cm from the position connected to the lower end of the main body part 10. Since the horizontal width up to the height is formed to be 1.4 times or less the horizontal width of the positioning portion 32A, even if the infant B of a young age whose posture before the neck is unstable is unstable, the infant B Crotch width is expanded more than necessary, legs Movement, is prevented from or is particularly restricted movement of the knee joint. Therefore, the body shape of the infant B can be held in a natural posture in which the body shape of the infant B is opened in an M shape with the knee positioned higher than the buttocks, and the body shape of the infant B is less burdensome.

殊に、本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1によれば、本体部10と補助保持部20の間の接続長さを短くした位置決め台座部30の位置決め部位32Aに臀部が沈んだ乳幼児Bの脚が左右両側から出される補助保持部20の少なくとも本体部10の下端に接続された位置から15cm高さまでにおいて、左右両側縁部の傾斜が90°〜140°の範囲内の角度で本体部10の下端部に接続していることから、約130°の開脚が理想的とされる首すわり前の月齢が低い時期の乳幼児Bの自然な開脚を妨げることがなく、股関節や鼠蹊部への圧迫も少ない。   In particular, according to the baby carrier 1 of the present embodiment, the leg of the infant B with the buttocks sunk in the positioning portion 32A of the positioning base portion 30 in which the connection length between the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20 is shortened. The lower end of the main body 10 is inclined at an angle within a range of 90 ° to 140 ° at a height of 15 cm from a position connected to at least the lower end of the main body 10 of the auxiliary holding portion 20 extending from the left and right sides. Because it is connected to the hips, compression of the hips and hips is possible without interfering with the natural leg of infant B when the age is low before the neck is sitting, which is ideal for a leg of about 130 ° There are few.

更に、本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1によれば、位置決め台座部30の第2の臀当部31の両側において、内側に湾曲した縫製線13aにて接ぎ合わせられる立体裁断によって形成された臀当部13の中央部32A及びその左右両側の端部32Bの境界近傍が表出され、中央部13Aに対して左右両側の端部13Bが乳幼児B側に向かって折り曲がり自在とされ、奥行きのある立体的な空間が形成できる。よって、本体部10と補助保持部20の間に収容された乳幼児BのM字に開脚した動きが自由になりやすい。   Furthermore, according to the baby carrier 1 of the present embodiment, the abutment formed by draping that is joined to the both sides of the second abutment portion 31 of the positioning pedestal portion 30 by the inwardly curved sewing line 13a. The vicinity of the boundary between the central portion 32A of the portion 13 and the left and right end portions 32B is exposed, and the left and right end portions 13B can be bent toward the infant B side with respect to the central portion 13A, and has a depth. A three-dimensional space can be formed. Therefore, the movement of the infant B accommodated between the main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 in a leg-shaped manner tends to be free.

また、内側に湾曲した縫製線13aにて接ぎ合わせられる立体裁断によって形成された臀当部13の中央部32A及びその左右両側の端部32Bによって、乳幼児Bの保持状態では所定の柔軟性、可撓性、弾性、緩衝性等を有する材料で形成された中央部13Aが後方に向かって湾曲しやすくなっている。よって、乳幼児Bの臀部が落ち込み易くて乳幼児Bが膝よりも臀部に重心位置がかかりやすく、低月齢の乳幼児Bを保持する際でも負担が少ない保持態様となり、乳幼児Bの臀部の位置が適切な位置で安定化され、乳幼児Bの保持安定性が高くなっている。   In addition, the center portion 32A of the abutment portion 13 and the left and right end portions 32B formed by draping that are joined together by the inwardly curved sewing line 13a allow predetermined flexibility and allowance in the holding state of the infant B. A central portion 13A formed of a material having flexibility, elasticity, buffering properties, and the like is easily bent backward. Accordingly, the buttocks of the infant B are likely to fall down, the infant B is more likely to be positioned at the center of gravity than the knee, and the holding state is low even when the infant B is held at a low age, and the position of the buttocks of the infant B is appropriate. It is stabilized at the position, and the holding stability of the infant B is high.

このように、本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1によれば、首すわり前の月齢が低い時期の乳幼児Bを前向き抱っこする際でも負担の少ない開脚姿勢で安定した保持を可能とする。   Thus, according to the baby carrier 1 of the present embodiment, it is possible to stably hold an open leg posture with less burden even when the infant B at a time when the age before sitting on the neck is low is held forward.

また、図12に示すように、乳幼児Bを使用者Mの背中側で使用者Mと同一方向に向けた前向きおんぶする場合では、本体部10及び補助保持部20の間を接続する位置決め台座部30の長さを短くして乳幼児Bの臀部の位置を高くできることで、乳幼児Bの位置を使用者Mの腰の位置からより離れた位置で保持できることになるから、使用者Mの背骨と乳幼児Bの背骨が反発することなく使用者Mの曲線状の背骨ラインの形状に対して乳幼児Bの曲線状の背骨ラインの形状が沿いやすく、使用者Mに乳幼児Bが密着しやすくなる。よって、使用者M及び乳幼児Bにとって楽な姿勢で快適な保持が可能となる。特に、乳幼児Bをおんぶする使用者Mは抱っこよりも乳幼児Bの重みを感じ難くなり、楽に保持できる。また、使用者Mに乳幼児Bが密着しやすくなることによって、乳幼児Bの後方への反り返りが生じ難い状態のものとなる。   In addition, as shown in FIG. 12, in the case where the infant B is turned forward on the back side of the user M in the same direction as the user M, the positioning pedestal portion that connects between the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20. Since the length of 30 can be shortened to raise the position of the buttocks of the infant B, the position of the infant B can be held at a position further away from the position of the waist of the user M. Therefore, the spine of the user M and the infant The shape of the curved spine line of the infant B easily follows the shape of the curved spine line of the user M without repulsion of the spine of the B, so that the infant B can easily adhere to the user M. Therefore, it is possible for the user M and the infant B to hold comfortably with a comfortable posture. In particular, the user M carrying the infant B is less likely to feel the weight of the infant B than the baby and can easily hold it. In addition, since the infant B easily comes into close contact with the user M, the infant B is unlikely to be warped backward.

一方、スライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bを係合させることなく位置決め台座部30の本来の長さによって本体部10及び補助保持部20の間を接続した状態では、位置決め台座部30が本体部10及び補助保持部20に重なり合ってそれに沿うことから、図11及び図13に示すように、位置決め台座部30に受け止められる乳幼児Bの臀部の沈み深さは深くなる。
よって、乳幼児Bが成長して身長が高くなった際でも、本体部10及び補助保持部20の間の長さを本来の長さとした位置決め台座部30によって、乳幼児Bの臀部が低い位置で位置決めされることで、乳幼児Bの身体の適切な位置に本体部10の頭当部11、背当部12及び臀当部13があてがわれ、乳幼児Bの負担が小さい快適な保持を可能とする。
On the other hand, in the state where the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 are connected by the original length of the positioning base part 30 without engaging the pair of female side 33a and male side 33b of the sliding fastener 33, positioning is performed. Since the pedestal portion 30 overlaps and follows the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20, as shown in FIGS. 11 and 13, the sinking depth of the buttocks of the infant B received by the positioning pedestal portion 30 becomes deeper.
Therefore, even when the infant B grows up and becomes taller, the positioning base 30 having the original length between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 positions the buttocks of the infant B at a low position. By doing so, the head support part 11, the back support part 12 and the heel support part 13 of the main body part 10 are assigned to appropriate positions of the body of the infant B, thereby enabling a comfortable holding with a small burden on the infant B. .

なお、図13に示すように、本体部10及び補助保持部20の間の長さを本来の長さとした位置決め台座部30に乳幼児Bの臀部を着地させて低い位置でおんぶする場合でも、補助保持部20と本体部10が接続部21によって接続されて、補助保持部20と本体部10と接続部21によって形成される環状に乳幼児Bの脚が通されていることで、乳幼児Bの反り返りによる落下を防止できる。   As shown in FIG. 13, even when the infant B's buttocks are landed on the positioning pedestal 30 having the original length between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20, the assisting portion is supported. The holding part 20 and the main body part 10 are connected by the connecting part 21, and the leg of the infant B is passed through the ring formed by the auxiliary holding part 20, the main body part 10 and the connecting part 21, so that the infant B warps back. Can prevent falling by.

このようにして、本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1によれば、本体部10と補助保持部20の間の内面側に渡されて配設された位置決め台座部30の長さがスライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bによって調節自在とされていることにより、乳幼児Bの身長や抱っこまたはおんぶの保持形態によって保持する乳幼児Bの高さ位置を調節可能である。
特に、本体部10と補助保持部20の間を渡す長さを短縮したときの位置決め台座部30に乳幼児Bが受け止められる位置決め部位32Aの横幅寸法及び乳幼児Bの身体の股側にあてがわれる補助保持部20の横幅寸法を特定することにより、月齢が低い時期の乳幼児Bでも負担の少ない安定した保持を可能とし、また、乳幼児Bの月齢、大きさ、成長に応じて負担をかけない開脚姿勢で保持できる。
そして、位置決め台座部30の長さ調節を行うためのスライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bが位置決め台座部30において乳幼児Bの着地側とは反対側の裏面に取付けられていることで、乳幼児Bに違和感や不快感を与えることなく乳幼児Bの臀部の高さ位置を調節することができる。
As described above, according to the baby carrier 1 of the present embodiment, the length of the positioning pedestal portion 30 disposed and disposed on the inner surface side between the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20 is the sliding fastener 33. Since the pair of female side 33a and male side 33b are adjustable, the height of the infant B and the height position of the infant B to be held can be adjusted according to the holding form of the infant B or the piggyback.
In particular, the lateral dimension of the positioning portion 32A where the infant B is received by the positioning base 30 when the length passing between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 is shortened and the assist applied to the crotch side of the body of the infant B By specifying the width dimension of the holding portion 20, even an infant B at a low age can stably hold with little burden, and an open leg that does not place a burden according to the age, size, and growth of the infant B Can be held in a posture.
A pair of female side 33a and male side 33b of the slide type fastener 33 for adjusting the length of the positioning pedestal 30 are attached to the back surface of the positioning pedestal 30 opposite to the landing side of the infant B. Therefore, the height position of the buttocks of the infant B can be adjusted without causing the infant B to feel uncomfortable or uncomfortable.

以上説明してきたように、上記実施の形態に係るベビーキャリア1は、使用者M側とは反対側で乳幼児Bの身体にあてがわれ乳幼児Bを支持する本体部10と、本体部10の下端部に接続され、本体部10とは反対側で乳幼児Bの身体にあてがわれる補助保持部20と、本体部10と補助保持部20の対向側で本体部10及び補助保持部20から一体に連続して形成されて本体部10と補助保持部20の間に渡されて配設され、スライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bによる折り畳む長さ調節によって、本体部10と補助保持部20の間の長さを調節して本体部10と補助保持部20の間の深さの調節を自在とし、乳幼児Bの臀部の沈み深さを位置決めする位置決め台座部30と、補助保持部20に接続され、乳幼児Bを保持する使用者Mの肩に掛けられる1対の肩ベルト部40と、本体部10と補助保持部20の下端部に接続し、使用者Mの腰回りに装着する腰ベルト部50とを具備するものである。   As described above, the baby carrier 1 according to the above embodiment includes the main body 10 that is applied to the body of the infant B on the opposite side to the user M side and supports the infant B, and the lower end of the main body 10. And the auxiliary holding part 20 applied to the body of the infant B on the opposite side of the main body part 10 and the main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 on the opposite side of the main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 from the main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 It is formed continuously and passed between the main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20, and is adjusted by the folding length adjustment by the pair of female side 33a and male side 33b of the slide type fastener 33. A positioning pedestal 30 for adjusting the depth between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 by adjusting the length between the auxiliary holding parts 20 and positioning the sinking depth of the buttocks of the infant B; Connected to the holding unit 20 to hold the infant B A pair of shoulder belt portions 40 that are hung on the shoulders of the user M, and a waist belt portion 50 that is connected to the lower end portions of the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20 and is worn around the waist of the user M. Is.

したがって、上記実施の形態に係るベビーキャリア1によれば、本体部10及び補助保持部20の間に配設された位置決め台座部30に本体部10及び補助保持部20の間に収容された乳幼児Bが受け止められることになるが、位置決め台座部30の裏面に所定距離で取付けられたスライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bを係合させて長さ調節部32の折り畳みにより本体部10及び補助保持部20の間の位置決め台座部30の長さを短くすると、本体部10及び補助保持部20の間に収容される乳幼児Bの臀部の沈み深さが浅くなり、一方で、高さ長さ調節部32の折り畳みを展開して本体部10及び補助保持部20の間の位置決め台座部30の長さを長くすると、本体部10及び補助保持部20の間に収容される乳幼児Bの臀部の沈み深さが深くなり、位置決め台座部30の長さの調節により保持する乳幼児Bの高さ位置を調節できる。   Therefore, according to the baby carrier 1 according to the above-described embodiment, the infant housed between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20 on the positioning base 30 disposed between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20. B is received, but a pair of female side 33a and male side 33b of slide type fastener 33 attached to the back surface of positioning pedestal portion 30 at a predetermined distance are engaged, and length adjustment portion 32 is folded. When the length of the positioning pedestal 30 between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 is shortened, the sinking depth of the buttocks of the infant B accommodated between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 becomes shallow. When the folding of the height length adjustment unit 32 is expanded to increase the length of the positioning base 30 between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding unit 20, the height adjustment unit 32 is accommodated between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding unit 20. Infant Sinking depth of the buttocks is deep, you can adjust the height of the infant B holding by adjusting the length of the positioning pedestal 30.

よって、身体が小さい低月齢の乳幼児Bでも、長さ調節部32の折り畳みにより本体部10及び補助保持部20の間の位置決め台座部30の長さを短くして、本体部10の下端部と補助保持部20の下端部の接続位置よりも高い位置で乳幼児Bを保持することができることから、乳幼児Bが本体部10と補助保持部20の間で沈み込んだり埋もれたりしてしまうことなく、乳幼児Bの頭部の位置がそれを保護する本体部10の頭当部11に適切に配置されて、乳幼児Bの負担を小さくでき、快適な保持を可能とする。また、乳幼児Bが成長して身体が大きくなった際には、長さ調節部32の折り畳みを展開し、本体部10及び補助保持部20の間の位置決め台座部30の長さを長くして、本体部10の下端部と補助保持部20の下端部の接続側の低い位置で乳幼児Bを保持して、本体部10の頭当部11、背当部12及び臀当部13を乳幼児Bの身体の適切な位置にあてがい保護し、快適な保持を可能とする。また、使用者Mにとっても、快適な保持位置に乳幼児Bの高さ位置を調節できることになる。このように保持する乳幼児Bの月齢、大きさ、成長に応じて、乳幼児Bの保持の高さ位置を調節し、乳幼児B及び使用者Mにとって負担の少ない保持を可能とする。   Therefore, even in a small-age infant B with a small body, the length of the positioning pedestal 30 between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding unit 20 is shortened by folding the length adjusting unit 32, and the lower end of the main body 10 Since the infant B can be held at a position higher than the connection position of the lower end portion of the auxiliary holding part 20, the infant B does not sink or be buried between the main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20, The position of the head of the infant B is appropriately arranged on the head support part 11 of the main body part 10 that protects the infant B, so that the burden on the infant B can be reduced and comfortable holding is possible. Further, when the infant B grows and the body becomes large, the length adjustment unit 32 is expanded and the length of the positioning base 30 between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding unit 20 is increased. The infant B is held at a low position on the connection side between the lower end of the main body 10 and the lower end of the auxiliary holding part 20, and the head rest 11, the back rest 12, and the saddle rest 13 of the main body 10 are held by the infant B. Protects the body at an appropriate position and enables comfortable holding. Also, the height position of the infant B can be adjusted to a comfortable holding position for the user M. The holding height position of the infant B is adjusted according to the age, size, and growth of the infant B that is held in this way, and the infant B and the user M can be held with less burden.

また、前記位置決め台座部により乳幼児の臀部の沈み深さが上位に底上されることで、乳幼児の股幅の開きが前記本体部の下端部の横幅寸法に左右されることなく、前記位置決め台座部の下位から、補助保持部及び本体部の両者が接続されている閉じられた下端部までの空間に、乳幼児が脚を収めることができるようになるから、低月齢の乳幼児にとってその股関節の開き過ぎの防止が可能となる。
更に、このように乳幼児Bの臀部を受け止める位置決め台座部30は、本体部10及び補助保持部20から一体に連続して形成されたものであるから、位置ずれが生じることもなく接続強度が安定しており、乳幼児Bの重みによって本体部10及び補助保持部20から位置決め台座部30が外れることもなくて信頼性が高く、また、長さを短くした位置決め台座部30に臀部が受け止められた乳幼児Mにとって、使用者Mの歩行等による振動でも揺動し難くて乳幼児Bの臀部の重心位置も安定しやすく、体勢が安定しない首すわり前の月齢が低い時期の乳幼児Bにとっても揺れやぐらつきを少なくでき、安定した保持ができる。
このようにして、乳幼児Bの保持の高さ位置を調節することができ、かつ、乳幼児Bの月齢、大きさ、成長に応じて負担をかけない開脚姿勢の保持を可能とし、月齢が低い時期の乳幼児Bでも負担の少ない安定した保持を可能とする。
In addition, since the positioning pedestal portion raises the sinking depth of the buttocks of the infant to the upper level, the opening width of the crotch width of the infant is not affected by the width of the lower end portion of the main body, and the positioning pedestal Since the infant can fit the leg into the space from the lower part of the part to the closed lower end where both the auxiliary holding part and the main body part are connected, the hip joint is opened for younger infants. It is possible to prevent overshoot.
Further, since the positioning base 30 for receiving the buttocks of the infant B is formed integrally and continuously from the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20, the connection strength is stable without causing a displacement. The positioning base part 30 is not detached from the main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 due to the weight of the infant B, and the reliability is high, and the collar part is received by the positioning base part 30 whose length is shortened. It is difficult for the infant M to swing even by vibration caused by the user's walking, etc., and the center of gravity position of the buttocks of the infant B is easy to be stabilized. And can be held stably.
In this way, the holding height position of the infant B can be adjusted, and it is possible to maintain an open leg posture that does not impose a burden according to the age, size, and growth of the infant B, and the age is low. Even the infant B at the time allows stable holding with little burden.

特に、上記実施の形態に係るベビーキャリア1の位置決め台座部30は、その裏面に所定距離、離間して取付けられたスライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bを係合させることにより長さ方向の折り畳み状態が固定され、その折り畳みにより本体部10と補助保持部20の間の長さを短くしたときの乳幼児Bの臀部の沈み横幅としての位置決め部位32Aの横幅Wが、補助保持部20と接続する本体部10の下端部の横幅Wの5/10〜9/10の範囲内、より好ましくは、3/5〜4/5の範囲内の幅狭に形成されている。 In particular, the positioning pedestal 30 of the baby carrier 1 according to the above-described embodiment is configured to engage a pair of female side 33a and male side 33b of a slide type fastener 33 that is attached to the back surface thereof by a predetermined distance apart. The width W 3 of the positioning portion 32A as the sinking horizontal width of the buttocks of the infant B when the length between the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20 is shortened by the folding is fixed. It is formed in a width within a range of 5/10 to 9/10 of the lateral width W 1 of the lower end portion of the main body portion 10 connected to the auxiliary holding portion 20, more preferably within a range of 3/5 to 4/5. Yes.

位置決め台座部30において、長さ方向の折り畳みにより本体部10と補助保持部20の間の長さを短くしたときに乳幼児Bの臀部が受け止められる位置決め部位32Aの横幅W、即ち、乳幼児Bの臀部の沈み横幅Wが、本体部10の下端部の横幅Wの1/3〜2/3の範囲内の幅狭に形成されているから、首すわり前の低月齢の乳幼児Bを保持対象としても、乳幼児Bの股幅が必要以上に広げられて股関節が開き過ぎたりすることなく、股関節脱臼が防止され、M字開脚とする自然な開脚姿勢で負担の少ない保持を可能とする。 In the positioning pedestal 30, the lateral width W 3 of the positioning part 32A where the buttocks of the infant B are received when the length between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 is shortened by folding in the length direction, that is, the infant B retention buttocks sink width W 3, from being formed in the narrow width in the range of 1 / 3-2 / 3 of the width W 1 of the lower end portion of the main body portion 10, a low-old infants B before sitting neck Even as a subject, the hip width of the infant B is unnecessarily widened, and the hip joint is prevented from opening too much, dislocation of the hip joint is prevented, and it is possible to hold the load with a natural open leg posture with an M-shaped open leg. To do.

また、上記実施の形態に係るベビーキャリア1の補助保持部20は、本体部10の下端部との接続位置から15cmの高さ位置までの左右両側の横幅が、最大でも、本体部10と補助保持部20の間の長さを短くしたときの乳幼児Bの臀部の沈み横幅としての位置決め部位32Aの横幅Wの1.4倍の以下であるものである。
特に、補助保持部20において、本体部10の下端部との接続位置から15cmの高さ位置までの左右両側の横幅が、最大でも、本体部10と補助保持部20の間の長さを短くしたときに乳幼児Bの臀部が受け止められる位置決め部位32Aの横幅W、即ち、乳幼児Bの臀部の沈み横幅Wの1.4倍以下であるから、首すわり前の低月齢の乳幼児Bを保持対象としても、脚の動き、殊に膝関節の動きが拘束されたりすることなく、乳幼児Bの窮屈感も開放され、M字開脚とする自然な開脚姿勢でより負担の少ない保持を可能とする。
In addition, the auxiliary holding part 20 of the baby carrier 1 according to the above embodiment has an auxiliary width between the left and right sides from the connection position with the lower end of the main body part 10 to a height position of 15 cm at the maximum. it is not more than 1.4 times the width W 3 of the positioning portion 32A as buttocks sink width of infant B when shortening the length between the holding portion 20.
In particular, in the auxiliary holding part 20, the width between the left and right sides from the connection position with the lower end part of the main body part 10 to the height position of 15 cm is short at the maximum between the main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20. Since the width W 3 of the positioning portion 32A at which the buttocks of the infant B are received when it is, that is, 1.4 times or less of the sinking width W 3 of the buttocks of the infant B, the infant B of the young age before the neck is held is held. As a target, leg movements, especially knee joint movements, are not restrained, and infant B's cramped feeling is also released, allowing a less legible holding with a natural leg position with an M-shaped leg. And

このように、上記実施の形態に係るベビーキャリア1は、使用者M側とは反対側で乳幼児Bの身体にあてがわれ乳幼児Bを支持する本体部10と、本体部10の下端部に接続され、本体部10とは反対側で乳幼児Bの身体にあてがわれる補助保持部20と、本体部10と補助保持部20の対向側で本体部10及び補助保持部20から一体に連続して形成されて本体部10と補助保持部20の間に渡されて配設され、スライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bによる折り畳む長さ調節によって、本体部10と補助保持部20の間の長さを調節して本体部10と補助保持部20の間の深さの調節を自在とし、乳幼児Bの臀部の沈み深さを位置決めする位置決め台座部30と、補助保持部20に接続され、乳幼児Bを保持する使用者Mの肩に掛けられる1対の肩ベルト部40と、本体部10と補助保持部20の下端部に接続し、使用者Mの腰回りに装着する腰ベルト部50とを具備し、位置決め台座部130は、本体部10と補助保持部20との間の長さを短くしたときの乳幼児Bの臀部の沈み横幅Wが、本体部10の下端部の横幅Wの5/10〜9/10の範囲内、より好ましくは、3/5〜4/5の範囲内の幅狭に形成されており、かつ、補助保持部20は、本体部10の下端部との接続位置から15cmの範囲内の高さ位置までの左右両側の横幅が、最大でも、本体部10と補助保持部20との間の長さを短くしたときの乳幼児Bの臀部の沈み横幅Wの1.4倍以下である。 As described above, the baby carrier 1 according to the embodiment is connected to the main body 10 that is applied to the body of the infant B on the opposite side to the user M side and supports the infant B, and the lower end of the main body 10. The auxiliary holding part 20 applied to the body of the infant B on the side opposite to the main body part 10, and the main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 on the opposite side of the main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20, continuously from the main body part 10. The main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 are formed and arranged between the main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 and are adjusted by the folding length of the pair of female side 33a and male side 33b of the slide fastener 33. A positioning pedestal 30 for positioning the sinking depth of the buttocks of the infant B, and the auxiliary holding part 20 to freely adjust the depth between the main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 by adjusting the length between 20 The user who is connected to and holds the infant B A pair of shoulder belts 40 to be hung on the shoulders of the body, and a waist belt part 50 connected to the lower end part of the main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 and mounted around the waist of the user M, and a positioning base part 130 is a horizontal width W 3 of the buttocks of the infant B when the length between the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20 is shortened, and is 5 / 10-9 / 9 of the lateral width W 1 of the lower end portion of the main body portion 10. 10, more preferably, a width within a range of 3/5 to 4/5, and the auxiliary holding portion 20 is within a range of 15 cm from the connection position with the lower end of the main body portion 10. height width of the left and right sides to the position of the inner is at most, less than 1.4 times the buttocks sink width W 3 of infant B when shortening the length between the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20 It is.

即ち、上記実施の形態に係るベビーキャリア1は、左右1対の肩ベルト部40により使用者Mに装着され、乳幼児Bの身体にあてがわれ乳幼児Bを広い面積で支持する本体部10と、一端が本体部10の下端部に接続され本体部10とは反対側で乳幼児Bの身体にあてがわれる補助保持部20と、本体部10及び補助保持部20から一体に連続して本体部10と補助支持部20の間に渡されて乳幼児Bの臀部の沈み深さを位置決めする位置決め台座部30とを有し、位置決め台座部30において、その長さ方向に折り畳む長さ調節によって本体部10と補助保持部20の間の深さの調節を自在とし、本体部10と補助保持部20の間の長さを短くしたときの乳幼児Bの臀部の沈み横幅Wを、本体部10の下端部の横幅Wの5/10以上、9/10以下の範囲内、より好ましくは、3/5以上、4/5以下の範囲内の範囲内の幅狭に形成し、かつ、補助保持部20において、本体部10の下端部との接続位置から15cmの高さ位置までの左右両側の横幅を、最大でも、本体部10と補助保持部20との間の長さを短くしたときの乳幼児Bの臀部の沈み横幅の1.4倍以下であるものである。 That is, the baby carrier 1 according to the above-described embodiment is attached to the user M by a pair of left and right shoulder belt portions 40, applied to the body of the infant B and supporting the infant B over a wide area, One end of the main body 10 is connected to the lower end of the main body 10, and the auxiliary holding section 20 is applied to the body of the infant B on the opposite side of the main body 10. And a positioning pedestal 30 that is passed between the auxiliary support 20 and positions the sinking depth of the buttocks of the infant B. In the positioning pedestal 30, the main body 10 is adjusted by adjusting the length of the positioning pedestal 30. The width of the sinking width W 3 of the buttocks of the infant B when the length between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20 is shortened can be adjusted as the bottom end of the main body portion 10. 5/10 or more of the width W 1 of the part In the range of 9/10 or less, more preferably in the range of 3/5 or more and 4/5 or less, and in the auxiliary holding part 20, the lower end of the main body part 10 The horizontal width of the left and right sides from the connection position to the height position of 15 cm is 1.4 times the maximum width of the sinking width of the buttocks of the infant B when the length between the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20 is shortened at the maximum. It is the following.

したがって、上記実施の形態に係るベビーキャリア1によれば、位置決め台座部30は、本体部10と補助保持部20との間の長さを短くしたときの乳幼児Bの臀部の沈み横幅Wが、本体部10の下端部の横幅Wの5/10〜9/10の範囲内、より好ましくは、3/5〜4/5の範囲内の幅狭に形成され、かつ、補助保持部20は、本体部10の下端部との接続位置から15cmの高さ位置までの左右両側の横幅が、最大でも、本体部10と補助保持部20との間の長さを短くしたときの乳幼児Bの臀部の沈み横幅の1.4倍以下であるであるから、首すわり前の低月齢の乳幼児Bを保持対象としても、乳幼児Bの股幅が必要以上に広げられて股関節が開き過ぎたり脚の動きが拘束されたりすることなく、股関節脱臼が防止され、M字開脚とする自然な開脚姿勢で負担の少ない保持を可能とする。
また、本体部10と補助保持部20との間の長さを短くしたときの乳幼児Bの臀部の沈み横幅よりも本体部10の下端部が所定の幅広であるから、位置決め台座部20の折り畳みを展開して本体部10及び補助保持部20の間を渡す長さを長くして位置決め台座部30に乳幼児Bの臀部が受け止められたときでも、本体部10の下部の適度な広い寸法によって乳幼児Bの臀部が広く覆われて開脚姿勢に負担をかけることなく、安定した保持が可能である。更に、乳幼児Bの股幅が適切な幅で開脚して保持されることで、使用者Mとの密着感を得て安心感も増し、快適な抱き心地となる。
Therefore, according to the baby carrier 1 according to the embodiment, positioning the base portion 30, the width W 3 to sink the buttocks of the baby B when shortening the length between the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20 The width of the width W 1 of the lower end of the main body 10 is within a range of 5/10 to 9/10, more preferably within a range of 3/5 to 4/5, and the auxiliary holding unit 20 is formed. Infant B when the width between the left and right sides from the connection position with the lower end of the main body 10 to the height position of 15 cm is at most short between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 Because it is 1.4 times or less of the sinking width of the buttocks, even if the infant B is to be held before the neck is held, the crotch width of the infant B is widened more than necessary and the hip joint is too open or leg Hip dislocation is prevented without restraining the movement of the To enable the less retention of the burden in a natural open leg posture to open leg.
Further, since the lower end of the main body 10 is a predetermined width wider than the horizontal width of the buttocks of the infant B when the length between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 is shortened, the positioning base 20 can be folded. Even when the buttocks of the infant B are received on the positioning base 30 by extending the length of the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 so as to be extended, the infant can be accommodated by an appropriate wide dimension at the lower part of the main body 10. The buttocks of B are widely covered and stable holding is possible without placing a burden on the open leg posture. Furthermore, since the crotch width of the infant B is opened and held with an appropriate width, a feeling of close contact with the user M is obtained and a sense of security is increased, thereby providing a comfortable holding feeling.

そして、長さ方向の折り畳みにより本体部10と補助保持部20の間の長さを短くしたときに乳幼児Bの臀部が受け止められる位置決め部位32Aの横幅W、即ち、乳幼児Bの臀部の沈み横幅Wよりも本体部10の下端部が所定の幅広であるから、折り畳みを展開して本体部10と補助保持部20の間を渡す長さを長くした位置決め台座部30に乳幼児Bの臀部が受け止められるときでも、本体部10の下部の適度な広い寸法によって乳幼児Bの臀部が広く覆われて開脚姿勢に負担をかけることなく、安定した保持が可能である。 Then, when the length between the main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 is shortened by folding in the length direction, the lateral width W 3 of the positioning portion 32A where the buttocks of the infant B are received, that is, the sinking lateral width of the buttocks of the infant B Since the lower end portion of the main body 10 is wider than W 3, the buttocks of the infant B are placed on the positioning pedestal 30 that has been folded and extended between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20. Even when it is received, the buttocks of the infant B are widely covered by the appropriate wide dimensions of the lower portion of the main body portion 10 and can be stably held without placing a burden on the open leg posture.

また、位置決め台座部30が本体部10及び補助保持部20から一体に連続して形成されているから、別途、底上げ用に本体部10と補助支持部20の中に取付けるクッション材等を用意する必要がないので紛失の恐れがなく、クッション材等による蒸れや暑さの助長もなく快適な保持を可能とする。   Further, since the positioning pedestal portion 30 is integrally formed continuously from the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20, a cushioning material or the like to be attached to the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary support portion 20 is separately prepared for raising the bottom. Since it is not necessary, there is no risk of losing it, and it is possible to hold it comfortably without the stuffiness or heat of the cushioning material.

このようにして上記実施の形態に係るベビーキャリア1によれば、乳幼児Bの保持の高さ位置を調節することができ、かつ、乳幼児Bの成長に応じて負担をかけない開脚姿勢で保持でき、月齢が低い時期の乳幼児Bでも負担の少ない安定した保持を可能とし、長時間乳幼児Bを保持しても乳幼児Bの疲れを少なくできる。そして、乳幼児Bへの負担が少ないことで、特に低月齢の乳幼児Bを保持した際に寝かしつけにも有利で、快適な睡眠環境を作り出すことができる。   Thus, according to the baby carrier 1 according to the above-described embodiment, the holding position of the baby B can be adjusted, and the baby carrier 1 is held in an open leg posture that does not impose a burden according to the growth of the baby B. In addition, the infant B at a low age can be stably held with little burden, and even if the infant B is held for a long time, the fatigue of the infant B can be reduced. And since the burden to the infant B is small, it is advantageous for laying down especially when the infant B of a low age is held, and a comfortable sleep environment can be created.

また、上記実施の形態に係るベビーキャリア1の補助保持部20は、本体部10の下端部との接続側である水平方向の下端と、そこから15cmの高さ位置までの左右両側縁とのなす角度が90°以上、140°以下の範囲内である。   Moreover, the auxiliary | assistant holding | maintenance part 20 of the baby carrier 1 which concerns on the said embodiment is a horizontal lower end which is a connection side with the lower end part of the main-body part 10, and the right-and-left both-sides edge from there to a height position of 15 cm. The formed angle is in the range of 90 ° to 140 °.

ここで、上記本体部10の下端部との接続側である水平方向の下端と、そこから15cmの高さ位置までの左右両側縁とがなす角度が90°〜140°の範囲内とは、補助保持部20において、本体部10と接続するその下端から前記15cmまでの高さの範囲内で、本体部10と補助保持部20との間の長さを短くしたときの位置決め台座部30に臀部が受け止められて高い位置で保持される乳幼児Bの両脚に対して、補助支持部20の両側の縁が触れることになるから、その乳幼児Bの脚に触れる補助支持部20の両側の縁の傾きを、下端の水平方向に対して90°〜140°の範囲内とすることで、首すわり前の低月齢期の乳幼児Bを保持対象とした際に、乳幼児Bの身体の股関節や鼠蹊部への圧迫も少なく、その乳幼児Bにとって理想的な約130°の開脚姿勢に近い形態に自然と導きやすくしたものである。   Here, the angle between the lower end in the horizontal direction, which is the connection side with the lower end of the main body 10, and the left and right side edges to the height position of 15 cm is within the range of 90 ° to 140 °. In the auxiliary holding part 20, the positioning pedestal part 30 when the length between the main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 is shortened within the height range from the lower end connected to the main body part 10 to 15 cm. The edges of both sides of the auxiliary support part 20 touch both legs of the infant B that is received at the high position by receiving the buttocks, so that the edges of both sides of the auxiliary support part 20 that touch the legs of the infant B are touched. By setting the inclination within the range of 90 ° to 140 ° with respect to the horizontal direction of the lower end, when the infant B in the low-age period before sitting on the neck is to be held, the hip joints and buttocks of the body of the infant B Ideal for the infant B Is obtained easily leads naturally form close to the open leg posture of a about 130 °.

したがって、上記実施の形態に係るベビーキャリア1によれば、補助保持部20は、本体部10の下端部との接続側である水平方向の下端と、そこから15cmの高さ位置までの左右両側縁とがなす角度が90°以上、140°以下の範囲内であるから、特に、約130°の開脚が理想的とされる月齢が低い時期の乳幼児の自然な開脚を妨げることがなくて、乳幼児の身体の股関節や鼠蹊部への圧迫も少なく、乳幼児の体形により負担の少ない保持が可能である。よって、130°の開脚姿勢が理想的である首すわり前の月齢が低い時期の乳幼児Bを保持対象とした場合でも、その開脚姿勢に近い姿勢に導くことができる。   Therefore, according to the baby carrier 1 according to the above-described embodiment, the auxiliary holding portion 20 has the lower end in the horizontal direction that is the connection side to the lower end portion of the main body portion 10 and the left and right sides from there to a height position of 15 cm. Since the angle formed by the edge is in the range of 90 ° or more and 140 ° or less, it does not interfere with the natural legging of infants at low ages, especially when the leg of about 130 ° is ideal. In addition, the infant's body is less pressed against the hip joints and buttocks, and the infant's body shape can be held with less burden. Therefore, even when the infant B at a time when the age before the neck sitting is low, which is ideal for the 130 ° open leg posture, can be led to a posture close to the open leg posture.

更に、本実施の形態に係るベビーキャリア1は、位置決め台座部30を長さ方向に折り畳んで本体部10と補助保持部20の間の長さを短くしたとき、その折り畳んだ部分32aが乳幼児Bの臀部を受け止める位置決め部位32Aとなることから、その折り畳んだ部分32aの嵩増しによって、安定感が増す。また、折り畳みの重ねの選択によって位置決め部位32Aの厚み、即ち、高さを調節でき、乳幼児Bの保持高さの位置の選択幅が広がる。   Furthermore, when the baby carrier 1 according to the present embodiment folds the positioning pedestal portion 30 in the length direction to shorten the length between the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20, the folded portion 32a is an infant B. Since it becomes the positioning part 32A which catches the buttocks, the sense of stability increases by increasing the volume of the folded part 32a. Moreover, the thickness of the positioning part 32A, that is, the height can be adjusted by selecting the folding overlap, and the selection range of the position of the holding height of the infant B is widened.

更に、本実施の形態に係るベビーキャリア1の本体部10は、臀当部13において、中央部13Aに対してその左右両側の端部13Bが乳幼児B側に向かって折り曲げ自在とされ、乳幼児Bが収容される空間が奥行きのある立体的な空間を形成している。よって、本実施の形態に係るベビーキャリア1によれば、月齢が低い時期の乳幼児Bを保持対象として乳幼児Bの臀部全体を覆うように(包み込んで)保護しても、M字に開脚した動きが拘束され難く、乳幼児Bの窮屈感がより開放されて、月齢が低い時期の乳幼児Bにとってより負担が少ない保持を可能とする。また、乳幼児B側とは反対側の外面側から見て、見た目が立体的でスリムにまとまったすっきりとした印象を与えることができる。更に、乳幼児Bの臀部の位置よりも高い位置で膝が曲げられるM字開脚とする自然な開脚姿勢を維持しやすく、乳幼児Bの重心が脚側ではなく臀部にかかる保持形態に導くのが容易となり、乳幼児Bの体形により負担の少ない保持を可能とする。
より好ましくは、立体裁断による接ぎ合わせによって折り曲げ自在とし、その接ぎ合せ部位では中心側(内側)に向けて湾曲した縫製により、また、本体部10の下端及びその付近の縫製によって腰ベルト部50に一体に縫い合わせることにより、更に奥行きを持たせて、乳幼児Bの臀部を落ち込みやすくし、乳幼児Bの臀部の位置から重心位置が定まることで、乳幼児Bの体形にかかる負担を軽減できる。
Furthermore, the main body 10 of the baby carrier 1 according to the present embodiment is such that the left and right end portions 13B of the main body portion 10 of the baby support portion 13 can be bent toward the infant B side with respect to the center portion 13A. The space in which the space is accommodated forms a three-dimensional space with a depth. Therefore, according to the baby carrier 1 according to the present embodiment, even if the infant B at the age of a low age is held and protected so as to cover (wrap) the entire buttocks of the infant B, the leg is opened in an M shape. The movement is not easily restrained, the cramped feeling of the infant B is released, and the infant B at a time when the age is low can be held with less burden. Further, when viewed from the outer surface side opposite to the infant B side, it is possible to give a clean impression that is three-dimensional and slim. Furthermore, it is easy to maintain a natural open leg posture with an M-shaped open leg where the knee is bent at a position higher than the position of the buttocks of the infant B, and the center of gravity of the infant B is guided to a holding form on the buttocks instead of the leg side. It becomes easy, and holding with little burden is enabled by the body shape of the infant B.
More preferably, it can be bent by joining by draping, and the waist belt part 50 can be bent by sewing curved toward the center side (inner side) at the joining part, or by sewing the lower end of the main body part 10 and the vicinity thereof. By stitching together, the depth of the baby B is further increased, and the buttocks of the infant B can be easily lowered, and the position of the center of gravity is determined from the position of the buttocks of the infant B, thereby reducing the burden on the body shape of the infant B.

加えて、本実施の形態に係るベビーキャリア1では、本体部10と補助保持部20の下部に接続し、使用者Mの腰回りに装着する腰ベルト部50を有することによって、乳幼児Bの体重を使用者Mの肩・背中と腰に分散させて、使用者Mの肩への負担を軽くしているが、本発明を実施する場合には、腰ベルト部50を省略することも可能である。即ち、本体部10と補助支持部20間に乳幼児Bが配置されることで、乳幼児Bが保持されるから、腰ベルト部50については必ずしも必要とされるものでなく、左右の肩ベルト部40のみで乳幼児Bの体重を支持して乳幼児Bを抱いたりおんぶしたりする形態としても良い。   In addition, in the baby carrier 1 according to the present embodiment, the weight of the infant B is provided by having a waist belt portion 50 that is connected to the lower portion of the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20 and is worn around the waist of the user M. Is distributed over the shoulder, back and waist of the user M to lighten the burden on the shoulder of the user M. However, when the present invention is implemented, the waist belt portion 50 can be omitted. is there. That is, since the infant B is held by the infant B being disposed between the main body 10 and the auxiliary support part 20, the waist belt part 50 is not necessarily required, and the left and right shoulder belt parts 40 are not necessarily required. It is good also as a form which supports the weight of the infant B only and holds the infant B or rides.

なお、上記実施の形態のベビーキャリア1においては、肩ベルト部40が補助保持部20の上下方向に接続されたものであるが、本発明を実施する場合には、乳幼児Bを保持することができれば、本体部10に肩ベルト部40が接続されても良いし、本体部10と補助保持部20とに肩ベルト部40が接続された構成としても良い。何れにせよ乳幼児Bの身体の邪魔にならない位置に接続されて、使用者Mの肩が通される環状を形成するように構成されていればよい。
更に、左右一対の肩ベルト部40を使用者Mの肩に平行に装着する形態に限らず、左右一対の肩ベルト部40をクロス掛けで装着する構造としてもよい。
In the baby carrier 1 of the above embodiment, the shoulder belt portion 40 is connected to the auxiliary holding portion 20 in the vertical direction. However, when carrying out the present invention, the infant B can be held. If possible, the shoulder belt portion 40 may be connected to the main body portion 10, or the shoulder belt portion 40 may be connected to the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20. In any case, it may be configured to be connected to a position that does not interfere with the body of the infant B and to form a ring through which the shoulder of the user M is passed.
Further, the pair of left and right shoulder belt portions 40 is not limited to being mounted in parallel to the shoulder of the user M, and the pair of left and right shoulder belt portions 40 may be mounted in a cross-hung manner.

また、上記実施の形態のベビーキャリア1においては、位置決め台座部30において、折り畳み状態を固定するための固定手段として、スライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bを使用して長さ調節部32の折り畳みによる長さ調節を可能としているが、本発明を実施する場合には、スライド式ファスナ33の数を増やして、段階的に折り畳み長さを選択可能に形成することも可能である。折り畳みの重ね枚数の調節によっても乳幼児Bの臀部の高さ位置を調節するその選択幅が広がる。   Further, in the baby carrier 1 of the above-described embodiment, the positioning base 30 uses a pair of female side 33a and male side 33b of the sliding fastener 33 as a fixing means for fixing the folded state. Although the length adjustment by folding the height adjusting portion 32 is possible, when the present invention is implemented, the number of sliding fasteners 33 can be increased and the folding length can be selected in stages. It is. The range of selection for adjusting the height position of the buttocks of the infant B is also increased by adjusting the number of folded sheets.

折り畳みを固定する手段としてはスライド式ファスナ33に限定されず、スナップ、ボタンとループ、フックとリング、接着布等であっても良いし、別体のアジャスター等の取付けによって行っても良い。固定手段となる部材(部品)が位置決め台座部30に固着しているものであれば、紛失することもなく管理が容易であるが、使用時に折り畳みを固定する固定手段となる部材を取付ける構成としてもよい。
更に、本発明を実施する場合には、このようなスライド式ファスナ33等は、位置決め台座部30において、乳幼児B側に取付けることも可能である。
The means for fixing the fold is not limited to the sliding fastener 33, and may be a snap, a button and loop, a hook and ring, an adhesive cloth, or the like, or may be attached by attaching a separate adjuster or the like. As long as a member (part) that serves as a fixing means is fixed to the positioning pedestal 30, it is easy to manage without losing it. Also good.
Furthermore, when implementing this invention, such a slide type fastener 33 grade | etc., Can also be attached to the infant B side in the positioning base part 30. FIG.

また、本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1においては、補助保持部20及び接続部21によって、乳幼児Bの落下の防止効果を高くでき、また、抱っこやおんぶの際の取り扱いが熟練者なくとも、乳幼児Bの配置位置が分かりやすくなる。
ここで、上記実施の形態のベビーキャリア1においては、乳幼児Bの胴体が横に倒れないように安定に保持する形態として、連結差込具23と連結受具24との連結係合により補助保持部20の自由端側の左右側部と本体部10の背当部12と臀当部13の境界付近の左右両側とを接続する所定長の接続部21を形成しており、本体部10と補助支持部20が分離自在であるため、スライド式ファスナ33の係合操作を容易にできるが、本発明を実施する場合には、本体部10と補助支持部20を分離不可能として、乳幼児Bの脚用の開口を形成する構成としても良い。
In addition, in the baby carrier 1 of the present embodiment, the auxiliary holding part 20 and the connection part 21 can increase the effect of preventing the infant B from falling, and infants and infants can be handled even if they are not skilled in handling a baby or a piggyback. The arrangement position of B becomes easy to understand.
Here, in the baby carrier 1 according to the above-described embodiment, as a form for stably holding the torso of the infant B so as not to fall sideways, auxiliary holding is performed by connecting engagement of the connection plug 23 and the connection receiver 24. A connecting portion 21 having a predetermined length is formed to connect the left and right side portions on the free end side of the portion 20 and the left and right sides in the vicinity of the boundary between the backrest portion 12 and the abutment portion 13 of the main body portion 10. Since the auxiliary support portion 20 is separable, the engaging operation of the slide fastener 33 can be facilitated. However, when the present invention is carried out, the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary support portion 20 cannot be separated, and the infant B It is good also as a structure which forms the opening for legs.

1 ベビーキャリア
10 本体部
20 補助保持部
30 位置決め台座部
32 長さ調節部
33 スライド式ファスナ
40 肩ベルト部
50 腰ベルト部
1 Baby carrier 10 Body
20 Auxiliary holding part 30 Positioning base part 32 Length adjusting part 33 Sliding fastener 40 Shoulder belt part 50 Waist belt part

本発明は、乳幼児を抱っこしたりおんぶしたりするときに、それを補助して運搬するベビーキャリア(子守帯)に関するもので、特に、乳幼児の臀部の高さ位置(深さ位置)を調節可能なベビーキャリアに関するものである。 The present invention relates to a baby carrier (childcare band) that assists and carries an infant when holding or carrying it, and in particular, the height position (depth position) of an infant's buttocks can be adjusted. Is about a baby carrier.

保持対象とする乳幼児の月齢を限定することなく長期間の使用を可能とするベビーキャリアとして、乳幼児の成長に応じて、使用者の装着方法を乳幼児の横抱きから縦抱き形態に変形させる切り替えによって、首すわり前の新生児期から2〜3歳までの長い間の使用を可能としたものが知られているが、最近では、首すわり前の新生児期から縦抱きに対応させたベビーキャリアも提案されている。しかし、縦抱きとした特定の抱持形態でも、乳幼児の月齢、大きさ、成長に応じ、乳幼児にとって負担の少ない安定して快適な抱き心地の保持状態は変化する。また、乳幼児の個々の体型にも個人差があり、更に、抱っこやおんぶといった抱き方の違いによっても、乳幼児及び乳幼児を保持する親等の使用者にとって負担の少ない最適な保持位置は相違する。特に、首すわり前の乳幼児では、筋肉や関節を繋ぐ靭帯が未発達であり股や膝の関節が柔らかいことから、それら関節や開脚姿勢に負担をかけない保持が望まれる。 As a baby carrier that can be used for a long time without limiting the age of the infant to be held, according to the growth of the infant, by switching the user's wearing method from the horizontal holding of the infant to the vertical holding form, Although it has been known that it can be used for a long time from the neonatal period before sitting at the neck to 2 to 3 years old, recently a baby carrier corresponding to vertical holding from the neonatal period before sitting at the neck has also been proposed. ing. However, even in a specific form of holding in a vertical manner, the holding state of a stable and comfortable holding comfort with little burden on the infant changes according to the age, size, and growth of the infant. In addition, there are individual differences in individual body shapes of infants, and the optimum holding position with less burden on users such as infants and parents who hold infants differs depending on how to hold them. In particular, in infants before sitting on their necks, the ligaments that connect the muscles and joints are undeveloped and the joints of the crotch and knees are soft.

ここで、特許文献1及び特許文献2には、背当部、股あて部及び前あて部を連続させて構成し、前記股あて部を側面U字状に折り曲げ形成すると共に、背当部の両側と前あて部の両側面とを所望の布帛等を用いて連結することによって袋状乃至筒状に形成された子守帯本体を構成し、前記子守帯本体の上端部両側からは所定の長さで肩掛け帯を延伸させ、その先端部は子守帯本体の下端部に形成した腰帯の適宜個所に係止させるように構成してなる子守帯において、前記子守帯本体を構成する背当部の内側と前あて部の内側に差し渡すようにして座高調節用の補助帯の両端部を取付け、前記補助帯は少なくともその一端部が係止具により着脱自在に係止できるように構成したベビーキャリアが開示されている。特許文献1及び特許文献2に記載があるように、このようなベビーキャリアによれば、本体が予定している標準体型よりも小さい幼児でも標準体型の幼児と全く同様の快適な座高と使用感を得ることができるとしている。 Here, in Patent Document 1 and Patent Document 2, a backrest part, a crotch pad part, and a front pad part are configured to be continuous, the crotch pad part is bent and formed in a side U shape, By connecting the both sides and both side surfaces of the front padding portion using a desired cloth or the like, a lullaby body formed in a bag shape or a cylindrical shape is constructed, and a predetermined length is provided from both sides of the upper end portion of the lullaby body. Now, the shoulder strap is stretched, and the tip portion thereof is configured to be locked at an appropriate portion of the waistband formed at the lower end portion of the lullaby body. A baby carrier constructed so that both ends of an auxiliary band for seat height adjustment are attached so as to pass between the inner side and the inner side of the front contact part, and at least one end part of the auxiliary band can be detachably locked by a locking tool. Is disclosed. As described in Patent Document 1 and Patent Document 2, according to such a baby carrier, a comfortable sitting height and a feeling of use that are the same as those of an infant with a standard body shape can be obtained even with an infant whose main body is smaller than the standard body shape that is planned. Is going to be able to get

また、特許文献3には、背当部、股あて部、前あて部等を連続させ、背当部の両側面と前あて部の両側面とを連結させることにより筒状(袋状)に形成した子守帯本体において、股あて部と前あて部との間に座高調節用のベルトを介在させることにより、股あて部の大きさ(股あて部が形成するサイズ)を自由に変更できるようして、自由に座高の調節が行えることとした子守帯が開示されている。 Further, Patent Document 3 discloses that a back portion, a crotch portion, a front portion and the like are made continuous, and both sides of the back portion and both sides of the front portion are connected to form a cylinder (bag shape). The size of the crotch part (size formed by the crotch part) can be freely changed by interposing a seat height adjustment belt between the crotch part and the front part in the formed baby limp body. Thus, a lullaby that can freely adjust the sitting height is disclosed.

更に、特許文献4に開示のベビーキャリにおいては、乳幼児の着座部分に下側結合器具を介して細長い舌片を設け、舌片の長さを変えることにより、着座部分のサイズ、長さを調節できるようにして、小児の身長に応じてベビーキャリアのサイズを調節可能としている。 Furthermore, in the baby carrier disclosed in Patent Document 4, the size and length of the seating portion are adjusted by providing an elongated tongue piece on the seating portion of the infant through the lower coupling device and changing the length of the tongue piece. The baby carrier size can be adjusted according to the height of the child.

実開平2−40246号公報Japanese Utility Model Publication No. 2-40246 実開平2−40247号公報Japanese Utility Model Publication No. 2-40247 特開平7−222623号公報JP-A-7-222623 特開2012−152547号公報JP 2012-152547 A

ところが、特許文献1及び特許文献2に記載のベビーキャリアは、背当部と股あて部の内側に差し渡すようにして取付けられる座高調節用の補助帯の少なくとも一端が、背当部、股あて部及び前あて部が連続形成された本体部に対してベルベット式ファスナーや、金具及びベルト等によって着脱自在に係止できるように構成されるものであることから、補助帯と本体部を接続する係止部に負荷がかかりやすく、耐久性の懸念があった。特に、特許文献1及び特許文献2に記載のベルベット式ファスナーや、金具及びベルトによる係止具では補助帯と本体部の接続部において高い接続強度を得ることが困難であり、場合によっては使用者の歩行等による振動によって補助帯が揺動し、補助帯に着座した乳幼児の姿勢が不安定になりやすかった。更に、補助帯を着脱自在とするための係止具が例え蓋片によって覆われていても、乳幼児に凹凸感等の違和感のある感触や不快感を与える恐れがあった。
なお、特許文献1及び特許文献2には、乳幼児の開脚姿勢については追求するものがなく、乳幼児の月齢、大きさ、成長に応じて負担をかけない開脚姿勢で保持することの技術思想の開示や示唆はない。
However, in the baby carriers described in Patent Document 1 and Patent Document 2, at least one end of the auxiliary seat for seat height adjustment attached so as to pass inside the back rest and the crotch rest is at the back rest, the crotch rest. The auxiliary belt and the main body are connected to each other because it is configured so that it can be detachably locked with a velvet fastener, a metal fitting, a belt, or the like with respect to the main body formed continuously with the front portion and the front portion. There was a concern about durability due to the load being easily applied to the locking portion. In particular, it is difficult to obtain a high connection strength at the connecting portion between the auxiliary belt and the main body portion with the velvet type fasteners described in Patent Literature 1 and Patent Literature 2 or the fasteners using metal fittings and belts. As a result of vibration caused by walking, the auxiliary belt rocks and the posture of the infant seated on the auxiliary belt tends to become unstable. Furthermore, even if the locking tool for making the auxiliary belt detachable is covered with the lid piece, there is a risk of giving the infant an uncomfortable feeling such as unevenness or discomfort.
In Patent Document 1 and Patent Document 2, there is no pursuit for an infant's open leg posture, and the technical idea of maintaining an open leg posture that does not impose a burden according to the age, size, and growth of the infant. There is no disclosure or suggestion.

また、特許文献3及び特許文献4に記載の技術は、背当部、股あて部、前あて部等を構成する本体部自身の長さを調節可能とするものであり、本体部の長さ調節により乳幼児の身体にあてがう部位の面積(サイズ)が変更されることになる。したがって、本体部の設計自由度が制約され、例えば、月齢の低い時期の乳幼児に対して負担をかけない開脚姿勢で保持できるよう横幅サイズを設定しようとすると、乳幼児が大きくなった際に、その大きくなった乳幼児の臀部を十分覆うのに必要な面積(サイズ)を確保できず、乳幼児の負担を増大させ、安定した保持状態を得ることができなくなる。 In addition, the techniques described in Patent Document 3 and Patent Document 4 enable adjustment of the length of the main body part itself that constitutes the backrest part, the crotch part, the front part, and the like. The area (size) of the part applied to the infant's body is changed by the adjustment. Therefore, the design freedom of the main body is restricted, for example, when trying to set the width size so that it can be held in an open leg posture that does not place a burden on infants at a low age, when the infant becomes large, The area (size) necessary to sufficiently cover the enlarged infant's buttocks cannot be secured, the burden on the infant is increased, and a stable holding state cannot be obtained.

そこで、乳幼児の保持の高さ位置を調節することができ、かつ、乳幼児の月齢、大きさ、成長に応じて負担のかからない開脚姿勢の保持を可能とし、首すわり前の月齢が低い時期の乳幼児でも負担の少ない安定した保持を可能とするベビーキャリアの提供を課題とするものである。 Therefore, it is possible to adjust the holding position of the infant and to maintain an open leg posture that does not impose a burden according to the infant's age, size, and growth, and the age before the neck is low. An object of the present invention is to provide a baby carrier that can be stably held with little burden even on infants.

請求項1の発明のベビーキャリアは、左右1対の肩ベルト部により使用者に装着され、乳幼児の身体にあてがわれ前記乳幼児を広い面積で支持する本体部と、一端が前記本体部の下端部に接続され前記本体部とは反対側で前記乳幼児の身体にあてがわれる補助保持部と、前記本体部及び前記補助保持部から一体に連続して前記本体部と前記補助保持部の間に渡されて前記乳幼児の臀部の沈み深さを位置決めする位置決め台座部とを有する。 The baby carrier of the invention of claim 1 is attached to the user by a pair of left and right shoulder belt portions, and is applied to the infant's body to support the infant in a wide area, and one end is the lower end of the body portion. An auxiliary holding portion that is connected to the body and is applied to the infant's body on the opposite side of the main body portion, and the main body portion and the auxiliary holding portion that are integrally and continuously between the main body portion and the auxiliary holding portion. And a positioning pedestal for positioning the sinking depth of the buttocks of the infant.

上記本体部は、対面抱っこや前向きおんぶのように乳幼児の身体の腹側が乳幼児を保持する親等の使用者に向くように乳幼児を保持する際に乳幼児の背側にあてがわれ乳幼児の主に胴体部や、適宜、頭部及び首部を受け、乳幼児の身体を広い面積で支持し保護するものである。   The main body is applied to the infant's back when holding the infant so that the abdomen of the infant's body faces a parent or other user holding the infant, such as a face-to-face hug or a forward-facing piggyback. And the head and neck as appropriate to support and protect the infant's body over a wide area.

上記補助保持部は、前記本体部よりも乳幼児を保持する使用者に近い側に配設されて前記本体部の下端部に接続し、その自由端が上方に延び、前記本体部があてがわれる面とは反対側で前記乳幼児の身体にあてがわれるものである。つまり、対面抱っこや前向きおんぶのように乳幼児の身体の腹側が乳幼児を保持する親等の使用者に向くように乳幼児を保持する際には乳幼児の身体の腹側(反背側)にあてがわれるものである。通常、本体部よりも狭い面積で乳幼児の身体の腹側(反背側)にあてがわれ、前記本体部の下端部に接続する一端が前記本体部の下端部の左右方向(水平方向)の横幅よりも狭い幅からなる。
これら本体部と補助保持部は、使用者側に近い方に補助保持部が配設され、使用者側から遠い方に本体部が配設されるものである。
The auxiliary holding portion is disposed closer to the user holding the infant than the main body portion and is connected to the lower end portion of the main body portion, and a free end thereof extends upward, and the main body portion is applied. It is applied to the infant's body on the opposite side of the face. In other words, when holding an infant so that the infant's body's ventral side faces a parent or other user holding the infant, such as a face-to-face hug or a forward-facing piggyback, it is applied to the infant's body's ventral side (reverse side). Is. Usually, it is applied to the infant's body's ventral side (anti-dorsal side) with a smaller area than the main body, and one end connected to the lower end of the main body is in the left-right direction (horizontal direction) of the lower end of the main body. The width is narrower than the width.
The main body part and the auxiliary holding part are arranged such that the auxiliary holding part is arranged closer to the user side and the main body part is arranged farther from the user side.

上記肩ベルト部は、乳幼児を抱っこしたりおんぶしたりするときに使用者の両肩に掛けられるものであり、使用者の肩及び背中にまわすだけの距離をもって、前記本体部及び/または前記補助保持部の左右両側に接続されているものである。   The shoulder belt portion is hung on the user's shoulders when holding or carrying an infant, and the main body portion and / or the auxiliary member is provided at a distance sufficient to turn the shoulder and back of the user. It is connected to the left and right sides of the holding part.

上記位置決め台座部は、前記本体部及び前記補助保持部の相互の対向側で前記本体部及び前記補助保持部から一体に連続して前記本体部及び前記補助保持部の間に渡され、長さ方向の折り畳みによって長さ調節を自在とし、その長さ調節によって前記乳幼児の臀部の沈み深さを位置決めするものである。
ここで、上記長さ調節は、上記位置決め台座部に一体に形成した係合手段、例えば、ファスナ、スナップ、ボタンとループ、フックとリング、接着布等の係合により折り畳み状態を固定して位置決め台座部の長さを短縮し、係合の解除により折り畳みが展開される形態で位置決め台座部の長さ調節を行っても良いし、別体のアジャスター等を取付けることにより折り畳み状態を固定して長さを短縮し、アジャスター等の取り外しにより折り畳みが展開される形態で長さの調節を行っても良い。
The positioning pedestal portion is integrally and continuously passed from the main body portion and the auxiliary holding portion between the main body portion and the auxiliary holding portion on the opposite sides of the main body portion and the auxiliary holding portion. The length can be freely adjusted by folding in the direction, and the sinking depth of the buttocks of the infant is positioned by adjusting the length.
Here, the length adjustment is performed by fixing the folded state by engaging engagement means formed integrally with the positioning pedestal, for example, fasteners, snaps, buttons and loops, hooks and rings, and adhesive cloths. The length of the pedestal part can be shortened and the length of the positioning pedestal part can be adjusted in a form in which the fold is unfolded by releasing the engagement, or the folded state can be fixed by attaching a separate adjuster The length may be shortened and the length may be adjusted in a form in which the fold is unfolded by removing an adjuster or the like.

好ましくは、上記位置決め台座部は、その長さ方向の折り畳みにより前記本体部と前記補助保持部との間の長さを短くしたときの前記乳幼児の臀部の沈み横幅が、前記補助保持部が接続されている前記本体部の下端部の横幅の5/10〜9/10の範囲内、より好ましくは、3/5〜4/5の範囲内の幅狭に形成される。 Preferably, the positioning base portion is connected to the auxiliary holding portion so that a sinking lateral width of the buttocks of the infant when the length between the main body portion and the auxiliary holding portion is shortened by folding in the length direction. The width of the lower end of the main body is 5/10 to 9/10, more preferably 3/5 to 4/5.

ここで、上記本体部と前記補助保持部との間の長さを短くしたときの前記乳幼児の臀部の沈み横幅とは、長さ方向の折り畳みにより本体部と前記補助保持部との間を渡す長さを短くした位置決め台座部において、乳幼児の臀部の沈みを受け止めて乳幼児の臀部を位置決めする部位、つまり、乳幼児の臀部が着地される最下位の部位の横幅を意味する。
そして、上記本体部と前記補助保持部との間の長さを短くしたときの前記乳幼児の臀部の沈み横幅が前記本体部の下端部の横幅の5/10〜9/10の範囲内、より好ましくは、3/5〜4/5の範囲内とは、首すわり前の低月齢の乳幼児を保持対象としても、乳幼児の体形、特に、柔らかい股関節に負荷をかけることのないように設定したものである。なお、上記本体部の下端部は、前記補助保持部の下端部との接続箇所である。
Here, the sinking lateral width of the buttocks of the infant when the length between the main body portion and the auxiliary holding portion is shortened passes between the main body portion and the auxiliary holding portion by folding in the length direction. In the positioning pedestal portion whose length is shortened, it means the width of the lowermost part where the infant's buttocks are landed, that is, the position where the infant's buttocks is positioned by receiving the sink of the infant's buttocks.
And, when the length between the main body part and the auxiliary holding part is shortened, the sinking lateral width of the buttocks of the infant is within the range of 5/10 to 9/10 of the lateral width of the lower end part of the main body part. Preferably, the range of 3/5 to 4/5 is set so as not to apply a load to the infant's body shape, particularly the soft hip joint, even if the target is a younger infant before the neck It is. In addition, the lower end part of the said main-body part is a connection location with the lower end part of the said auxiliary | assistant holding | maintenance part.

前記位置決め台座部において前記本体部と前記補助保持部との間の長さを短くすることにより、前記本体部と前記補助保持部の間の深さが、前記本体部と前記補助保持部の両者が接続されている閉じられた最下端から上位に底上されることになるが、このとき前記本体部と前記補助保持部との間の長さを短くした位置決め台座部に受け止められる乳幼児の臀部の沈み横幅が、成長した大きい乳幼児であってもその臀部表面を覆うことができる適度に広い寸法に設定される前記本体部の下端部と同等の広い幅寸法であると、保持対象が首すわり前の低月齢の乳幼児である場合に、乳幼児は股幅を大きく広げないと、乳幼児Bの脚を前記位置決め台座部より下位に下ろすことができない。即ち、乳幼児は大きな股幅の開きが要求されることになる。
そこで、前記本体部と前記補助保持部との間の長さを短くしたときの位置決め台座部に開脚した状態で受け止められて乳幼児の臀部が到達する位置決め部位の横幅を、本体部の下端部の横幅の5/10〜9/10の範囲内、より好ましくは、3/5〜4/5の範囲内の幅狭とすることで、首すわり前の低月齢の乳幼児であっても、開脚姿勢に無理がかからないようにしたものである。
By reducing the length between the main body portion and the auxiliary holding portion in the positioning pedestal portion, the depth between the main body portion and the auxiliary holding portion is reduced to both the main body portion and the auxiliary holding portion. The baby's buttocks are received by the positioning pedestal with a shorter length between the main body part and the auxiliary holding part at this time, from the closed bottom end to which is connected. If the width of the sinking is a width that is the same as the lower end of the main body that is set to a reasonably wide dimension that can cover the buttocks surface even for a large infant that has grown up, If the infant is a younger infant, the leg of the infant B cannot be lowered below the positioning base unless the crotch width is greatly increased. That is, infants are required to open a large crotch width.
Therefore, the lateral width of the positioning part that is received by the positioning pedestal portion when the length between the main body portion and the auxiliary holding portion is shortened and is reached by the infant's buttocks is determined by the lower end portion of the main body portion. The width is 5/10 to 9/10, more preferably 3/5 to 4/5. The leg posture is not overwhelmed.

ここで、前記位置決め台座部の上記本体部と前記補助保持部との間の長さを短くしたときの前記乳幼児の臀部の沈み横幅が、前記本体部の下端部の横幅の5/10未満では、乳幼児の股関節や鼠蹊部を圧迫してしまう恐れがあり、一方で、前記本体部の下端部の横幅の9/10を超えるものでは、首すわり前の低月齢の乳幼児にとって、過度な股幅の開きを要求する恐れがあり、体勢が未発達な低月齢の乳幼児にとって負担を強いるものとなる。
前記位置決め台座部の上記本体部と前記補助保持部との間の長さを短くしたときの前記乳幼児の臀部の沈み横幅が、前記本体部の下端部の横幅の5/10〜9/10の範囲内、より好ましくは、3/5〜4/5の範囲内の幅狭であれば、首すわり前の低月齢の乳幼児を保持対象とする際でも、前記位置決め台座部により乳幼児の臀部の沈み深さが上位に底上されることで前記位置決め台座部の下位から、補助保持部及び本体部の両者が接続されている閉じられた下端部までの間に、乳幼児が股幅を拡げ過ぎることなく脚を収めることができるようになり、かつ、股関節や鼠蹊部が圧迫されることもなく、乳幼児の開脚姿勢に負荷が少ないものとなる。
Here, when the length between the main body portion of the positioning pedestal portion and the auxiliary holding portion is shortened, the sinking lateral width of the buttocks of the infant is less than 5/10 of the lateral width of the lower end portion of the main body portion. , The hips and buttocks of the infant may be compressed. On the other hand, when the width of the lower end of the main body exceeds 9/10, the crotch width is excessive for younger infants before sitting on the neck. May be demanding, and will impose a burden on young infants who are underdeveloped.
When the length between the main body part of the positioning base part and the auxiliary holding part is shortened, the sinking lateral width of the buttocks of the infant is 5/10 to 9/10 of the lateral width of the lower end part of the main body part. Within the range, more preferably within the range of 3/5 to 4/5, even if the infant of low age before sitting in the neck is intended to be held, the positioning pedestal sunk the infant's buttocks Infants too widen the crotch width from the lower position of the positioning pedestal to the closed lower end where both the auxiliary holding part and the main body are connected by the depth being raised to the upper part. The leg can be accommodated without any problems, and the hip joint and the buttocks are not compressed, and the infant's leg posture is reduced.

また、好ましくは、前記補助保持部は、前記本体部の下端部との接続位置から15cmの高さ位置までの左右両側の横幅が、最大でも、前記本体部と前記補助保持部との間の長さを短くしたときの前記乳幼児の臀部の沈み横幅の1.4倍以下とされる。   Preferably, the auxiliary holding portion has a lateral width between the main body portion and the auxiliary holding portion at the maximum from the connection position with the lower end portion of the main body portion to a height position of 15 cm. It is set to 1.4 times or less of the sinking lateral width of the buttocks of the infant when the length is shortened.

上記補助保持部の前記本体部の下端部との接続位置から15cmの高さ位置(長さ位置)までとは、前記本体部と前記補助保持部との間の長さを短くしたときの位置決め台座部に臀部が受け止められた乳幼児の両脚の膝より下位が補助保持部の左右両側から出される部位である。通常、首すわり前の低月齢の乳幼児の体形を想定して位置決め台座部の前記本体部と前記補助保持部との間の長さを短くして乳幼児の臀部の沈み深さを上方(高位置)に設定する際には、乳幼児の体重による撓み等を考慮しても、補助保持部と接続している本体部の下端から最大でも5cm〜10cm程度であるから、乳幼児のM型の開脚姿勢では、本体部の下端部との接続位置から15cmの高さ位置までの範囲で、高い位置で保持されるM字型に開脚する低月齢の乳幼児の両脚の膝より下位が補助保持部の両側から出されることになる。 From the connecting position of the auxiliary holding part to the lower end part of the main body part to the height position (length position) of 15 cm is the positioning when the length between the main body part and the auxiliary holding part is shortened. The lower part from the knees of both legs of the infant whose buttock is received by the pedestal part is a part that is extended from the left and right sides of the auxiliary holding part. Usually, assuming the body shape of a young infant before sitting on the neck, the length between the main body part of the positioning pedestal part and the auxiliary holding part is shortened to increase the sinking depth of the infant's buttocks upward (high position) ) Is set to 5 cm to 10 cm at the maximum from the lower end of the main body part connected to the auxiliary holding part even if considering the deflection due to the weight of the infant, etc. In the posture, the lower part is lower than the knees of both legs of an infant with a low age that opens in an M shape that is held at a high position in the range from the connection position with the lower end of the main body part to a height position of 15 cm. Will be served from both sides.

ここで、乳幼児の臀部を高い位置で保持したときに乳幼児の両脚の膝より下位が出る部位となる前記補助保持部の左右両側の横幅が、前記本体部と前記補助保持部との間の長さを短くしたときの前記乳幼児の臀部の沈み横幅の1.4倍を超えたものでは、本体部の下端部の横幅を所定の幅狭として乳幼児の臀部を受け止める位置決め部位に乳幼児の臀部が位置決めされたときに、補助保持部の広い寸法によって、乳幼児の脚の動きが拘束されやすく脚の動きに自由度がなくなる。また、窮屈感、不自由さから乳幼児が補助保持部の両側から足を出そうとして股幅を過度に拡げてしまうことがある。特に、乳幼児の脚の動きが拘束されると、体勢が未発達な低月齢の乳幼児にとっての負担が大きく、乳幼児の運動機能を阻害させる恐れもある。   Here, when the buttocks of the infant are held at a high position, the lateral widths of the left and right sides of the auxiliary holding part that are lower than the knees of both legs of the infant are the length between the main body part and the auxiliary holding part. When the width of the lower part of the infant's buttocks exceeds 1.4 times the width when the length is shortened, the infant's buttocks are positioned at a positioning portion for receiving the infant's buttocks with the width of the lower end of the main body being a predetermined narrow width. When this is done, the movement of the leg of the infant is liable to be restrained due to the wide dimensions of the auxiliary holding part, and the freedom of movement of the leg is lost. Further, because of the cramped feeling and inconvenience, the infant may excessively widen the crotch width trying to get out the legs from both sides of the auxiliary holding part. In particular, when the movement of the leg of the infant is restricted, the burden on the infant with a young age who is not yet well-developed is large, and the motor function of the infant may be hindered.

そこで、前記補助保持部において、前記本体部の下端部との接続位置から15cmの高さ位置までの左右両側の横幅を、最大でも、前記本体部と前記補助保持部との間の長さを短くしたときの前記乳幼児の臀部の沈み横幅の1.4倍以下とすることで、首すわり前の低月齢の乳幼児を保持対象としたときでも、乳幼児の脚の動きを制限することなく、乳幼児の股幅の拡げ過ぎを防止できる。よって、乳幼児の運動機能を阻害させる恐れがなく、乳幼児の体形にかかる負荷を少なくできる。
上記15cmの高さ位置までとは、少なくとも15cmの高さまでは、所定の横幅に設定される必要があるが、所定の横幅寸法とするその範囲は、15cm以上であってもよい。
Therefore, in the auxiliary holding portion, the lateral width on both the left and right sides from the connection position with the lower end portion of the main body portion to the height position of 15 cm is set to the maximum length between the main body portion and the auxiliary holding portion. By setting it to 1.4 times or less the sinking width of the buttocks of the infant when shortened, the infant's leg movement is not limited even when targeting a younger infant before sitting down the neck. It is possible to prevent the crotch width from becoming too wide. Therefore, there is no fear of inhibiting the infant's motor function, and the load on the infant's body shape can be reduced.
To the height position of 15 cm, it is necessary to set a predetermined lateral width at a height of at least 15 cm, but the range of the predetermined lateral width dimension may be 15 cm or more.

請求項1の発明のベビーキャリアは、前記位置決め台座部を長さ方向に折り畳んで前記本体部と前記補助保持部の間の長さを短くしたとき、その折り畳んだ部分が前記乳幼児の臀部の沈みを受けとめる位置決め部位となるものである。好ましくは、折り畳んだ部分を選択的に位置決め部位として、前記乳幼児の臀部の沈みを受けとめる位置決め部位の厚みを選択可能とする構造である。 In the baby carrier according to the first aspect of the present invention, when the positioning base portion is folded in the length direction to shorten the length between the main body portion and the auxiliary holding portion, the folded portion is the sinking of the buttocks of the infant. It becomes the positioning part which receives. Preferably, the folded portion is selectively set as a positioning portion, and the thickness of the positioning portion that receives the sinking of the buttocks of the infant can be selected.

請求項1の発明のベビーキャリアは、更に、前記本体部と前記補助保持部の下端部に接続し、前記使用者の腰回りに装着する腰ベルト部を有するものである。
上記腰ベルト部は、乳幼児を抱っこしたりおんぶしたりするときに使用者の腰回りに取付けられ、前記乳幼児を支持する本体部の位置決めを行い、前記乳幼児の体重を支えるもので、通常、前記本体部及び前記補助保持部に対して略逆T字状を描くように配置され、その水平方向の長さ方向の端部に配設されるバックル等の連結具によって使用者の腰回りに取付け、取外し自在とされる。腰ベルト部の本体部及び補助保持部への接続は、縫製であってもよいし、係合手段等による取付け、取り外し自在な構成であっても良い。
なお、上記の上下左右の方向は、乳幼児を抱っこしたりおんぶしたりする縦抱き状態における方向性を示す。
The baby carrier according to the first aspect of the present invention further includes a waist belt portion that is connected to the lower end portion of the main body portion and the auxiliary holding portion and is worn around the waist of the user.
The waist belt part is attached to a user's waist when holding or carrying a baby, positioning the main body part that supports the baby, and supporting the weight of the baby. It is arranged so as to draw a substantially inverted T shape with respect to the main body part and the auxiliary holding part, and is attached around the waist of the user by a connecting tool such as a buckle disposed at the end in the horizontal length direction. , Removable. The connection of the waist belt part to the main body part and the auxiliary holding part may be sewing, or may be a structure that can be attached and detached by an engaging means or the like.
The up, down, left, and right directions described above indicate the directionality in a vertical holding state in which an infant is held or carried.

請求項2の発明のベビーキャリアは、前記本体部の前記乳幼児の身体の臀部にあてがわれる部位において、その左右両側部が前記乳幼児側(内方)に向かって折り曲げ自在な形状により、乳幼児が収容される空間に奥行きを持たせたものである。 In the baby carrier according to the second aspect of the present invention, in the portion of the main body portion which is applied to the buttocks of the infant's body, the right and left side portions can be bent toward the infant side (inward), thereby allowing the infant to The space to be accommodated has a depth.

請求項1の発明に係るベビーキャリアによれば、乳幼児の身体にあてがわれる本体部と前記本体部とは反対側で前記乳幼児の身体にあてがわれる補助保持部との間に、前記本体部及び前記補助保持部から一体に連続して形成された位置決め台座部が渡されて配設され、この位置決め台座部は、その長さ方向に折り畳む長さ調節によって、前記本体部の前記補助保持部の間の深さの調節を自在とし、前記乳幼児の臀部の沈み深さを位置決めする。したがって、本体部及び補助保持部の間に配設された位置決め台座部に、本体部及び補助保持部の間に収容された乳幼児の臀部が受け止められることになるが、位置決め台座部の折り畳みにより本体部及び補助保持部の間を渡す長さを短くすると、本体部及び補助保持部の間に収容される乳幼児の沈み深さが高くなり、位置決め台座部の折り畳みを展開して本体部及び補助保持部の間を渡す長さを長くすると、本体部及び補助保持部の間に収容される乳幼児の沈み深さが低くなり、位置決め台座部による本体部及び補助保持部の間を渡す長さの調節により保持する乳幼児の高さ位置を調節できる。   According to the baby carrier of the first aspect of the present invention, the main body portion is disposed between the main body portion applied to the infant body and the auxiliary holding portion applied to the infant body on the opposite side of the main body portion. And a positioning pedestal portion formed integrally and continuously from the auxiliary holding portion is disposed and arranged, and the positioning pedestal portion is adjusted in a length direction so that the auxiliary holding portion of the main body portion is adjusted. It is possible to freely adjust the depth between the two, and the sinking depth of the buttocks of the infant is positioned. Therefore, the positioning base part disposed between the main body part and the auxiliary holding part receives the buttocks of the infant accommodated between the main body part and the auxiliary holding part, but the main body is folded by folding the positioning base part. If the length that passes between the main part and the auxiliary holding part is shortened, the sinking depth of the infant accommodated between the main part and the auxiliary holding part increases, and the folding of the positioning pedestal part is unfolded to expand the main part and the auxiliary holding part. If the length passing between the parts is increased, the sinking depth of the infant accommodated between the main body part and the auxiliary holding part is lowered, and the adjustment of the length passing between the main body part and the auxiliary holding part by the positioning pedestal part is performed. The height position of the infant to be held can be adjusted.

よって、身体が小さい低月齢の乳幼児でも、長さ方向の折り畳みにより位置決め台座部の本体部及び補助保持部の間を渡す長さを短くして、本体部の下端部と補助保持部の下端部の接続位置よりも高い位置で乳幼児を保持することができることから、乳幼児が本体部と補助保持部の間で沈み込んだり埋もれたりしてしまうことなく、乳幼児の頭部の位置がそれを保護する本体部の適切な位置に配置されて、乳幼児の負担を小さくでき、快適な保持を可能とする。また、乳幼児が成長して身体が大きくなった際には、折り畳みを展開し、位置決め台座部の本体部及び補助保持部の間を渡す長さを長くして、本体部の下端部と補助保持部の下端部の接続側の低い位置で乳幼児を保持し、乳幼児の身体を本体部の適切な位置で保護して快適な保持を可能とする。そして、使用者にとっても、快適な保持位置に乳幼児の高さ位置を調節できることになる。
このように保持する乳幼児の月齢、大きさ、成長に応じて、乳幼児の保持の高さ位置を調節し、乳幼児及び使用者にとって負担の少ない保持を可能とする。
Therefore, even for young infants with small bodies, the length passing between the main body part of the positioning base part and the auxiliary holding part is shortened by folding in the length direction, so that the lower end part of the main body part and the lower end part of the auxiliary holding part Since the infant can be held at a position higher than the connection position, the infant's head position protects the infant without sinking or being buried between the main body and the auxiliary holder. Arranged at an appropriate position of the main body, the burden on the infant can be reduced and comfortable holding is possible. Also, when the infant grows up and the body grows large, the folding is unfolded, the length passing between the main body part of the positioning base part and the auxiliary holding part is lengthened, and the lower end part of the main body part and the auxiliary holding part are held. The infant is held at a low position on the connection side of the lower end of the part, and the infant's body is protected at an appropriate position on the main body part to enable comfortable holding. And the height position of the infant can be adjusted to a comfortable holding position for the user.
According to the age, size, and growth of the infant to be held in this way, the holding height position of the infant is adjusted to enable holding with less burden on the infant and the user.

また、前記位置決め台座部により乳幼児の臀部の沈み深さが上位に底上されることで、乳幼児の股幅の開きが前記本体部の下端部の横幅寸法に左右されることなく、前記位置決め台座部の下位から、補助保持部及び本体部の両者が接続されている閉じられた下端部までの空間に、乳幼児が脚を収めることができるようになるから、低月齢の乳幼児にとってその股関節の開き過ぎの防止が可能となる。   In addition, since the positioning pedestal portion raises the sinking depth of the buttocks of the infant to the upper level, the opening width of the crotch width of the infant is not affected by the width of the lower end portion of the main body portion, and the positioning pedestal Since the infant can fit the leg into the space from the lower part of the part to the closed lower end where both the auxiliary holding part and the main body part are connected, the hip joint is opened for younger infants. It is possible to prevent overshoot.

そして、このように乳幼児の臀部の深さを位置決めする位置決め台座部は、本体部及び補助保持部から一体に連続して形成されたものであるから、位置ずれが生じることもなく接続強度が安定しており、乳幼児の重みによって本体部及び補助保持部から位置決め台座部が外れることもなくて信頼性が高い。また、本体部と補助保持部との間の長さを短くしたときの位置決め台座部に乳幼児の臀部が受け止められたときでも揺動が少なくて乳幼児の臀部の重心位置も安定しやすく、体勢が安定しない首すわり前の月齢が低い時期の乳幼児にとっての負担を少なくできる。   And since the positioning pedestal for positioning the depth of the buttocks of the infant is formed integrally and continuously from the main body and the auxiliary holding part, the connection strength is stable without any positional deviation. In addition, the positioning pedestal portion is not detached from the main body portion and the auxiliary holding portion due to the weight of the infant, and the reliability is high. In addition, even when the infant's buttocks are received by the positioning pedestal when the length between the main body part and the auxiliary holding part is shortened, the swinging is small and the center of gravity of the infant's buttocks is easy to stabilize, and the posture is stable. It can reduce the burden on infants who are not stable and have a low age before sitting.

このようにして、乳幼児の保持の高さ位置を調節することができ、かつ、乳幼児の月齢、大きさ、成長に応じて負担をかけない開脚姿勢の保持を可能とし、月齢が低い時期の乳幼児でも負担の少ない安定した保持を可能とする。   In this way, it is possible to adjust the holding position of the infant and to maintain an open leg posture that does not impose a burden according to the age, size, and growth of the infant. Infants and children can be held stably with little burden.

特に、前記位置決め台座部は、前記本体部と前記補助保持部との間の長さを短くしたときの前記乳幼児の臀部の沈み横幅が、前記本体部の下端部の横幅の5/10〜9/10の範囲内、より好ましくは、3/5〜4/5の範囲内の幅狭に形成することにより、首すわり前の低月齢の乳幼児を保持対象としても、乳幼児の股幅が必要以上に広げられて股関節が開き過ぎたりすることなくM字開脚とする自然な開脚姿勢で負担の少ない保持を可能とする。そして、本体部と補助保持部との間の長さを短くしたときの乳幼児の臀部の沈み横幅よりも本体部の下端部が所定の幅広であるから、位置決め台座部の折り畳みを展開して本体部及び補助保持部の間を渡す長さを長くした位置決め台座部に乳幼児の臀部が受け止められたときでも、本体部の下部の適度な広い寸法によって乳幼児の臀部が広く覆われて開脚姿勢に負担をかけることなく、安定した保持が可能である。
また、前記補助保持部は、前記本体部の下端部との接続位置から15cmの高さ位置までの左右両側の横幅が、最大でも、前記本体部と前記補助保持部との間の長さを短くしたときの前記乳幼児の臀部の沈み横幅の1.4倍以下であることで、脚の動きが拘束されたりすることなく、より負担の少ない開脚姿勢での保持を可能とする。
In particular, in the positioning pedestal portion, when the length between the main body portion and the auxiliary holding portion is shortened, the sinking lateral width of the buttocks of the infant is 5 / 10-9 of the lateral width of the lower end portion of the main body portion. / 10, more preferably, by forming a narrow width within the range of 3/5 to 4/5, the infant's crotch width is more than necessary even for younger infants before sitting in the neck. It is possible to hold the leg with a natural leg posture with an M-shaped leg without opening the hip joint excessively. And since the lower end portion of the main body portion is wider than the sinking horizontal width of the buttocks of the infant when the length between the main body portion and the auxiliary holding portion is shortened, the positioning base portion is folded and the main body is expanded. Even when the infant's buttocks are received by the positioning pedestal that extends between the head and the auxiliary holding part, the infant's buttocks are widely covered by the appropriate wide dimensions at the bottom of the main body so that the legs are in an open leg position. Stable holding is possible without imposing a burden.
In addition, the auxiliary holding part has a width between the main body part and the auxiliary holding part at the maximum from the connection position with the lower end part of the main body part to the height position of 15 cm. When the length is shorter than 1.4 times the sinking lateral width of the buttocks of the infant, it is possible to hold the leg in an open leg posture with less burden without restraining the movement of the leg.

請求項1の発明に係るベビーキャリアによれば、前記位置決め台座部を長さ方向に折り畳んだとき、その折り畳んだ部分を前記乳幼児の臀部の沈みを受け止める位置決め部位とすることから、その折り畳んだ部分の嵩増しによって、安定感が増す。また、折り畳みの重ねの選択によっても乳幼児の臀部の沈み深さを調節でき、乳幼児の保持高さの位置の選択幅が広がる。 According to a baby carrier according to the invention of claim 1, when folded the positioning pedestal lengthwise, since the positioning part for receiving the the folded portions buttocks of sinking of the infant, folded with its A sense of stability is increased by increasing the bulk of the portion. Moreover, the selection depth of the folding position of the infant can be adjusted by selecting the folding, and the selection range of the position of the holding height of the infant can be widened.

請求項1の発明に係るベビーキャリアによれば、更に、前記本体部と前記補助保持部の下端部に接続し、前記使用者の腰回りに装着する腰ベルト部を具備することから、乳幼児が成長して体重が重くなっても乳幼児の体重が肩、背中及び腰に分散されることで、肩が凝り易い使用者でも肩への負荷を少なくできる。 According to a baby carrier according to the invention of claim 1, further, since having a waist belt part of the said body portion is connected to the lower end portion of the auxiliary holding portion is mounted around the waist of the user, infants Even if the baby grows and becomes heavy, the weight of the infant is distributed over the shoulder, back and waist, so that even a user who is stiff can reduce the load on the shoulder.

請求項2の発明に係るベビーキャリアによれば、前記本体部において前記乳幼児の身体の臀部にあてがわれる部位の左右両側が乳幼児側に向かって折り曲げ自在な形状により、乳幼児が収容される空間が奥行きのある立体的な空間を形成できるから、特に、月齢が低い時期の乳幼児がM字に開脚した動きが拘束され難いものとなる。よって、請求項1記載の効果に加えて、月齢が低い時期の乳幼児にとってより負担が少ない保持を可能とする。 According to the baby carrier of the second aspect of the present invention, there is a space in which the infant is accommodated by a shape in which the left and right sides of the portion of the main body portion applied to the buttocks of the infant can be bent toward the infant side. Since a three-dimensional space with a depth can be formed, it is difficult to restrain the movement of an infant at a low age especially in an M shape. Therefore, in addition to the effect of the first aspect, it is possible to hold the infant with less burden on the infant at a low age.

図1は本発明の実施の形態に係るベビーキャリアの全体を示す展開図であり、ベビーキャリアにおいて乳幼児が収容される側とは反対側である本体部及び補助保持部の外面側の展開を示す全体説明図である。FIG. 1 is a development view showing the entirety of a baby carrier according to an embodiment of the present invention, and shows development on the outer surface side of a main body portion and an auxiliary holding portion on the opposite side to the side in which the baby is accommodated in the baby carrier. FIG. 図2は本発明の実施の形態に係るベビーキャリアの全体を示す展開図であり、ベビーキャリアにおいて乳幼児が収容される側である本体部及び補助保持部の内面側の展開を示す全体説明図である。FIG. 2 is a developed view showing the entire baby carrier according to the embodiment of the present invention, and is an overall explanatory view showing the development on the inner surface side of the main body part and the auxiliary holding part on the side where the baby is accommodated in the baby carrier. is there. 図3は本発明の実施の形態に係るベビーキャリアの全体を示す斜視図であり、ベビーキャリアにおいて乳幼児が収容される空間を示す全体説明図である。FIG. 3 is a perspective view showing the entirety of the baby carrier according to the embodiment of the present invention, and is an overall explanatory view showing a space in which the baby is accommodated in the baby carrier. 図4は本発明の実施の形態に係るベビーキャリアの位置決め台座部の構成を示す説明図である。FIG. 4 is an explanatory diagram showing the configuration of the positioning base portion of the baby carrier according to the embodiment of the present invention. 図5は本発明の実施の形態に係るベビーキャリアの位置決め台座部を説明する説明図であり、(a)は位置決め台座部の本来の長さの展開された状態を示す斜視図であり、(b)は位置決め台座部が折り畳まれて本体部と補助保持部の間の架設長さが短くされた状態を示す斜視図である。FIG. 5 is an explanatory view for explaining the positioning pedestal part of the baby carrier according to the embodiment of the present invention, and (a) is a perspective view showing a developed state of the original length of the positioning pedestal part. b) is a perspective view illustrating a state in which the positioning base portion is folded and the installation length between the main body portion and the auxiliary holding portion is shortened. 図6は本発明の実施の形態に係るベビーキャリアの使用状態を乳幼児との関係で説明する説明図であり、位置決め台座部が折り畳まれて乳幼児の臀部が高い位置で位置決め台座部に着地したときの使用者側からみた正面側の要部拡大図である。FIG. 6 is an explanatory view for explaining the use state of the baby carrier according to the embodiment of the present invention in relation to the infant, when the positioning base is folded and the infant's buttocks are positioned at a high position on the positioning base It is a principal part enlarged view of the front side seen from the user side. 図7は本発明の実施の形態に係るベビーキャリアの使用状態を乳幼児との関係で説明する説明図であり、位置決め台座部が折り畳まれて乳幼児の臀部が高い位置で位置決め台座部に着地したときの使用者側とは反対側からみた背面側の要部拡大図である。FIG. 7 is an explanatory view for explaining the use state of the baby carrier according to the embodiment of the present invention in relation to the infant, when the positioning base is folded and the infant's buttocks are positioned at a high position on the positioning base It is a principal part enlarged view of the back side seen from the opposite side to the user side. 図8は本発明の実施の形態に係るベビーキャリアの使用状態を乳幼児との関係で説明する説明図であり、位置決め台座部が展開されて乳幼児の臀部が低い位置で位置決め台座部に着地したときの使用者側からみた正面側の要部拡大図である。FIG. 8 is an explanatory view for explaining the use state of the baby carrier according to the embodiment of the present invention in relation to the infant, and when the positioning pedestal portion is deployed and the infant's buttocks land at a low position on the positioning pedestal portion It is a principal part enlarged view of the front side seen from the user side. 図9は本発明の実施の形態に係るベビーキャリアの使用状態を乳幼児との関係で説明する説明図であり、位置決め台座部が展開されて乳幼児の臀部が低い位置で位置決め台座部に着地したときの使用者側とは反対側からみた背面側の要部拡大図である。FIG. 9 is an explanatory view for explaining the use state of the baby carrier according to the embodiment of the present invention in relation to the infant, and when the positioning base is deployed and the infant's buttocks are lowered to land on the positioning base It is a principal part enlarged view of the back side seen from the opposite side to the user side. 図10は本発明の実施の形態に係るベビーキャリアの使用状態として乳幼児を使用者が相向き合う対面抱っこで保持する状態の説明図であり、位置決め台座部が折り畳まれて乳幼児の臀部が高い位置で位置決め台座部に着地した斜視図である。FIG. 10 is an explanatory diagram of a state in which the baby is held in a face-to-face hug facing the user as a usage state of the baby carrier according to the embodiment of the present invention, in which the positioning pedestal is folded and the infant's buttocks are high It is the perspective view which landed on the positioning base part. 図11は本発明の実施の形態に係るベビーキャリアの使用状態として乳幼児を使用者と相向き合う対面抱っこで保持する状態の説明図であり、位置決め台座部が展開されて乳幼児の臀部が低い位置で位置決め台座部に着地した斜視図である。FIG. 11 is an explanatory view of a state where the baby carrier according to the embodiment of the present invention is held in a face-to-face holding that faces the user, in a position where the positioning pedestal portion is deployed and the baby's buttocks are low It is the perspective view which landed on the positioning base part. 図12は本発明の実施の形態に係るベビーキャリアの使用状態として乳幼児を使用者側を見るように前向きおんぶで保持する状態の説明図であり、位置決め台座部が折り畳まれて乳幼児の臀部が高い位置で位置決め台座部に着地した斜視図である。FIG. 12 is an explanatory view of a state where the baby carrier according to the embodiment of the present invention is held in a forward-facing piggyback so as to look at the user side, and the positioning pedestal portion is folded and the baby's buttocks are high It is the perspective view which landed on the positioning base part in the position. 図13は本発明の実施の形態に係るベビーキャリアの使用状態として乳幼児を使用者側を見るように前向きおんぶで保持する状態の説明図であり、位置決め台座部が展開されて乳幼児の臀部が低い位置で位置決め台座部に着地した斜視図である。FIG. 13 is an explanatory view of a state in which the baby is held by a forward-facing piggyback so as to look at the user side as a usage state of the baby carrier according to the embodiment of the present invention. It is the perspective view which landed on the positioning base part in the position.

以下、本発明の実施の形態について、図面を参照しながら説明する。
なお、実施の形態において、同一の記号及び同一の符号はそれら実施の形態に共通する機能部分であるから、ここでは重複する詳細な説明を省略する。
Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.
Note that, in the embodiments, the same symbols and the same reference numerals are functional portions common to those embodiments, and thus detailed description thereof is omitted here.

本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1は、乳幼児Bを保持する使用者M側とは反対側で乳幼児Bの身体にあてがわれる本体部10と、本体部10の下部に接続し本体部10側とは反対側で乳幼児Bの身体にあてがわれる補助保持部20と、長さ方向の一端が本体部10の乳幼児B側(内面側)に接続され、他端が補助保持部20の乳幼児B側(内面側)に接続され、本体部10と補助保持部20の間に渡されて配設された位置決め台座部30と、補助保持部20の上下方向に渡され使用者Mの肩に掛けられる左右1対の肩ベルト部40と、本体部10と補助保持部20の下部に接続されて本体部10と補助保持部20の長さ方向に対して直角方向に配設し、使用者Mの腰回りに装着される腰ベルト部50とを有する。   The baby carrier 1 according to the present embodiment includes a main body 10 that is applied to the body of the infant B on the side opposite to the user M holding the infant B, a lower body of the main body 10, and the main body 10 side. The auxiliary holding part 20 applied to the body of the infant B on the opposite side, one end in the length direction is connected to the infant B side (inner surface side) of the main body part 10, and the other end is the infant B side of the auxiliary holding part 20 The positioning pedestal 30 connected to (inner side) and passed between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 and the auxiliary holding part 20 is passed in the vertical direction and hung on the shoulder of the user M. A pair of left and right shoulder belt portions 40, connected to the lower portions of the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20, are arranged in a direction perpendicular to the length direction of the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20, and And a waist belt portion 50 attached around the waist.

乳幼児Bを保持する使用者M側とは反対側で乳幼児Bの身体にあてがわれる本体部10は、乳幼児Bを対面抱っこや前向きおんぶのように乳幼児Bの身体の腹側が乳幼児Bを保持する親等の使用者Mに向くように乳幼児Bを保持する際に乳幼児Bの身体の背側にあてがわれるものである。
本実施の形態の本体部10は、乳幼児Bを対面抱っこや前向きおんぶで保持する際に乳幼児Bの主に頭部にあてがわれて主に頭部を受ける略半楕円形状の頭当部11と、乳幼児Bの頭部側から背中、腰にかけてあてがわれて主に背中部分を受ける背当部12と、乳幼児Bの背中側から臀部にかけてあてがわれて主に臀部を受ける臀当部13が一体に形成されている。この本体部10は、表生地及び裏生地からなる外装生地の間にクッション材(弾性材)や可撓性を有し若干の弾性を持つ公知の芯材等を配設して、所定の柔軟性、可撓性、弾性、緩衝性等を有する。
The main body 10 applied to the body of the infant B on the opposite side of the user M holding the infant B holds the infant B on the ventral side of the body of the infant B like a face-to-face holding or a forward facing piggyback. It is applied to the back side of the body of the infant B when the infant B is held so as to face the user M such as a parent.
The main body portion 10 of the present embodiment is a substantially semi-elliptical head support portion 11 that is mainly applied to the head of the baby B and receives the head mainly when the baby B is held with a face-to-face hug or a forward-facing piggyback. And a back support part 12 which is applied from the head side of the infant B to the back and waist and mainly receives the back part, and a support part 13 which is applied from the back side of the infant B to the buttocks and mainly receives the buttocks part. Are integrally formed. The main body 10 is provided with a predetermined softness by disposing a cushion material (elastic material) or a known core material having flexibility and some elasticity between exterior fabrics made of a front fabric and a back fabric. Property, flexibility, elasticity, buffering property and the like.

本体部10の外装生地については、例えば、少なくとも乳幼児Bの身体にあてがわれる面の一部または全部に通気性を有する生地を使用することで、乳幼児Bの身体の一面側の通気性を良くし、蒸れ等を防止することができる。
通気性を有する生地としては、例えば、所定の開口の網目・網模様構造を有するメッシュ(ネット)生地や、多少織目を粗くした粗密度の生地や、表裏のメッシュ生地間に通気性のある特定の厚みの空気層を形成する連結糸を織り込んでなる特定の厚みを有する立体編物(ダブルラッシェル)等が使用される。このような通気性を有する生地の使用により、通気性を確保し、湿気や熱を放散することができる。更に、生地を網目構造としたり生地に通気孔を複数設けたりすることで柔軟性やストレッチ性も増し、乳幼児Bや使用者Mの体形や動きへのフィット性、馴染みが良くなる。外装生地に吸水性の高い綿素材等の素材を使用することでも吸湿性が向上する。
As for the exterior fabric of the main body 10, for example, by using a fabric having air permeability for at least a part or all of the surface applied to the body of the infant B, the air permeability of one surface side of the infant B body is improved. In addition, stuffiness can be prevented.
Examples of the fabric having air permeability include, for example, a mesh (net) fabric having a mesh / net pattern structure with a predetermined opening, a coarse fabric with a slightly rough texture, and a mesh fabric between the front and back surfaces. A three-dimensional knitted fabric (double raschel) having a specific thickness obtained by weaving connecting yarns forming an air layer having a specific thickness is used. By using such a fabric having air permeability, air permeability can be secured and moisture and heat can be dissipated. Furthermore, by providing the fabric with a mesh structure or providing a plurality of ventilation holes in the fabric, flexibility and stretchability are increased, and the fit and familiarity with the body shape and movement of the infant B and the user M are improved. Hygroscopicity can also be improved by using a material such as a cotton material with high water absorption for the exterior fabric.

特に、立体編物(ダブルラッシェル)によれば、表裏のメッシュ生地間に織り込まれた連結糸によって形成される空気層により乳幼児Bや使用者Mの汗等の湿気に対しても、その湿気を収容できる容積を有しており、更に、使用者Mの動き及び乳幼児Bの動きが空気層の体積変化となって、空気層の空気が排出及び供給されるから、使用者Mや乳幼児Bの身体から発汗した汗を速やかに吸収でき、効果的に湿気や熱を逃すことができる。勿論、表裏のメッシュ生地及び空気層により通気性、通水性にも優れるから、水分の乾きも速い。更に、連結糸によって形成される空気層により多少の弾力性、クッション性等を有し、乳幼児Bが動いても、空気層の追随変化によって違和感が生じず、乳幼児Bの体形への馴染みもよい。加えて、表裏のメッシュ生地間に織り込まれた連結糸によって空気層内で対流を生じさせないので、断熱効果が高く、かつ、容積が大きいことから、長時間断熱作用を維持できる。   In particular, according to the three-dimensional knitted fabric (double raschel), the air layer formed by the connecting yarn woven between the front and back mesh fabrics also accommodates moisture such as sweat of infants B and users M. In addition, since the movement of the user M and the movement of the infant B become the volume change of the air layer, the air in the air layer is discharged and supplied. It can quickly absorb the sweat perspired from and can effectively release moisture and heat. Of course, because the mesh fabric and air layer on the front and back sides are excellent in air permeability and water permeability, moisture can be dried quickly. Furthermore, the air layer formed by the connecting yarns has some elasticity, cushioning properties, etc., and even if the infant B moves, the following change in the air layer does not cause a sense of incongruity, and the infant B's body shape is also good. . In addition, since the convection is not generated in the air layer by the connecting yarn woven between the mesh fabrics on the front and back sides, the heat insulating effect is high and the volume is large, so that the heat insulating action can be maintained for a long time.

この立体編物(ダブルラッシェル)はダブルラッシェル機やトリコット機等の織布製造機によって製造され、その商品は、旭化成株式会社から「フュージョン(商標名)」、また、帝人興産から「エアクィーン(商標名)」等として販売されているので、ここでは仔細な説明を省略する。   This three-dimensional knitted fabric (double raschel) is manufactured by a woven fabric manufacturing machine such as a double raschel machine or tricot machine. The product is "Fusion (trade name)" by Asahi Kasei Co., Ltd. and "Air Queen (trademark)" by Teijin Kosan Co., Ltd. Name) ”etc., and detailed explanation is omitted here.

なお、このような通気性を有する生地は、少なくとも乳幼児Bの身体に対応する位置に使用されることで蒸れ等を軽減できるが、本体部10の両面、即ち、乳幼児Bの身体にあてがわれる面及びそれとは反対側の表裏両面で、通気性を有する生地を使用することで、厚さ方向の通気性が増し、より効果的に湿気や熱を逃すことができる。また、通気性を有する生地を通気性のない生地で被覆自在とした2層構造によって、通気量を調節可能な構造としてもよい。
勿論、本発明を実施する場合は、通気性のない生地を外装生地の全体に使用してもよい。
It is to be noted that such a breathable fabric can reduce dampness and the like by being used at least in a position corresponding to the body of the infant B, but is applied to both surfaces of the main body 10, that is, the body of the infant B. By using a fabric having air permeability on both the front surface and the opposite surface, air permeability in the thickness direction is increased, and moisture and heat can be released more effectively. Moreover, it is good also as a structure which can adjust ventilation | gas_flowing quantity by the 2 layer structure which made the cloth | batter which has air permeability freely coatable with the cloth | airs without air permeability.
Of course, when carrying out the present invention, a non-breathable fabric may be used for the entire exterior fabric.

本体部10の表生地及び裏生地からなる外装生地の間に入れるクッション材としては、例えば、市販のウレタンや、東洋紡株式会社から商品名「ブレスエアー(登録商標)」、株式会社シーエンジから「C−CORE」、株式会社エアウィーヴから商品名「エアウィーヴ(登録商標)」等として販売されている立体網状構造体等が使用される。
特に、樹脂からなる連続線条体が不規則に蛇行して絡み合っており、かつ、蛇行した状態で随所に接着してなり、連続線条体間の空間が連続して所定の厚みを有する立体網状構造体によれば、ウレタンよりも軽量で通気性が高く、蒸れ等を軽減でき衛生的でもある。また、このように連続線条体が3次元状に絡み合い、連続した空隙を有する立体網状構造体100によれば、受圧面積が広くなり、乳幼児Bにかかる圧力が分散されやすいため、乳幼児Bの身体にかかる負担を軽減できる。
更に、芯材としても、硬質なウレタンや立体網状構造体が使用できる。
As a cushioning material put between the outer fabric made of the front fabric and the back fabric of the main body 10, for example, commercially available urethane, the trade name “Breath Air (registered trademark)” from Toyobo Co., Ltd., and “C” from Sea Engineering Co., Ltd. -CORE ", a three-dimensional network structure and the like sold under the trade name" Airweave (registered trademark) "by Airweve, Inc. are used.
In particular, a continuous linear body made of resin is irregularly meandering and intertwined, and is adhered to everywhere in a meandering state, and a space between the continuous linear bodies is continuously formed with a predetermined thickness. According to the net-like structure, it is lighter and more breathable than urethane, and can be less sanitary and hygienic. Further, according to the three-dimensional network structure 100 in which the continuous filaments are entangled three-dimensionally and have continuous voids in this way, the pressure receiving area is widened and the pressure applied to the infant B is easily dispersed. The burden on the body can be reduced.
Furthermore, hard urethane or a three-dimensional network structure can be used as the core material.

本体部10において、このようなクッション材や芯材が配設されと、特に体勢が不安定な首すわり前の低月齢の乳幼児Bを保持するときでも、乳幼児Bの身体への衝撃を緩和して保護し、乳幼児Bにとって負担が少なく、抱き心地のよい高い保持安定性を得ることができる。
なお、クッション材や芯材の使用は、特定の一部のみの使用であっても良いし、クッション材及び芯材の両者を区別することなく用いることも可能である。例えば、頭当部11や背当部12では、クッション性を有し、かつ、硬質な素材で形成することにより、乳幼児Bの頭部や背中、腰部分をしっかり支持して身体のグラつきを防止し、後方への傾きや反り返りを防止できる。臀当部13ではクッション性を有し、かつ、軟質な素材で形成することにより、乳幼児Bの臀部を落ち込みやすくし、乳幼児Bの重心位置を安定させて保持安定性を高めることができる。このようなクッション材や芯材は取付け、取り外し自在な構成としても良い。
When such a cushioning material and a core material are provided in the main body 10, the shock to the infant B's body is alleviated even when holding the infant B who is young, especially before the neck sitting, whose posture is unstable. It is possible to obtain a high holding stability with little burden on the infant B and comfortable to hold.
In addition, use of a cushion material and a core material may be used only for a specific part, and it is also possible to use it without distinguishing both a cushion material and a core material. For example, the head support part 11 and the back support part 12 have a cushioning property and are formed of a hard material, so that the head, back, and waist of the infant B can be firmly supported, and the body can be glazed. And prevent backward tilting and warping. By forming the buttocks 13 with a cushioning and soft material, the buttocks of the infant B can be easily lowered, the center of gravity of the infant B can be stabilized, and the holding stability can be enhanced. Such a cushioning material or core material may be attached and detached.

なお、本実施の形態では、頭当部11と背当部12の境界部において表生地及び裏生地の外装生地の間に入れたクッション材や芯材を連続させないことによって、或いは、クッション材や芯材を連続させても表生地及び裏生地を縫合していることによって、或いは、クッション材や芯材自体が折曲自在に形成されていることで、頭当部11と背当部12の間が区別され、背当部12の面に対し頭当部11が折曲自在となっている。これにより、背当部12にて乳幼児Bの腰から背中部を安定して支持するも乳幼児Bの頭部の重みに応じて頭当部11が背当部12の面に対して傾斜し易く(折れ曲がり易く)、乳幼児Bの頭部及び首部に無理が加わらないように乳幼児Bの頭部及び首部を保護できるようになっている。更に、乳幼児Bの成長や保持形態に応じ、背当部12の面に対して頭当部11を乳幼児B側とは反対側に折曲して使用することで、乳幼児Bの視界を広げることができる。   In the present embodiment, the cushion material and the core material placed between the outer fabric and the outer fabric of the front fabric and the back fabric are not made continuous at the boundary between the head support portion 11 and the back support portion 12, or the cushion material or Even if the core material is continuous, the front and back fabrics are sewn, or the cushion material and the core material are formed so as to be foldable. The head rest part 11 can be bent with respect to the surface of the back rest part 12. Thereby, although the back part 12 supports the back part of the infant B from the waist stably, the head part 11 is easily inclined with respect to the surface of the back part 12 according to the weight of the head of the infant B. (It is easy to bend) and the head and neck of the infant B can be protected so as not to overload the head and neck of the infant B. Furthermore, according to the growth and holding form of the infant B, the field of the infant B is widened by using the head support part 11 by bending it to the opposite side of the infant B side with respect to the surface of the back support part 12. Can do.

また、本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1においては、頭当部11と背当部12の境界部の乳幼児Bが配置される側(内面側)で、クッション性を有する材料で形成した略三角形状の接続部14を頭当部11と背当部12の面から突出して設けており、この接続部14により乳幼児Bの頭部の左右方向の傾きを支え、グラつきを防止して乳幼児Bの頭部及び首部への負担を軽減できるようになっている。特に、接続部14のクッション性によっても乳幼児Bの頭部及び首部を保護できる。更に、高い位置で保持されて頭当部11と背当部12が適切な位置にあてがわれる低月齢の乳幼児Bにとって、接続部14が乳幼児Bの胴体より上の位置に配置されて、周囲の光や音を遮断する効果を有し、快適な睡眠を促す効果も期待できる。   Moreover, in the baby carrier 1 of the present embodiment, a substantially triangular shape formed of a cushioning material on the side (inner surface side) where the infant B at the boundary between the head support part 11 and the back support part 12 is disposed. The connecting portion 14 protrudes from the surfaces of the head rest portion 11 and the back rest portion 12, and the connecting portion 14 supports the tilt of the head of the infant B in the left-right direction, prevents glare and prevents the infant B from moving. The burden on the head and neck can be reduced. In particular, the head and neck of the infant B can be protected also by the cushioning property of the connecting portion 14. Furthermore, for a younger infant B who is held at a high position and the head support 11 and the back support 12 are applied to appropriate positions, the connecting portion 14 is disposed above the torso of the infant B, It has the effect of blocking light and sound, and can also be expected to promote comfortable sleep.

なお、頭当部11には、図示しない所定の収容容積を有するポケット状の収納部が設けられており、図1に示した本体部10の乳幼児Bが配置される側とは反対側の面(使用者Mがベビーキャリア1を装着した状態で意匠面側となる外面側)に、図示しない収納部を開閉自在とするためのスライドファスナ15(ホック、ボタン、接着布等であってもよい)を有し、乳幼児Mの頭部を覆う所定面積の図示しないヘッドフードや、保冷剤、タオル等の持ち物等を収容可能としている。図示しないヘッドフードは、例えば、その一端が収納部内に縫着等によって固着され、また、他端を肩ベルト部40に連結具(例えば、バックル、ホック、ナスカン、カラビナ、Dロック、クイックキャッチ、楕円リング等)を介して取付けることで、乳幼児Bの頭部を後頭部側から覆って支持し、保持している乳幼児Bが眠った際でも乳幼児Bの頭部が後方に倒れて乳幼児Bの身体がのけ反る事態を防止したり、乳幼児Bの日除けや、ベビーキャリア1の装着状態で抱っこしたまま授乳する際に授乳を隠すカバー等として機能したりする。   The head support 11 is provided with a pocket-shaped storage portion having a predetermined storage volume (not shown), and is a surface on the opposite side of the main body 10 shown in FIG. A slide fastener 15 (a hook, a button, an adhesive cloth, etc.) for opening and closing a storage portion (not shown) on the design surface side when the user M is wearing the baby carrier 1 may be used. ), And can accommodate a head hood (not shown) having a predetermined area covering the head of the infant M, items such as a cooling agent and a towel. For example, the head hood (not shown) has one end fixed to the storage portion by sewing or the like, and the other end connected to the shoulder belt portion 40 (for example, a buckle, hook, eggplant, carabiner, D lock, quick catch, The head of the infant B is covered and supported from the back of the head, and the head of the infant B falls backwards even when the infant B is sleeping. It functions as a cover that hides breastfeeding when the baby B is fed while being held while the baby carrier 1 is worn, or the like is prevented.

そして、このような図示しない収納部を設けていることで、ヘッドフードを使わない時には、折り畳みや巻き込んで収納部の開口から挿入し内部に収納することができ、全体がコンパクトになり、デザイン性及び乳幼児Bの安全性を高めることができ、また、収容部の開口をファスナ15等で閉じることでヘッドフード等の存在を分からなくすることができるし、収納部に収容した持ち物等が落下することもない。しかし、本発明を実施する場合には、収納部を設けることなく、ヘッドフードを巻いて接着布等によって固定して整然と保持する構成としてもよいし、収容部及びヘッドフードを設けなくてもよい。   And, by providing such a storage unit (not shown), when the head hood is not used, it can be folded and rolled in and inserted through the opening of the storage unit, and it can be stored inside, making the whole compact and designable In addition, the safety of the infant B can be improved, and the presence of the head hood and the like can be obscure by closing the opening of the storage portion with the fastener 15 or the like, and the belongings stored in the storage portion fall. There is nothing. However, when the present invention is implemented, the head hood may be wound and fixed with an adhesive cloth or the like without being provided with a storage portion, and may be configured to be held in an orderly manner, or the storage portion and the head hood may not be provided. .

また、本実施の形態の臀当部13においては、乳幼児Bの臀部の中央側を受ける中央部13Aと中央部13Aの左右両側に位置し乳幼児Bの太股付近に当たる左右1対の端部13Bとから構成されている。   Further, in the abutment portion 13 of the present embodiment, a center portion 13A that receives the center side of the buttocks of the infant B and a pair of left and right end portions 13B that are located on both the left and right sides of the center portion 13A and that are near the thighs of the infant B It is composed of

そして、本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1においては、立体裁断によって臀当部13の中央部13A及び1対の端部13Bを形成しており、中央部13A及び1対の端部13Bを内側(中心側)に向かって弧状に湾曲した1対の縫製線13aによって接ぎ合わせ、中央部13Aの面に対し端部13Bが乳幼児B側に折り曲げ自在に形成されている。更に、臀当部13の下端部を後述の腰ベルト部50の本体ベルト部51に対して、本体ベルト部51の上端部に接ぎ合わせる略直線状の縫製線13b及びその下方に弧状に湾曲した縫製線13c(図6及び図8参照)にて一体に接続している。
こうして、立体的な収容空間が形成されることで、後述する高い位置で保持する際の乳幼児Bの脚の動きが拘束され難くなり、また、乳幼児Bの臀部の重心位置も安定しやすい。
In the baby carrier 1 according to the present embodiment, the center portion 13A and the pair of end portions 13B of the holding portion 13 are formed by draping, and the center portion 13A and the pair of end portions 13B are formed on the inner side ( A pair of sewing lines 13a curved in an arc shape toward the center side) are joined to each other, and an end portion 13B is formed to be foldable toward the infant B side with respect to the surface of the central portion 13A. Further, the lower end portion of the abutment portion 13 is curved in a substantially arcuate manner with a substantially straight sewing line 13b that contacts the upper end portion of the main body belt portion 51 with respect to a main body belt portion 51 of the waist belt portion 50 described later. They are integrally connected by a sewing line 13c (see FIGS. 6 and 8).
Thus, the formation of the three-dimensional accommodation space makes it difficult for the movement of the leg of the infant B when held at a high position, which will be described later, to be restrained, and also the position of the center of gravity of the buttocks of the infant B is easily stabilized.

即ち、立体裁断によって臀当部13の左右両側の端部13Bを乳幼児側に近づけることで、また、臀当部13の腰ベルト50への接続を縫製線13b及び縫製線13cの2辺で行うことによって、奥行きがでて収容空間に余裕ができることから、乳幼児Bの脚の動きに遊びができる。更に、乳幼児Bの臀部の重心が安定しやすい。特に、端部13Bに縫製線13aによって接ぎ合わされる中央部13Aの外形が中央側に湾曲した形状、即ち、上下の端部よりも中央側で幅狭の形状であることで、乳幼児Bの臀部が落ち込み易くて、臀部の位置ずれも生じ難い。よって、乳幼児Bの負担が少なく快適な姿勢での保持を可能とし、保持安定性が高くなる。つまり、乳幼児Bの臀部の位置から重心位置が定まり、乳幼児Bを保持することに無理がなくなる。   In other words, the end portions 13B on the left and right sides of the abutment portion 13 are brought closer to the infant side by draping, and the connection of the abutment portion 13 to the waist belt 50 is performed on the two sides of the sewing line 13b and the sewing line 13c. Therefore, since the depth is increased and the accommodation space can be afforded, the movement of the leg of the infant B can be played. Furthermore, the center of gravity of the buttocks of the infant B is easy to stabilize. Particularly, the outer shape of the central portion 13A joined to the end portion 13B by the sewing line 13a is a shape curved toward the central side, that is, a shape narrower on the central side than the upper and lower end portions. Is easy to drop, and the position shift of the buttocks hardly occurs. Therefore, the child B can be held in a comfortable posture with less burden, and the holding stability is increased. That is, the position of the center of gravity is determined from the position of the buttocks of the infant B, and there is no difficulty in holding the infant B.

なお、臀当部13において中央部13Aと端部13Bの接続は、表生地及び裏生地の外装生地の間に入れたクッション材等を連続させないことによって、或いは、クッション材等を連続させても表生地及び裏生地を縫合することによって、または、クッション材自体が折曲自在に形成されていることで、中央部13Aと端部13Bの間が区別され、中央部13Aの面に対し端部13Bが乳幼児B側に折曲自在に形成されている。   In addition, the center portion 13A and the end portion 13B in the holding portion 13 can be connected by preventing the cushion material or the like placed between the outer fabric and the outer fabric of the front fabric and the back fabric from being continued, or even if the cushion material or the like is continued. By sewing the front fabric and the back fabric, or by forming the cushion material itself so as to be foldable, the center portion 13A and the end portion 13B are distinguished from each other, and the end portion with respect to the surface of the center portion 13A. 13B is formed in the infant B side so that bending is possible.

本発明を実施する場合には、臀当部13の中央部において、立体裁断で形成したり、表生地及び裏生地の外装生地の中に入れるクッション材について厚みに変化を付けたり等することによって、臀部の落ち込みが自在なように窪みを形成することによって、または、表生地及び裏生地の外装生地の中に入れるクッション材についてクッション性や柔軟性を変化させる構造とすることによっても、乳幼児Bの臀部の落ち込みを安定化させ、保持安定性を高めることができる。   In the case of carrying out the present invention, in the central portion of the heeling portion 13, it is formed by draping, or by changing the thickness of the cushioning material to be put into the outer fabric of the front fabric and the back fabric, etc. Infant B can also be formed by forming a recess so that the buttocks can fall freely, or by changing the cushioning properties and flexibility of the cushioning material placed in the outer fabric of the front fabric and the back fabric. It is possible to stabilize the drop of the buttocks and improve the holding stability.

また、開脚状態で保持される乳幼児Bにとってその太股には臀当部13の左右両側の外縁が接触することで負荷がかかりやすいことから、乳幼児Bの太股付近に当たる臀当部13の1対の端部13Bでは、クッション性の高いクッション材の配設等により中央部Aよりもクッション性を高めることで、乳幼児Bの太股への圧迫を軽減できる。   In addition, for the infant B held in an open leg state, the thighs are easily loaded by the outer edges of the right and left sides of the butting part 13 being in contact with each other. In the end portion 13B, the cushioning property of the infant B can be reduced by increasing the cushioning property compared to the central portion A by disposing a cushioning material having a high cushioning property.

更に、本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1では、臀当部13の上方側の横幅が背当部12側に向かって徐々に幅狭となっている。即ち、臀当部13の上方側では、左右両側の端部Bの外縁が上方に向かって内側(中心側)に傾いている。
これにより、後述するように乳幼児Bの臀部を低い位置で保持する場合でも、臀当部13の下方では乳幼児Bの臀部を覆う幅広の寸法によって臀部を受けとめて臀部の落ち込みを安定して支持するも、上方に向かって幅狭であることで乳幼児Bの脚の動きが拘束され難くなる。故に、快適な開脚姿勢での保持を可能とする。
Furthermore, in the baby carrier 1 of the present embodiment, the lateral width on the upper side of the abutment portion 13 is gradually narrowed toward the backrest portion 12 side. That is, on the upper side of the abutment portion 13, the outer edges of the left and right end portions B are inclined inward (center side) upward.
Thereby, even when holding the buttocks of the infant B at a low position as will be described later, the lower part of the buttocks 13 receives the buttocks by a wide dimension that covers the buttocks of the infant B and stably supports the depression of the buttocks. However, the movement of the leg of the infant B becomes difficult to be restrained by being narrow toward the top. Therefore, holding in a comfortable open leg posture is possible.

なお、本実施の形態の臀当部13は開脚状態の乳幼児Bの臀部を取り巻く広さの面積に形成するも、通常、その下端部の横幅は20cm〜35cmの範囲内に設定される。より好ましくは23cm〜30cmの範囲内とすることにより、我国(日本)の乳幼児Bの体形に対応して乳幼児Bの股幅を必要以上に広げて脚の動きを制限したりすることなく、開脚状態の乳幼児Bの体形にかかる負担を最小限にできる。ここでの横幅の幅寸法は、立体裁断で形成されている臀当部13の外面側で左右端縁間の生地長さを測定した数値である。   In addition, although the butting part 13 of this Embodiment is formed in the area of the area which surrounds the buttocks of the infant B in the state of an open leg, the horizontal width of the lower end part is usually set in the range of 20 cm to 35 cm. More preferably, it is within the range of 23 cm to 30 cm, so that the width of the crotch of the infant B is unnecessarily widened to limit the movement of the leg corresponding to the body shape of the infant B in Japan (Japan). The burden on the body shape of the infant B in the leg state can be minimized. The width dimension here is a numerical value obtained by measuring the fabric length between the left and right edges on the outer surface side of the abutment portion 13 formed by draping.

また、本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1では、背当部12と臀当部13の境界部で水平方向の横幅が狭くそこから下方に向かって臀当部13を幅広とする設計によっても、構造的に臀当部13で乳幼児Bの臀部の落ち込みを容易としている。また、背当部12と臀当部13において、クッション性、硬さ等の特性を変えることでも、例えば、背当部12と比較して、臀当部13の硬さを柔らかくすることによって、臀当部13において乳幼児Bの臀部を落ち込みやすくできる。   Moreover, in the baby carrier 1 of the present embodiment, the horizontal width in the horizontal direction is narrow at the boundary between the backrest portion 12 and the abutment portion 13 and the design is such that the abutment portion 13 widens downward from there. In particular, the buttocks 13 make it easy for the baby B to drop the buttocks. Moreover, in the back support part 12 and the back support part 13, by changing the characteristics such as cushioning and hardness, for example, by making the hardness of the back support part 13 soft compared to the back support part 12, The buttocks 13 of the infant B can be easily depressed in the hitting unit 13.

因みに、背当部12及び臀当部13を合わせた上下の縦幅の長さは、例えば、首すわり後の4カ月から12カ月の平均的な乳幼児Bの上半身の胴体の長さに対応させて、40cm〜45cmに設定され、また、背当部12の左右の横幅の長さも、例えば、首すわり後の4カ月から12カ月の平均的な乳幼児Bの背中幅に対応して、40cm〜45cmに設定される。   For example, the vertical length of the backrest 12 and the heel rest 13 combined with each other corresponds to, for example, the length of the upper body of the average infant B from 4 to 12 months after sitting on the neck. 40 cm to 45 cm, and the width of the lateral width of the backrest 12 is 40 cm to 4 mm, for example, corresponding to the average back width of the infant B from 4 to 12 months after sitting on the neck. Set to 45 cm.

そして、本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1において、このように頭当部11、背当部12及び臀当部13が一体に形成された本体部10には、臀当部13側の下端部で上述した直線状の縫製線13b及び弧状に湾曲した縫製線13cにて腰ベルト部50が縫い付けられている。なお、本体部10と腰ベルト部50は全体として略逆T字状に配設され、本体部10の下端及びその付近のみの縫製によって腰ベルト部50に一体に接続されており、腰ベルト部50の面方向に対して本体部10は直角方向に折れ曲がり自在となっている。   And in the baby carrier 1 of this Embodiment, the main body part 10 in which the head support part 11, the back support part 12, and the support part 13 are integrally formed in this way is the lower end part on the side of the support part 13. The waist belt portion 50 is sewn by the above-described linear sewing line 13b and the arc-shaped sewing line 13c. The main body portion 10 and the waist belt portion 50 are disposed in a substantially inverted T shape as a whole, and are integrally connected to the waist belt portion 50 by sewing only the lower end of the main body portion 10 and the vicinity thereof. The main body 10 can be bent in a direction perpendicular to the surface direction of 50.

腰ベルト部50は、本体部10及び後述する補助保持部20の下部において、本体部10及び補助保持部20の長さ方向(上下方向)に対して略直交方向に配設して乳幼児Bの体重の多くを受けるので強度的に耐えられ、かつ、使用者Mの腰回りに取付けても使用者Mの体形に無理が掛からないように力(乳幼児Bの体重)の分散が行われる形態として、本体部10及び後述の補助保持部20と一体化されて縦幅が幅広な本体ベルト部51と本体ベルト部51の長さ方向の両端部に配設されアジャスター付きバックルを有する布ベルトからなる左右1対の長さ調節部52とから構成されている。そして、この腰ベルト部50は、長さ調節部52に設けたアジャスター付きバックルの連結差込具53と連結受具54の連結係合によって使用者Mの腰回りに固定可能とし、連結差込具53と連結受具54を連結自在としていることで、使用者Mの腰回りに取付け及び取外し自在となっている。   The waist belt portion 50 is disposed in a direction substantially orthogonal to the length direction (vertical direction) of the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20 below the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20 described later. As a form in which the weight (the weight of the infant B) is distributed so that it can withstand the strength because it receives a lot of body weight, and it does not overload the body shape of the user M even if it is attached to the waist of the user M And a main body belt portion 51 that is integrated with the main body portion 10 and an auxiliary holding portion 20 that will be described later, and a fabric belt that has a wide belt and has a buckle with an adjuster disposed at both ends in the longitudinal direction of the main body belt portion 51. It comprises a pair of left and right length adjusters 52. The waist belt portion 50 can be fixed around the waist of the user M by the coupling engagement of the coupling insert 53 of the buckle with adjuster provided in the length adjusting unit 52 and the coupling receiver 54, and the coupling insertion By making the tool 53 and the connection receiver 54 connectable, the user 53 can freely attach and detach the waist of the user M.

縦幅が幅広な本体ベルト部51は、所定の柔軟性、可撓性、弾性、緩衝性等を有する材料で形成され、使用者Mへの腰回りへの馴染みを良くし、フィット性を高めて使用者Mへの負担を少なくしている。例えば、表生地及び裏生地の外装生地の間に上述したような芯材やクッション材を入れて形成される。これにより、使用者Mの腰回りに掛かる荷重が分散されやすくなる。なお、本体ベルト部51においても、外装生地に通気性を有する生地を使用することで、蒸れ等の湿気を防止して、不快感を軽減できる。また、使用者Mの腰回りに触れる内面側を吸水性のある綿生地等で形成することによっても吸湿性が向上する。   The main body belt portion 51 having a wide vertical width is made of a material having predetermined flexibility, flexibility, elasticity, buffering property, etc., and improves the familiarity of the user M around the waist and improves the fit. This reduces the burden on the user M. For example, the core material and the cushion material as described above are inserted between the outer fabric and the outer fabric of the front fabric and the back fabric. Thereby, the load applied to the waist of the user M is easily dispersed. In addition, in the main body belt portion 51, by using a fabric having air permeability as the exterior fabric, moisture such as stuffiness can be prevented and uncomfortable feeling can be reduced. Moreover, hygroscopicity improves also by forming the inner surface side which touches the user's M waist circumference with a cotton fabric etc. with water absorption.

なお、図1及び図2において、本体ベルト部51の全体形状は、その下部が下方に向かって弧状に湾曲しており、本体部10及び補助保持部20と接続する中央側で上下方向の縦幅が最大で、その長さ方向の両端部に向かって縦幅が徐々に幅狭に形成され、10〜20cmの範囲内の縦幅寸法とし、使用者Mの腰回りに加わる力を効果的に分散させて、使用者Mが感じる重さを軽減できる構造となっている。   1 and 2, the overall shape of the main body belt portion 51 is such that the lower portion thereof is curved in an arc shape downward, and the vertical direction in the vertical direction is formed at the center side connected to the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20. The width is maximum, and the vertical width is gradually narrowed toward both ends in the length direction. The vertical width is in the range of 10 to 20 cm, and the force applied to the waist of the user M is effective. In this structure, the weight felt by the user M can be reduced.

本体ベルト部51の両端部に設けた左右1対の長さ調節部52は、使用者Mの腰回りへの取付けに必要なベルト長が決められるように所定の長さを有し、1対の雌雄のアジャスター付きバックルからなる連結差込具53と連結受具54においてアジャスター機能を有することで、使用者Mの腰の周囲の長さに合わせることができる。なお、アジャスターは、ベルト長を調節できるものであれば、独立したアジャスターでもよいし、連結具と一体となったものでもよい。   The pair of left and right length adjusting portions 52 provided at both ends of the main body belt portion 51 have a predetermined length so that the belt length necessary for the user M to be attached to the waist is determined. By having the adjuster function in the connection plug 53 and the connection receiver 54 made of male and female buckles with adjusters, it is possible to match the circumference of the waist of the user M. The adjuster may be an independent adjuster as long as the belt length can be adjusted, or may be an integrated adjuster.

本実施の形態においては、腰ベルト部50を環状に連結して使用者Mの腰回りに固定する連結差込具53と連結受具54が、1対の雌雄のバックルから構成されているため、ワンタッチでの着脱を可能し、その着脱操作が容易であり、人為的に連結係合を解かない限り外れることもなくて取付けの信頼性が高く、機械的強度も高い。
しかし、本発明を実施する場合には、バックルに限定されず、ナスカン、カラビナ、スプリングホック、Dロック、クイックキャッチ、楕円リング等の連結具が使用可能であり、何れを選択してもよい。通常、簡単に連結可能であり、安全性の高いものが使用される。
In the present embodiment, the connecting plug 53 and the connecting receiver 54 for connecting the waist belt portion 50 in an annular shape and fixing it around the waist of the user M are constituted by a pair of male and female buckles. It is possible to attach and detach with one touch, the detaching operation is easy, and it is not detached unless it is manually disengaged, and the attachment is highly reliable and the mechanical strength is also high.
However, when implementing this invention, it is not limited to a buckle, and connecting tools, such as an eggplant, a carabiner, a spring hook, D lock, a quick catch, an elliptical ring, can be used, and any may be selected. Usually, those that can be easily connected and have high safety are used.

更に、腰ベルト部50には、本体部10と共に補助保持部20が縫製線13bにて縫い合わされている。
この補助保持部20は、本体部10の乳幼児B側に配設されて、その下端部が腰ベルト部50に本体部10と共に一体に取付けられているも、それ以外は本体部10と分離自在とされており、本体部10側とは反対側の乳幼児Bの身体にあてがわれる。乳幼児Bを対面抱っこや前向きおんぶで保持する際には、乳幼児Bの反背側、即ち、股側や腹側にあてがわれることになる。なお、補助保持部20と腰ベルト部50の関係も全体として略逆T字状に配設され、補助保持部20の下端のみの縫製によって腰ベルト部50に一体に接続されており、腰ベルト部50の面方向に対して補助保持部20も直角方向に折れ曲がり自在となっている。
Furthermore, the auxiliary holding part 20 is sewn to the waist belt part 50 with the sewing line 13b with the main-body part 10. FIG.
The auxiliary holding portion 20 is disposed on the infant B side of the main body portion 10, and the lower end portion thereof is integrally attached to the waist belt portion 50 together with the main body portion 10. Otherwise, the auxiliary holding portion 20 is separable from the main body portion 10. It is applied to the body of the infant B on the side opposite to the main body 10 side. When the infant B is held with a face-to-face hug or a forward-facing piggyback, the infant B is applied to the opposite back side, that is, the crotch side or the abdomen side. Note that the relationship between the auxiliary holding portion 20 and the waist belt portion 50 is also generally arranged in a substantially inverted T shape, and is integrally connected to the waist belt portion 50 by sewing only the lower end of the auxiliary holding portion 20. The auxiliary holding part 20 can also be bent in a direction perpendicular to the surface direction of the part 50.

本実施の形態の補助保持部20は、その下端が本体部10と共に腰ベルト部50への縫い付けによって固着されているが、その固着側である一端部(下端部)の腰ベルト部50に接続した接続横幅W2は、本体部10と腰ベルト部50とが縫い付けによって接続した接続横幅W1よりも幅狭とされ、本体部10と腰ベルト部50の接続横幅W1よりも内方で縫製線13bにて本体部10と共に腰ベルト部50に縫製され、そして、上方に延びた自由端の他端側に向かって徐々に幅広とした略台形状を呈している。 The auxiliary holding part 20 of the present embodiment has its lower end fixed together with the main body part 10 by sewing to the waist belt part 50, but is attached to the waist belt part 50 at one end (lower end part) on the fixing side. connection width W 2 that is connected is narrower than the connection width W 1 of the main body portion 10 and the waist belt part 50 is connected by stitching, inner than the connection width W 1 of the main body portion 10 and the waist belt part 50 On the other hand, it is sewn to the waist belt portion 50 together with the main body portion 10 at the sewing line 13b, and has a substantially trapezoidal shape gradually widened toward the other end side of the free end extending upward.

例えば、補助保持部20は、腰ベルト部50に縫い付けて本体部10の下端部に接続する一端部(下端部)の接続横幅W2(図6参照)が、腰ベルト部50に縫い付けている本体部10の下端部の接続横幅W1の50%〜90%の範囲内に設定され、後述するように乳幼児Bが低い位置で保持される場合でも、乳幼児Bの鼠径部を圧迫することがなく、かつ、乳幼児Bの脚の動きが制限され難い形態として形成されている。 For example, the auxiliary holding portion 20 is sewed to the waist belt portion 50 at the connection lateral width W 2 (see FIG. 6) of one end (lower end portion) that is sewn to the waist belt portion 50 and connected to the lower end portion of the main body portion 10. and which is set within a range of 50% to 90% of the connection width W 1 of the lower end portion of the main body portion 10, even if the infant B is held at a lower position, as described below, to compress the groin of the baby B And the movement of the leg of the infant B is difficult to be restricted.

特に、本実施の形態の補助保持部20では、後述の位置決め台座部30に臀部が受け止められた乳幼児Bの脚が出される左右両側の外縁が、上方の自由端側から下方の腰ベルト部50及び本体部10への接続側に向かって垂直(90°)に、或いは、90°を超えて140°以下の傾斜で、横幅が下方に向かって徐々に幅狭とされて腰ベルト部50及び本体部10の下端部に接続している。
これにより、後述するように首すわり前の低月齢の乳幼児Bを保持対象として高い位置で保持するときでも、乳幼児Bの脚の動きが拘束されるのが防止され、また、乳幼児Bの股幅を必要以上に広げることなく低月齢の乳幼児Bにとって負担の少ない自然な姿勢、約130°の開脚姿勢が理想的とされているが、その自然な開脚姿勢に近い形態に導いて、開脚状態の乳幼児Bの体形にかかる負荷を最小限とする。
In particular, in the auxiliary holding part 20 according to the present embodiment, the outer edges on both the left and right sides from which the legs of the infant B with the buttocks received by the positioning pedestal part 30 to be described later are projected from the upper free end side to the lower waist belt part 50. And the waist belt portion 50 with the lateral width being gradually narrowed downward (90 °) vertically toward the connection side to the main body 10 or with an inclination of more than 90 ° and 140 ° or less. It is connected to the lower end of the main body 10.
As a result, the leg movement of the infant B is prevented from being restrained even when the infant B with a low age before sitting on the neck is held at a high position, as will be described later. A natural posture that is less burdensome for younger infants B without spreading more than necessary, and an open leg posture of about 130 ° is ideal, but it leads to a form close to the natural open leg posture, The load on the body shape of the infant B in the leg state is minimized.

なお、図6及び図8に示すように、補助保持部20は、その上下方向の長さ(縦幅寸法)が、本体部10の臀当部13と同程度の長さであり、乳幼児Bにあてがう面積が、臀当部13の面積よりも小さく(狭く)、補助保持部20を本体部10の臀当部13に対向配置した状態では補助保持部20から臀当部13の左右の端部13Bが食み出す程度に臀当部13の方が大きくなっている。   As shown in FIGS. 6 and 8, the auxiliary holding portion 20 has a vertical length (vertical width dimension) that is approximately the same as the abutment portion 13 of the main body portion 10, and the infant B When the auxiliary holding portion 20 is disposed opposite to the holding portion 13 of the main body portion 10, the left and right ends of the holding portion 13 are smaller than the area of the holding portion 13. The holding part 13 is larger to the extent that the part 13B starts to protrude.

本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1では、補助保持部20が使用者Mと乳幼児Bの間にが介在することになり、そこでは使用者Mと乳幼児Bが直接接触しないから、発汗による水分が使用者Mと乳幼児Bの間に溜まり難い。よって、乳幼児B及び使用者Mの間が蒸れ難く、不快感を軽減できる。また、使用者Mと乳幼児Bの間に補助保持部20が介在することで、使用者Mの衣類に乳幼児Bの体温によって生じる皺が入るのを防止できる。
このような補助保持部20においても、乳幼児Bの体形に無理が加わらないように所定の柔軟性、可撓性等を有する材料で形成される。補助保持部20は、乳幼児Bの身体にあてがわれる一方で、その裏面側が使用者M側に触れることから、好ましくは通気性を有する材料で形成することによって、乳幼児Bや使用者Mに触れる部分の通気を良くし湿気や熱を逃すことで、部分的な温度の上昇や蒸れを防止して、暑さや蒸れ等による不快感を軽減できる。即ち、通気性を有する材料を使用することで、乳幼児Bや使用者Mの蒸れ等の湿気や熱を逃すことができ乳幼児Bと使用者Mの間で異常な保温状態に至らない。
In the baby carrier 1 according to the present embodiment, the auxiliary holding part 20 is interposed between the user M and the infant B, and the user M and the infant B do not directly contact with each other. It is difficult to collect between the person M and the infant B. Therefore, it is difficult for the infant B and the user M to get stuffy, and discomfort can be reduced. Moreover, the auxiliary | assistant holding | maintenance part 20 intervenes between the user M and the infant B, and it can prevent the wrinkles produced by the body temperature of the infant B from entering the clothing of the user M.
Such an auxiliary holding part 20 is also formed of a material having predetermined flexibility and flexibility so that the body shape of the infant B is not excessively added. While the auxiliary holding part 20 is applied to the body of the infant B, the back side of the auxiliary holding part 20 touches the user M side. By improving the ventilation of the part and releasing moisture and heat, it is possible to prevent partial temperature rise and stuffiness, and to reduce discomfort due to heat and stuffiness. That is, by using a material having air permeability, moisture and heat such as stuffiness of the infant B and the user M can be released, and an abnormal heat retention state does not occur between the infant B and the user M.

本発明を実施する場合には、このような補助保持部20の構成として、例えば、補助保持部20の全体を表裏のメッシュ生地間に通気性のある特定の厚みの空気層を形成する連結糸を織り込んだ立体編物(ダブルラッシェル)で形成することも可能であるし、その表面または裏面を外装生地で被覆した構造とすることもできる。また、1枚或いは2枚以上の外装生地、好ましくは、補助保持部20の全体を、表裏に空気の流通を許容する通気性のあるメッシュ構造の生地のみで補助保持部20を構成することもできるし、表生地及び裏生地からなる外装生地の中にウレタンや立体網状構造体等の緩衝材を入れても良い。   In the case of carrying out the present invention, as such a configuration of the auxiliary holding portion 20, for example, the entire auxiliary holding portion 20 is a connecting yarn that forms an air layer having a specific thickness between the front and back mesh fabrics. It is also possible to form it with a three-dimensional knitted fabric (double raschel) woven with woven fabric, or to have a structure in which the front or back surface is covered with an exterior fabric. Further, the auxiliary holding part 20 may be composed of only one or two or more exterior fabrics, preferably the entire auxiliary holding part 20, only with a breathable mesh-structured cloth that allows air to flow on the front and back. A cushioning material such as urethane or a three-dimensional network structure may be placed in an exterior fabric made of a front fabric and a back fabric.

特に、立体編物(ダブルラッシェル)を使用した場合には、織布本体が全体で通気性のある空気層を保ち、表裏のメッシュ間に織り込まれた連結糸によって空気層内で対流を生じさせないので、断熱効果が高く、かつ、容積が大きいことから、長時間断熱作用を維持できる。また、汗等の湿気の発生に対しても、その湿気を収容できる容積を有し、使用者Mの動き及び乳幼児Bの動きは、織布本体の体積変化となって、織布本体の保持している高い温度の空気及び高い湿度の空気を排出し、外部から湿度の低い、気温の低い空気を導入する。つまり、湿気や熱が逃れやすい。したがって、湿気の上昇が防止され、また、 使用者Mの体や乳幼児Bの体から発汗した汗は、速やかに織布本体に吸収され、暑さや蒸れが著しく軽減される。よって。汗疹の発生が防止され、発汗対策、暑さ及び蒸れ対策、汗疹対策になる。そして、乳幼児Bを保持したときでもジトジト感、ベトベト感が生じない。更に、乳幼児Bを保持しているときの動きに対しても、織布本体の追随変化によって違和感がない。   In particular, when a three-dimensional knitted fabric (double raschel) is used, the woven fabric body maintains a breathable air layer as a whole, and convection does not occur in the air layer due to the connecting yarn woven between the front and back meshes. Since the heat insulating effect is high and the volume is large, the heat insulating action can be maintained for a long time. In addition, it has a volume that can store moisture against the generation of moisture such as sweat, and the movement of the user M and the movement of the infant B become the volume change of the woven fabric body, and the woven fabric body is held. The high-temperature air and high-humidity air are discharged, and low-humidity and low-temperature air is introduced from the outside. In other words, moisture and heat are likely to escape. Therefore, an increase in moisture is prevented, and sweat sweated from the body of the user M or the body of the infant B is quickly absorbed by the woven fabric body, and heat and stuffiness are remarkably reduced. Therefore. Occurrence of sweat rash is prevented, and measures against sweating, heat and stuffiness, and sweat rash. And even when the infant B is held, the feeling of tingling and stickiness does not occur. Furthermore, even when the baby B is held, there is no sense of incongruity due to the following change of the woven fabric body.

また、外装生地に入れる緩衝材として、樹脂からなる連続線条体が不規則に蛇行して絡み合っており、かつ、蛇行した状態で随所に接着してなる立体網状構造体を配設した場合でも、乳幼児Bや使用者Mの汗等の湿気を収容できる容積を有しており、連続線条体間の空間が連続し高い空隙率により、湿気や熱がこもり難くなる。特に、立体網状構造体の全体または一部が通気性を有する生地で覆われていると、新鮮な空気が取り入れられ、また、使用者Mの動き及び乳幼児Bの動きによって空気層の体積が変化するから、高い温度の空気及び高い湿度の空気が排出され、外部から湿度の低い、気温の低い空気が導入される。よって、使用者Mや乳幼児Bの身体の熱や湿気を逃すことができて、暑さや蒸れを軽減でき、乳幼児Bを保持したときのジトジト感、ベトベト感も少なくなる。更に、乳幼児Bを保持しているときの動きに対しても、立体網状構造体の追随変化によって違和感がない。   In addition, as a cushioning material to be put into the exterior fabric, even when a continuous linear body made of resin is irregularly meandering and intertwined, and a three-dimensional network structure that is adhered in a meandering state is disposed. It has a volume capable of accommodating moisture such as sweat of the infant B or the user M, and the space between the continuous striatum is continuous, and moisture and heat are less likely to be accumulated due to a high porosity. In particular, if the whole or part of the three-dimensional network structure is covered with a breathable fabric, fresh air is taken in, and the volume of the air layer changes due to the movement of the user M and the movement of the infant B. Therefore, high-temperature air and high-humidity air are discharged, and low-humidity and low-temperature air is introduced from the outside. Therefore, the heat and moisture of the body of the user M and the infant B can be released, the heat and stuffiness can be reduced, and the feeling of stickiness and stickiness when holding the infant B is reduced. Further, even when the baby B is held, there is no sense of incongruity due to the following change of the three-dimensional network structure.

なお、本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1では、乳幼児Bを広い面積で受け止め乳幼児Bの身体を支持して保護する本体部10に主に機械的強度が委ねられることから、補助保持部20の全体は、機械的強度を本体部10ほど強くする必要はないが、補助保持部20にも乳幼児Bの体重の一部がかかることから、強度的に耐えられる構成であればよい。また、補助保持部20について少なくともその表裏の外面を本体部10と同様の構成とすることで、補助保持部20と本体部10の一体感が出て、見栄えがよいものとなるが、本発明を実施する場合には、異なる構成を採用してもよい。   In the baby carrier 1 of the present embodiment, since the mechanical strength is mainly entrusted to the main body 10 that receives the infant B in a wide area and supports and protects the body of the infant B, the entire auxiliary holding part 20 is entrusted. However, the mechanical strength does not need to be as strong as that of the main body 10, but a part of the weight of the infant B is also applied to the auxiliary holding portion 20. In addition, since the auxiliary holding unit 20 has at least the outer surfaces of the front and back sides of the same configuration as the main body unit 10, the auxiliary holding unit 20 and the main body unit 10 have a sense of unity and look good. When implementing the above, a different configuration may be adopted.

そして、本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1においては、補助保持部20の自由端側の左右両端部に、接続布地25を介し、先端にアジャスター付きバックルの連結差込具23を有する所定長の布ベルトからなる左右1対の連結調整部22が取付けられ、また、本体部10の外面側(乳幼児B側とは反対側)の左右において背当部12と臀当部13の境界付近に連結差込具23の係合に対応するバックルの連結受具24が取付けられており、連結差込具23と連結受具24との連結係合により補助保持部20の自由端側の左右側部と本体部10の背当部12と臀当部13の境界付近の左右両側とを接続する所定長の接続部を形成する。   And in the baby carrier 1 of this Embodiment, the cloth of predetermined length which has the connection insertion tool 23 of the buckle with an adjuster in the front-end | tip via the connection cloth 25 in the right-and-left both ends by the side of the free end of the auxiliary | assistant holding | maintenance part 20. A pair of left and right connection adjusting portions 22 formed of a belt are attached, and a connection difference is formed near the boundary between the backrest portion 12 and the abutment portion 13 on the left and right sides of the outer surface side of the main body portion 10 (the opposite side to the infant B side). A connection receiver 24 of a buckle corresponding to the engagement of the insertion tool 23 is attached, and by the connection engagement of the connection insertion tool 23 and the connection reception tool 24, the left and right side parts on the free end side of the auxiliary holding part 20 A connecting portion having a predetermined length is formed to connect the backrest portion 12 of the main body portion 10 and the left and right sides in the vicinity of the boundary of the heel portion 13.

よって、本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1においては、本体部10の乳幼児B側(内面側)で本体部10と共に腰ベルト部50に縫い付けられた補助保持部20が、その左右両側で連結調整部22及び連結差込具23と連結受具24の連結係合により形成される所定長の接続部21によって本体部10と接続されることで、本体部10と補助保持部20との間隔(距離)が固定され、本体部10と補助保持部20と接続部21との間に形成された空間内で乳幼児Bが位置決めされる。これより、本体部10と補助保持部20と接続部21との間に乳幼児Bが収容され、対面抱っこや前向きおんぶでは乳幼児Bの背側に本体部10があてがわれ、乳幼児Bの反背側の腹側には補助保持部20があてがわれ、そして、接続部21によって乳幼児Bが横に倒れないように保持される。特に、接続部21の下側において本体部10の左右側縁部と補助保持部20の左右側縁部との間に形成された環状の開口に乳幼児Bの脚が通されることになり、乳幼児Bの収容空間が規制されることで乳幼児Bのおんぶ時のそり返りや、抱っこ時に使用者Mの前屈姿勢等で本体部10の頭当部11側から乳幼児Bが落下してしまう事態を防止できる。更に、抱っことおんぶの切り替えを行って使用者Mに対する乳幼児Bの位置を移動するときでも、乳幼児Bの落下を防止して、熟練でなくとも使用者Mにとって抱っことおんぶの切り替えの操作を容易とする。   Therefore, in the baby carrier 1 of the present embodiment, the auxiliary holding portion 20 sewn to the waist belt portion 50 together with the main body portion 10 on the infant B side (inner surface side) of the main body portion 10 is connected and adjusted on both right and left sides. The distance between the main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 by being connected to the main body part 10 by the connection part 21 having a predetermined length formed by the connection engagement of the part 22 and the connection plug 23 and the connection receiver 24 ( Distance) is fixed, and the infant B is positioned in a space formed between the main body 10, the auxiliary holding part 20 and the connection part 21. Thus, the infant B is accommodated between the main body part 10, the auxiliary holding part 20, and the connection part 21, and the main body part 10 is applied to the back side of the infant B in the face-to-face hug and the forward facing piggyback. The auxiliary holding part 20 is assigned to the abdominal side, and the infant B is held by the connecting part 21 so as not to fall sideways. In particular, the leg of the infant B is passed through the annular opening formed between the left and right side edges of the main body 10 and the left and right side edges of the auxiliary holding part 20 below the connection part 21. The situation where the infant B falls from the side of the head rest 11 of the main body 10 due to the bowing of the infant B due to the restriction of the accommodation space of the infant B or the user M's forward bending posture, etc. Can be prevented. Further, even when the position of the baby B is moved with respect to the user M by switching the holding and the piggyback, the infant B can be prevented from falling and the user M can easily switch the holding and the piggyback even if not skilled. And

特に、バックルの連結差込具23のアジャスター機能によって所定長の1対の連結調整部22の長さ調節を可能として接続部21の長さを調節できることから、乳幼児Bの大きさ、成長に応じて本体部10と補助保持部20の間隔(距離)を自在に調節できる。これより、乳幼児Bが窮屈さを感じることない使用者Mとの適度な密着距離で、乳幼児Bと使用者Mとの最適な間隔に調節することができる。故に、乳幼児Bによって揺れが少なく体の位置が安定する態様で乳幼児Bを保持でき、使用者Mと乳幼児Bの一体感により両者にとって負担の少ない快適な抱き心地が得られる   In particular, the length of the connection portion 21 can be adjusted by adjusting the length of the pair of connection adjustment portions 22 of a predetermined length by the adjuster function of the connection insert 23 of the buckle. Thus, the interval (distance) between the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20 can be freely adjusted. Thus, the optimal distance between the infant B and the user M can be adjusted with an appropriate close contact distance with the user M where the infant B does not feel cramped. Therefore, the infant B can be held in such a manner that the body position is stabilized with little shaking by the infant B, and a comfortable holding feeling with less burden on both can be obtained by the sense of unity between the user M and the infant B.

なお、本実施の形態においては、連結差込具23と連結受具24が連結自在であるから、使用者Mの使い勝手に応じて、連結差込具23と連結受具24の連結係合により接続部21によって本体部10と補助保持部20が接続された状態で、本体部10と補助保持部20の間に乳幼児Bの出し入れを行うことができるし、連結差込具23と連結受具24の連結係合の解除により補助保持部20の自由端側が本体部10から分離された状態でも、本体部10と補助保持部20の間に乳幼児Bの出し入れを行うことができる。   In the present embodiment, since the connection insertion tool 23 and the connection receiver 24 are freely connectable, depending on the convenience of the user M, the connection insertion tool 23 and the connection receiver 24 can be connected and engaged. In the state where the main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 are connected by the connection part 21, the baby B can be taken in and out between the main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20, and the connection plug 23 and the connection receiver Even when the free end side of the auxiliary holding part 20 is separated from the main body part 10 by releasing the connection engagement 24, the baby B can be put in and out between the main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20.

更に、本実施の形態においては、アジャスター機能付きのバックルによって、連結差込具23と連結受具24との連結係合により接続部21によって本体部10と補助保持部20を接続した状態でもアジャスター機能により両者間の間隔を自在に調節でき、本体部10と補助保持部20と接続部21との間に形成された空間内に乳幼児Bを収容した状態で本体部10と補助保持部20間の間隔の調整を可能として、使い勝手を良くしているが、本発明を実施する場合には、連結差込具23と連結受具24の両者にアジャスター機能を設けても良いし、何れか一方のみでもよいし、アジャスター機能を独立させてもよい。また、本体部10と補助保持部20を接続する手段は、バックルの係合に限らず、ナスカン、カラビナ、スプリングホック、Dロック、クイックキャッチ、楕円リング等の連結具を使用した連結係合としてもよいし、伸縮性のゴムバンド、ゴムテープ等の伸縮性部材等を使用した接続としてもよい。例えば、長手方向に伸縮自在で、本体部10と補助保持部20との間で乳幼児Bを入れられる程度に伸長する幅3cm〜10cm程度の平らゴムを布地等で包んでデザイン的に処理したゴムバンド(ゴムテープ)を本体部10と補助保持部20の側部間に縫い付けることにより、その伸縮によって、本体部10と補助保持部20と間隔(距離)を自在に調節できる。このような伸縮性のゴムバンド、ゴムテープ等の伸縮性部材等が使用された接続では、本体部10と補助保持部20を接続する係合操作を必要とせず、使い勝手が良い。一方で、バックル等の係合による接続は耐久性が高い。   Furthermore, in the present embodiment, the adjuster can be adjusted even when the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 are connected by the connecting part 21 by the connecting engagement of the connecting plug 23 and the connecting receiver 24 by the buckle with the adjuster function. The distance between the two can be freely adjusted by the function, and the baby B is accommodated in the space formed between the main body 10, the auxiliary holding part 20 and the connecting part 21. However, in the case of carrying out the present invention, an adjuster function may be provided in both the connection plug 23 and the connection receiver 24, or either one of them may be adjusted. Or the adjuster function may be made independent. In addition, the means for connecting the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 is not limited to the engagement of the buckle, but as a coupling engagement using a coupling tool such as an eggplant, a carabiner, a spring hook, a D lock, a quick catch, or an elliptical ring. Alternatively, the connection may be made using a stretchable member such as a stretchable rubber band or rubber tape. For example, rubber that is elastically stretchable in the longitudinal direction and that is designed by wrapping a flat rubber having a width of about 3 cm to 10 cm with a cloth or the like that extends to such an extent that an infant B can be inserted between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holder 20. By sewing a band (rubber tape) between the side portions of the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20, the distance (distance) between the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20 can be freely adjusted by expansion and contraction thereof. In the connection using such an elastic member such as an elastic rubber band, rubber tape or the like, an engagement operation for connecting the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 is not required, and it is easy to use. On the other hand, the connection by engagement of a buckle or the like is highly durable.

なお、図において、連結調整部22は、補助保持部20の自由端側の左右両端部に突設した接続布地25に縫い付けることで接続布地25を介して補助保持部20に取付けられている。また、バックルの連結受具24も、本体部10に縫製した別布の接続ベルト布地26を介して本体部10に取付けられている。   In the figure, the connection adjusting part 22 is attached to the auxiliary holding part 20 via the connection cloth 25 by sewing to the connection cloth 25 protruding from the left and right end parts on the free end side of the auxiliary holding part 20. . Further, the buckle connection receiver 24 is also attached to the main body 10 via a separate connection belt fabric 26 sewn on the main body 10.

更に、本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1においては、左右1対の肩ベルト部40が補助保持部20の自由端側に縫い付けられている。
この左右1対の肩ベルト部40は、その一端部が補助保持部20の自由端側の上端部の左右に縫製によって堅固に取付けられ、その他端部が補助保持部20の自由端側の上部の左右側部に接続布地25を介して縫製によって堅固に取付けられている。即ち、本実施の形態の肩ベルト部40は、補助保持部20の上下方向に渡されている。なお、ここでの上下とは、補助保持部20の上下2箇所に接続されて使用者の肩が通される環状を形成するように渡されていればよく、相対的な位置関係を示すものであり、補助保持部20への接続位置を特定するものではない。また、厳格に上下の方向を追求するものではなく高低を示すものである。
Furthermore, in the baby carrier 1 of the present embodiment, a pair of left and right shoulder belt portions 40 are sewn to the free end side of the auxiliary holding portion 20.
The one pair of left and right shoulder belt portions 40 are firmly attached to the left and right of the upper end portion on the free end side of the auxiliary holding portion 20 by sewing, and the other end portions are upper portions on the free end side of the auxiliary holding portion 20. It is firmly attached to the left and right side parts of the sewing machine via a connecting fabric 25 by sewing. That is, the shoulder belt portion 40 of the present embodiment is passed in the vertical direction of the auxiliary holding portion 20. In addition, the upper and lower here should just be passed so that it may connect to two upper and lower places of the auxiliary | assistant holding | maintenance part 20, and it may pass so that the user's shoulder may be passed, and shows relative positional relationship. It does not specify the connection position to the auxiliary holding unit 20. In addition, it does not strictly follow the up and down direction, but shows the height.

左右1対の肩ベルト部40は、補助保持部20及び本体部10に直接的または間接的に接続して乳幼児Bの体重の多くを受けるので強度的に耐えられ、かつ、使用者Mの肩回りに取付けても使用者Mの体形に無理が掛からないように力(乳幼児Bの体重)の分散が行われる形態として、補助保持部20の自由端側の上端に一体に接続し横幅が幅広な肩掛け部41と、肩掛け部41の他端に取付けられ補助保持部20の自由端側の上部の左右側部側に接続する調節ベルト部42から構成されている。   The pair of left and right shoulder belt portions 40 are directly or indirectly connected to the auxiliary holding portion 20 and the main body portion 10 to receive much of the weight of the infant B, so that the shoulder belt portion 40 can withstand the strength of the user M. As a form in which force (the weight of the infant B) is distributed so as not to overwhelm the user M's body shape even if it is mounted around, it is integrally connected to the upper end on the free end side of the auxiliary holding part 20 and wide in width. A shoulder portion 41 and an adjustment belt portion 42 attached to the other end of the shoulder portion 41 and connected to the left and right side portions of the upper portion of the auxiliary holding portion 20 on the free end side.

肩掛け部41は、使用者Mの肩に掛けられることから、所定の柔軟性、可撓性、弾性、緩衝性等を有する材料で形成され、使用者Mの肩回りへの馴染みを良くし、フィット性を高めて使用者Mへの負担を少なくしている。例えば、表生地及び裏生地の外装生地の間に可撓性を有し若干の弾性を持つ芯材やクッション材を入れて形成され、使用者Mの肩またや背中の一部分に乳幼児Bの体重集中が生じないようにすることができる。なお、肩掛け部41においても、外装生地に通気性を有する生地を使用することで、蒸れ等の湿気を防止して、不快感を軽減できる。また、使用者Mの肩回りに触れる内面側を吸水性のある綿生地等で形成することによっても吸湿性が向上する。   Since the shoulder portion 41 is hung on the shoulder of the user M, the shoulder portion 41 is formed of a material having predetermined flexibility, flexibility, elasticity, shock absorbing property, etc., and improves the familiarity around the shoulder of the user M, The burden on the user M is reduced by improving the fit. For example, a flexible core material or cushion material is inserted between the outer fabric and the outer fabric of the back fabric, and the weight of the infant B on the shoulder or back of the user M Concentration can be prevented. In addition, also in the shoulder part 41, moisture such as stuffiness can be prevented and discomfort can be reduced by using a breathable fabric for the exterior fabric. Moreover, hygroscopicity improves also by forming the inner surface side which touches the circumference | surroundings of the user M with a cotton fabric etc. with water absorption.

肩掛け部41の一端部に接続する調節ベルト部42は、使用者Mの肩回りへの取付けに必要なベルト長が決められるように所定の長さを有する布ベルトからなるベルト部42aと、肩掛け部41への接続側に配設されたアジャスター42bと補助保持部20の左右側部への接続側に配設されたアジャスター42cとから構成される。   The adjustment belt portion 42 connected to one end portion of the shoulder portion 41 includes a belt portion 42a formed of a cloth belt having a predetermined length so that a belt length necessary for attaching the user M around the shoulder is determined, and a shoulder portion. An adjuster 42b disposed on the connection side to the portion 41 and an adjuster 42c disposed on the connection side to the left and right side portions of the auxiliary holding portion 20 are configured.

このように、所定長のベルト部42aの長さ方向の一端側にアジャスター42bが取付けられ、また、他端側でもアジャスター42cが取付けられていることで、ベルト長を調節自在とし、肩ベルト部40の長さを使用者Mの肩に掛け、背後に回すその肩回り長さに合わせることができる。   In this way, the adjuster 42b is attached to one end side in the length direction of the belt portion 42a having a predetermined length, and the adjuster 42c is also attached to the other end side, so that the belt length can be adjusted and the shoulder belt portion. The length of 40 can be hung on the shoulder of the user M and adjusted to the length around the shoulder that is turned backward.

なお、調節ベルト部42のアジャスター42bは肩掛け部41に縫い付けたベルト布地(符号及び記号は省略)を介して肩掛け部41に取付けられており、また、アジャスター42cは補助保持部20の自由端側の左右側部に設けた接続布地25に縫い付けたベルト布地(符号及び記号は省略)を介して接続布地25に取付けられている。   The adjuster 42 b of the adjustment belt 42 is attached to the shoulder 41 via a belt fabric (reference and symbols are omitted) sewn on the shoulder 41, and the adjuster 42 c is a free end of the auxiliary holder 20. It is attached to the connecting fabric 25 via a belt fabric (reference and symbols are omitted) sewed to the connecting fabric 25 provided on the left and right side portions.

また、左右1対の肩ベルト部40の肩掛け部41には、本体部10と接続するための回転式のバックルの連結差込具43が取付けられている。この連結差込具43が、本体部10の乳幼児B側(内面側)で頭当部11と背当部12の境界付近の左右両側から乳幼児B側に突設した接続部14の先端に取付けた回転式バックルの連結受具44と連結係合することにより、回転式バックルの連結差込具43及び連結受具44と接続部14とによって肩ベルト部40と本体部10が接続され、人為的にバックルの係合を外さない限り、肩ベルト部40と本体部10の接続状態が固定され、本体部10と補助時支持部20の間に収容された乳幼児Bの保持を可能とする。   Further, a rotation type buckle connection plug 43 for connecting to the main body 10 is attached to the shoulder portions 41 of the pair of left and right shoulder belt portions 40. The connecting plug 43 is attached to the distal end of the connecting portion 14 projecting from the left and right sides near the boundary between the head support portion 11 and the back support portion 12 on the infant B side (inner surface side) of the main body portion 10. The shoulder belt portion 40 and the main body portion 10 are connected to each other by the coupling insertion tool 43 and the coupling receptacle 44 of the rotary buckle and the connection portion 14 by the coupling engagement with the coupling receptacle 44 of the rotary buckle. Unless the buckle is disengaged, the connection state of the shoulder belt portion 40 and the main body portion 10 is fixed, and the infant B accommodated between the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary support portion 20 can be held.

特に、回転式バックルの連結差込具43と連結受具44の連結係合は、連結差込具43の球状の凸部と、本体部10に接続部14を介して取付けた連結受具44の円形状の凹部とを嵌合することにより、連結差込具43に対して連結受具44が回転自在に接合され、連結受具44の側部の1対のプッシュボタンを押すことで接合の解除が可能となっている。このとき、連結差込具43の係合凸部が球状で、連結受具44の係合凹部が円形状となっていることで、接合方向が特定されることなく、両者は何処の角度からでも接合することができるから、使い勝手がよい。また、このように連結差込具43と連結受具44が回転自在に接合されていることにより、使用者Mや乳幼児Bの動き等に応じ肩ベルト部40に対する本体部10の接続角度が変化し、肩ベルト部40を掛けた使用者Mの負担や、肩ベルト部40と本体部10との接続部にかかる負荷を軽減できる。   In particular, the coupling engagement between the coupling insert 43 of the rotary buckle and the coupling receiver 44 is performed by connecting the spherical convex portion of the coupling insertion tool 43 and the coupling receiver 44 attached to the main body 10 via the connection portion 14. The coupling receiver 44 is rotatably joined to the coupling insertion tool 43 by fitting with the circular concave portion of the coupling, and joined by pressing a pair of push buttons on the side of the coupling receptacle 44. Can be released. At this time, the engagement convex part of the connection insertion tool 43 is spherical, and the engagement concave part of the connection receiver 44 is circular. But since it can be joined, it is easy to use. In addition, since the connection plug 43 and the connection receiver 44 are rotatably joined in this way, the connection angle of the main body 10 with respect to the shoulder belt 40 changes according to the movement of the user M or the infant B. In addition, it is possible to reduce the burden on the user M who hangs the shoulder belt portion 40 and the load applied to the connection portion between the shoulder belt portion 40 and the main body portion 10.

なお、回転式バックルの連結差込具43は、肩掛け部41に縫い付けたベルト布(符号及び記号は省略)を介して肩掛け部41に取付けられており、また、連結受具44においても接続部14に縫い付けたベルト布(符号及び記号は省略)を介して接続部14に取付けられている。
勿論、本体部10と肩ベルト40とを接続する手段も、回転式のバックルに限定されず、例えば、ナスカン、カラビナ、スプリングホック、Dロック、クイックキャッチ、楕円リング等の連結具を使用することも可能である。また、本発明を実施する場合には、肩ベルト部40と本体部10の接続手段において、アジャスター機能及び調節ベルトを設けて肩ベルト部40と本体部10間の接続長さを調節自在に構成しても良い。
The rotary buckle connecting plug 43 is attached to the shoulder 41 via a belt cloth (reference and symbols are omitted) sewn on the shoulder 41, and is also connected to the connecting receiver 44. It is attached to the connecting portion 14 via a belt cloth (not shown).
Of course, the means for connecting the main body 10 and the shoulder belt 40 is not limited to the rotary buckle, and for example, a connecting tool such as an eggplant, a carabiner, a spring hook, a D lock, a quick catch, or an elliptical ring is used. Is also possible. Further, when the present invention is implemented, the connecting means between the shoulder belt portion 40 and the main body portion 10 is provided with an adjuster function and an adjustment belt so that the connection length between the shoulder belt portion 40 and the main body portion 10 can be adjusted. You may do it.

更に、本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1においては、肩ベルト部40の肩掛け部41に取付けられた連結差込具43を、肩掛け部41に取付けた被覆カバー45によって被覆することにより、乳幼児Bが誤ってバックルの係合を解除してしまうのを防止している。また、プラスチックで形成されるバックルの紫外線等による劣化を防止する。更に、肩掛け部41に乳幼児Bの唇が当たり、それによって乳幼児Bの唇が刺激され、肩ベルト部40を舐めることがあっても、肩掛け部41に取付けた被覆カバー45によって被覆することにより、バックルで乳幼児Bの唇や舌を怪我させることがない。   Furthermore, in the baby carrier 1 of the present embodiment, the infant B is covered by covering the connecting plug 43 attached to the shoulder hanger 41 of the shoulder belt portion 40 with the covering cover 45 attached to the shoulder hanger 41. The buckle is prevented from being accidentally released. Further, the buckle formed of plastic is prevented from being deteriorated by ultraviolet rays or the like. Furthermore, even if the lip of the infant B hits the shoulder portion 41 and thereby the lips of the infant B are stimulated and the shoulder belt portion 40 may be licked, by covering with the covering cover 45 attached to the shoulder portion 41, The buckle will not injure infant B's lips and tongue.

ここで、被覆カバー45について、図においては、肩掛け部41と一体に形成しているが、例えば面ファスナー(マジックテープ(登録商標))等の接着布、チャック、ボタン、ホック等により肩掛け部41に被覆カバーを着脱自在な構成とし、被覆カバー45のみを交換可能に形成してもよい。これにより、乳幼児Bが舐めたり、唾液、乳が付着したりしても被覆カバー45のみを交換し清潔に保つことができ、舐めることによる不潔感を解消することができる。また、被覆カバー45の形状もバックルを覆い隠すことができれば、肩掛け部41に巻き付ける形態としても良い。なお、被覆カバー45を取り替え可能とする場合には、被覆カバー45にパイル地やガーゼを使用することで洗濯が容易で、乳幼児Bが違和感のない感触となり、不自然さがなくなる。
しかし、本発明を実施する場合には、被覆カバー45を設けることなく、バックルを表出させてもよい。
Here, the covering cover 45 is integrally formed with the shoulder portion 41 in the figure, but the shoulder portion 41 is formed by, for example, an adhesive cloth such as a hook-and-loop fastener (magic tape (registered trademark)), a chuck, a button, a hook, or the like. The covering cover may be detachable, and only the covering cover 45 may be formed to be replaceable. Thereby, even if the infant B licks or saliva or milk adheres, only the covering cover 45 can be replaced and kept clean, and the unclean feeling caused by licking can be eliminated. Further, the shape of the covering cover 45 may be wound around the shoulder portion 41 as long as it can cover the buckle. When the covering cover 45 can be replaced, it is easy to wash by using a pile ground or gauze for the covering cover 45, and the infant B feels uncomfortable and the unnaturalness is eliminated.
However, when carrying out the present invention, the buckle may be exposed without providing the covering cover 45.

また、本実施の形態の肩掛け部41には、左右の肩ベルト部40間の間隔を調整保持する肩ベルト調整部46が設けられている。この肩ベルト調整部46は、左肩に掛ける肩掛け部41にベルト可動用アジャスター48を介して取付けた所定長さの調整ベルト部46aの先端にバックルの連結差込具46cを取付け、また、右肩に掛ける肩掛け部41にベルト可動用アジャスター48及びベルト布46bを介してバックルの連結受具46dを取付けており、連結差込具46cと連結受具46dが係合自在となっている。そして、バックルの連結差込具46cのアジャスターに取付けた調整ベルト部46aによるベルト長の調節により、左右の肩ベルト部40間を接続する肩ベルト調整部46の接続長さを調節して、左右の肩ベルト部40相互間の間隔(距離)が調整できるようになっている。   Further, the shoulder strap 41 of the present embodiment is provided with a shoulder belt adjusting portion 46 that adjusts and holds the distance between the left and right shoulder belt portions 40. The shoulder belt adjusting portion 46 has a buckle connecting plug 46c attached to the tip of an adjustment belt portion 46a of a predetermined length attached to a shoulder hanging portion 41 that is hung on the left shoulder via a belt moving adjuster 48, and a right shoulder. A buckle connecting receiver 46d is attached to the shoulder hanging portion 41 through a belt movable adjuster 48 and a belt cloth 46b so that the connecting plug 46c and the connecting receiver 46d can be engaged with each other. Then, by adjusting the belt length by the adjustment belt portion 46a attached to the adjuster of the buckle connection plug 46c, the connection length of the shoulder belt adjustment portion 46 connecting the left and right shoulder belt portions 40 is adjusted, and the right and left The distance (distance) between the shoulder belt portions 40 can be adjusted.

これにより、左右の肩ベルト部40を肩に掛けた状態で、肩ベルト調整部46の連結差込具46cと連結受具46dを連結係合することで、左右の肩ベルト部40の間隔が固定されて所定の距離を保つことができ、左右の肩ベルト部40が肩から外れることがなくなる。また、アジャスターに取付けた調整ベルト部46aによるベルト長によるベルト長の調節により、使用者Mの体型、使い勝手、好みや乳幼児Bの抱き方等に応じて、乳幼児Bの体重を支持する支点を使用者Mにとって負担の少ない位置に調節できる。よって、肩の凝りやすい人でも、肩の負担を軽減できる。
なお、本発明を実施する場合には、連結差込具46cと連結受具46dの両者にアジャスター機能を設けても良いし、何れか一方のみでもよいし、アジャスター機能を独立させてもよい。
As a result, in the state where the left and right shoulder belt portions 40 are hung on the shoulders, the connection insertion tool 46c of the shoulder belt adjustment portion 46 and the connection receiver 46d are connected and engaged, so that the distance between the left and right shoulder belt portions 40 is increased. It is fixed and can maintain a predetermined distance, and the left and right shoulder belt portions 40 will not come off the shoulder. In addition, by adjusting the belt length by the belt length by the adjustment belt portion 46a attached to the adjuster, a fulcrum that supports the weight of the infant B is used according to the body shape, usability, preference, how to hold the infant B, etc. It can be adjusted to a position with less burden on the person M. Therefore, even a person with a stiff shoulder can reduce the burden on the shoulder.
In the case of carrying out the present invention, the adjuster function may be provided for both the connection plug 46c and the connection receiver 46d, or only one of them may be provided, or the adjuster function may be made independent.

更に、本実施の形態の肩ベルト調整部46は、肩掛け部41の表面上に沿って配設したスライドベルト47に対して4方向にベルト通し部があるベルト可動用アジャスター48を介して摺動自在とされ、肩ベルト調整部46の位置が肩掛け部41の表面上で移動自在となっている。
したがって、左右1対の肩ベルト部40を使用者Mの肩に掛けた際でも肩ベルト調整部46の位置を移動させて肩ベルト調整部46の連結差込具46cと連結受具46dの連結係合の位置を使用者Mにとって連結係合の操作がし易い最適な位置に調節できる。また、使用者Mの体型、使い勝手、好みや乳幼児Bの抱き方等に応じて、乳幼児Bの体重を支持する支点を使用者Mにとって負担の少ない位置に調節できる。これによっても、肩の凝る人には肩の負担を軽減できる。
因みに、本発明を実施する場合には、左右の肩ベルト部40相互間の間隔(距離)を調節したり、固定したりする手段は、バックルの連結やバックルの摺動によるものに限定されることはない。また、これらの機能は一つの部材で行ってもよいし、別々の部材で行ってもよい。
Further, the shoulder belt adjusting portion 46 of the present embodiment slides through a belt movable adjuster 48 having a belt passing portion in four directions with respect to a slide belt 47 disposed along the surface of the shoulder portion 41. The position of the shoulder belt adjustment portion 46 is freely movable on the surface of the shoulder portion 41.
Therefore, even when the pair of left and right shoulder belt portions 40 are hung on the shoulder of the user M, the position of the shoulder belt adjustment portion 46 is moved to connect the connection insertion tool 46c and the connection receptacle 46d of the shoulder belt adjustment portion 46. The position of engagement can be adjusted to an optimum position that is easy for the user M to operate the coupling engagement. Further, the fulcrum supporting the weight of the infant B can be adjusted to a position with less burden on the user M according to the body shape, convenience, preference, how to hold the infant B, and the like. This also reduces the burden on the shoulder for those who are stiff.
Incidentally, when the present invention is carried out, the means for adjusting or fixing the distance (distance) between the left and right shoulder belt portions 40 is limited to that by connection of the buckle or sliding of the buckle. There is nothing. Moreover, these functions may be performed by one member or may be performed by separate members.

そして、本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1においては、長さ方向の一端を本体部10の乳幼児B側(内面側)に接続し、他端を補助保持部20の乳幼児B側(内面側)に接続した位置決め台座部30が本体部10と補助保持部20の間に渡されて配設されている。
このように本体部10と補助保持部20の対向側の両者間に位置決め台座部30が配設されていることで、本体部10と補助保持部20の間に収容された乳幼児Bの臀部が位置決め台座部30に受け止められることになる。
In the baby carrier 1 of the present embodiment, one end in the length direction is connected to the infant B side (inner surface side) of the main body 10 and the other end is connected to the infant B side (inner surface side) of the auxiliary holding unit 20. The connected positioning pedestal 30 is disposed between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding unit 20.
As described above, the positioning pedestal 30 is disposed between the opposite sides of the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20, so that the buttocks of the infant B accommodated between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20 can be provided. It will be received by the positioning base 30.

本実施の形態の位置決め台座部30は、所定長を有し、その長さ方向の一端が本体部10の背当部12と臀当部13の境界部付近から一体に延び、反対側の他端が補助保持部20の略1/3乃至2/3の範囲の高さ(長さ)位置から一体に延び、本体部10及び補助保持部20から一体に連続して形成されたものである。   The positioning pedestal portion 30 of the present embodiment has a predetermined length, and one end in the length direction extends integrally from the vicinity of the boundary portion between the backrest portion 12 and the abutment portion 13 of the main body portion 10, and the other side on the opposite side. The end extends integrally from a height (length) position in the range of approximately 1/3 to 2/3 of the auxiliary holding portion 20 and is integrally formed continuously from the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20. .

図1、図2、図4及び図5において、位置決め台座部30は、本体部10の背当部12と臀当部13の境界部付近から一体に延びて中心側に向かって徐々に幅狭とされたのち、反対側の他端部に向かって徐々に幅広とされ、乳幼児Bを対面抱っこや前向きおんぶで保持する際に乳幼児10の臀部にあてがわれる第2の臀当部31と、第2の臀当部31から一定の横幅で一体に延びて形成され長さ寸法を調節可能とする長さ調節部32とからなる。   1, 2, 4, and 5, the positioning pedestal portion 30 extends integrally from the vicinity of the boundary between the backrest portion 12 and the abutment portion 13 of the main body portion 10 and gradually narrows toward the center side. A second holding part 31 applied to the buttocks of the infant 10 when the infant B is held with a face-to-face hug or a forward-facing piggyback; The length adjustment part 32 is formed by extending integrally from the second abutment part 31 with a constant lateral width, and the length dimension can be adjusted.

位置決め台座部30においても、所定の柔軟性、可撓性、弾性、緩衝性等を有する材料で形成され、特に長さ調節部32においては、折り畳みが可能な程度に柔軟性、可撓性等を有し、また、乳幼児10の臀部にあてがわれる第2の臀当部31においては、柔軟性、可撓性に加え、臀部を柔らかく受ける弾性、緩衝性等を有する材料で形成されている。長さ調節部32においても乳幼児Bに違和感や不快感を与えることない程度に弾性、緩衝性を有してもよい。そして、この位置決め台座部30においては、通常、乳幼児10の重みを受ける外力が加わったときにその重力方向に弾性力が強く働いて伸長、弾性変形することのない伸縮性の少ない材料で形成される。   The positioning pedestal 30 is also formed of a material having predetermined flexibility, flexibility, elasticity, cushioning, and the like. In particular, the length adjusting unit 32 is flexible, flexible, etc. to such an extent that it can be folded. In addition, the second abutment portion 31 applied to the buttocks of the infant 10 is formed of a material having elasticity, buffering properties, etc. that softly receives the buttocks in addition to flexibility and flexibility. . The length adjusting unit 32 may also have elasticity and buffering properties so that the infant B does not feel uncomfortable or uncomfortable. The positioning pedestal 30 is usually formed of a material having a low elasticity that does not stretch or elastically deform when the external force that receives the weight of the infant 10 is applied. The

本実施の形態の第2の臀当部31は、所定の機械的強度を確保しつつも、乳幼児Bの臀部に蒸れ等を助長させることのない程度に臀部にあてる面積を設定している。特に、本実施の形態では、その横幅が臀当部13の左右の端部13B間の距離幅よりも幅狭で、臀当部13の中央部13Aと端部13Bとの接続形状、即ち、縫製線13aの形状に合わせて、左右両端縁部が内側に弧状に湾曲し、横幅寸法を変化させている。これにより、本体部10の立体裁断で形成された臀当部13に重ね合わせた使用状態で、臀当部13の左右の端部13Bが乳幼児Bの太股にあてられるようになっている。そして、乳幼児B側において、臀当部13の中央部13Aとその両側の端部13と間の奥行き構造が表出されるようになっている。   The second abutment portion 31 of the present embodiment sets an area to be applied to the buttocks so as not to promote steaming or the like in the buttocks of the infant B while ensuring a predetermined mechanical strength. In particular, in the present embodiment, the lateral width is narrower than the distance width between the left and right end portions 13B of the abutment portion 13, and the connection shape between the central portion 13A and the end portion 13B of the abutment portion 13, that is, In accordance with the shape of the sewing line 13a, both left and right edge portions are curved inwardly in an arc shape to change the width dimension. Thus, the left and right end portions 13B of the abutment portion 13 are applied to the thighs of the infant B in a state of use superimposed on the abutment portion 13 formed by the draping of the main body portion 10. On the infant B side, the depth structure between the central portion 13A of the holding portion 13 and the end portions 13 on both sides thereof is exposed.

第2の臀部受け部31から一体に形成された長さ調節部32は、横幅が一定に形成され、本体部10及び補助保持部20の対向側とは反対の裏面側に、その長さ寸法を調節可能とするための調節具としてのスライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bを有し、このスライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bは、所定距離、離れて取付けられている。   The length adjusting part 32 formed integrally from the second collar part receiving part 31 is formed with a uniform lateral width, and its length dimension is opposite to the opposite side of the main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20. A pair of female sides 33a and a male side 33b of a slide-type fastener 33 as an adjustment tool for making adjustment possible, and the pair of female sides 33a and the male side 33b of the slide-type fastener 33 have a predetermined distance. Installed, apart.

よって、長さ調節部32において所定距離、離して取付けたスライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bを合わせて閉じることにより、雌側33aと雄側33bの間の長さが折り畳まれた状態で固定され、本体部10と補助保持部20の間を接続する位置決め台座部30の長さが短縮されることになる。一方、スライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bの係合を解除している状態では折り畳みが展開され、位置決め台座部30は本来の長さによって本体部10と補助保持部20の間を接続する。   Therefore, the length between the female side 33a and the male side 33b is closed by closing the pair of the female side 33a and the male side 33b of the slide-type fastener 33 that are separated by a predetermined distance in the length adjusting unit 32. The length of the positioning pedestal 30 that is fixed in the folded state and connects between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holder 20 is shortened. On the other hand, when the engagement of the pair of female side 33a and male side 33b of the sliding fastener 33 is released, the folding is unfolded, and the positioning pedestal portion 30 has the original length and the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20. Connect between.

このように、本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1においては、本体部10と補助保持部20の対向側(内面側)で本体部10と補助保持部20の間に渡された位置決め台座部30を有し、この位置決め台座部30にて、スライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bを所定距離、離して取付けていることにより、スライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bの係合がなされていない状態では、位置決め台座部30の本来の長さによって本体部10と補助保持部20の間が接続される。一方で、スライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bを係合させることにより、雌側33aと雄側33bの間の長さが折り畳まれた状態で固定され、本体部10と補助保持部20の間を接続する長さがスライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33b間の距離長さ分だけ短縮される。   Thus, in the baby carrier 1 of the present embodiment, the positioning pedestal portion 30 passed between the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20 on the opposite side (inner surface side) of the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20 is provided. In this positioning pedestal portion 30, the pair of female sides 33 a and the male side 33 b of the slide type fastener 33 are attached with a predetermined distance apart, so that the pair of female sides 33 a of the slide type fastener 33 can be separated from each other. When the male side 33 b is not engaged, the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding unit 20 are connected by the original length of the positioning base 30. On the other hand, by engaging the pair of female side 33a and male side 33b of the sliding fastener 33, the length between the female side 33a and the male side 33b is fixed in a folded state. The length for connecting the auxiliary holding portions 20 is shortened by the distance between the pair of female side 33a and male side 33b of the sliding fastener 33.

こうして長さ調節部32において所定距離、離して取付けたスライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bの係合によって、位置決め台座部30の本体部10と補助保持部20の間の接続長さを短縮可能とし、位置決め台座部30の本体部10と補助保持部20の間を接続する長さが調節可能となっている。   Thus, the engagement between the pair of female side 33a and male side 33b of the slide-type fastener 33 attached at a predetermined distance apart from each other in the length adjusting unit 32 causes a gap between the main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 of the positioning base part 30. The connection length can be shortened, and the length of connection between the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20 of the positioning pedestal portion 30 can be adjusted.

これより、本体部10と補助保持部20との間に乳幼児Bを配置した際、本体部10と補助保持部20の間を渡す位置決め台座部30のスライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bの係合がなされていない状態では、本体部10と補助保持部20の間に配設された位置決め台座部30の長さが長いため、本体部10と補助保持部20の間の深さが深く、本体部10と補助保持部20の間に収容されて位置決め台座部30に臀部が受け止められる乳幼児Bは、その臀部の沈み深さが深くなる。即ち、乳幼児Bの臀部が低い位置で位置決めされることになる。   Thus, when the infant B is disposed between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20, a pair of female sides 33a of the sliding fastener 33 of the positioning base portion 30 that passes between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20 is provided. In the state where the male side 33b is not engaged, the length of the positioning pedestal 30 disposed between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20 is long. The infant B, which is housed between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 and has the buttocks received by the positioning pedestal 30, has a deepened sinking depth. That is, the buttocks of the infant B are positioned at a low position.

本実施の形態では、第2の臀当部31の長さと長さ調節部32の長さを合わせた位置決め台座部30の全体長さは、本体部10の背当部12と臀当部13の境界部付近で位置決め台座部30が接続されたところから補助保持部20に接続される本体部10の下端までの長さと、その本体部10の下端部に接続した補助保持部20の下端から位置決め台座部30が接続されたところまでの長さとを合わせたその長さ寸法以上に形成されている。これより、スライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bの係合がなされていない状態の位置決め台座部30の本来の長さによって本体部10と補助保持部20の間を接続している位置決め台座部30に受け止められた乳幼児Bの臀部の沈み深さを本体部10及び補助保持部20で形成される深さに限りなく近づけている。つまり、スライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bの係合がなされていない状態では、位置決め台座部30が本体部10及び補助保持部20の長さに沿って重ね合わされた状態で、それらの上に乳幼児Bの臀部が到達する。   In the present embodiment, the overall length of the positioning pedestal portion 30 that is the sum of the length of the second abutment portion 31 and the length of the length adjustment portion 32 is the backrest portion 12 of the main body portion 10 and the abutment portion 13. From the position where the positioning pedestal portion 30 is connected in the vicinity of the boundary portion to the lower end of the main body portion 10 connected to the auxiliary holding portion 20 and the lower end of the auxiliary holding portion 20 connected to the lower end portion of the main body portion 10 It is formed more than the length dimension which combined the length to the place where the positioning base part 30 was connected. As a result, the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20 are connected by the original length of the positioning pedestal portion 30 in a state where the pair of the female side 33a and the male side 33b of the sliding fastener 33 are not engaged. The sinking depth of the buttocks of the infant B received by the positioning pedestal 30 is as close as possible to the depth formed by the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20. That is, in a state where the pair of female side 33a and male side 33b of the sliding fastener 33 is not engaged, the positioning pedestal portion 30 is superposed along the length of the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20. Then, the buttocks of the infant B arrive on them.

一方で、本体部10と補助保持部20の間を渡す位置決め台座部30のスライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bを合わせて閉じた係合状態では、1対の雌側33aと雄側33b間の長さが折り畳まれて本体部10と補助保持部20の間を接続している位置決め台座部30の接続長さが短縮されることから、位置決め台座部30によって本体部10と補助保持部20の間の深さが底上げされ、本体部10と補助保持部20の間に収容されて位置決め台座部30に臀部が受け止められる乳幼児Bは、その臀部の沈み深さが浅くなる。即ち、乳幼児Bの臀部が高い位置で位置決めされることになる。   On the other hand, in the engagement state in which the pair of female sides 33a and the male side 33b of the sliding fastener 33 of the positioning base 30 passing between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding unit 20 are closed together, a pair of female sides Since the length between 33a and the male side 33b is folded and the connection length of the positioning pedestal portion 30 connecting the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20 is shortened, the positioning pedestal portion 30 causes the main body portion to be shortened. 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 is raised in depth, and the infant B, which is accommodated between the main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 and is received by the positioning pedestal 30, has a shallow sinking depth. Become. In other words, the buttocks of the infant B are positioned at a high position.

したがって、本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1によれば、保持対象とする乳幼児Bの身長が低いときには、本体部10と補助保持部20の間に渡されて配設された位置決め台座部30のスライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bを係合させて、位置決め台座部30において本体部10と補助保持部20の間の接続長さを短くすることで、乳幼児Bの臀部の沈みが高い位置で位置決めされることから、保持する乳幼児Bの身長が低くても本体部10と乳幼児Bの位置関係において乳幼児Bの頭部が低い位置とならず、乳幼児Bの頭部が頭当部11に適切に配置され、本体部10と補助保持部20の間で乳幼児Bの身体が沈み込む姿勢とならずに、負担の少ない快適な姿勢で乳幼児Bが安定して保持される。   Therefore, according to the baby carrier 1 of the present embodiment, when the infant B to be held is low in height, the slide of the positioning pedestal 30 disposed between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holder 20 is arranged. By engaging the pair of female side 33a and male side 33b of the type fastener 33 and shortening the connection length between the main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 in the positioning pedestal part 30, Since the sink is positioned at a high position, even if the infant B to be held is short, the head of the infant B does not become a low position in the positional relationship between the main body 10 and the infant B, and the head of the infant B is the head. The baby B is stably placed in a comfortable posture with less burden, without being placed in the body 11 and the body 20 and the auxiliary holder 20 so that the body of the baby B sinks.

そして、保持対象とする乳幼児Bの身長が高いときには、即ち、成長により乳幼児Bが大きくなった際には、スライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bの係合を解いて、位置決め台座部30において本体部10と補助保持部20の間の接続長さを本来の長さに展開することで、乳幼児Bの臀部の沈みが低い位置で位置決めされることから、乳幼児Bの身体に対して適切な位置で本体部10の頭当部11、背当部12、臀当部13があてがわれ、負担の少ない快適な姿勢で乳幼児Bが安定して保持される。   When the infant B to be held is tall, that is, when the infant B becomes large due to growth, the pair of female side 33a and male side 33b of the sliding fastener 33 is disengaged, By developing the connection length between the main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 to the original length in the positioning pedestal part 30, the sinking of the buttocks of the infant B is positioned at a low position. On the other hand, the head support part 11, the back support part 12, and the buttocks support part 13 of the main body part 10 are applied at appropriate positions, and the infant B is stably held in a comfortable posture with less burden.

特に、本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1によれば、位置決め台座部30の長さ調節部32を補助保持部20側に配置し、スライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bの係合状態で1対の雌側33aと雄側33b間の長さが折り畳まれるが、その折畳部32a(図4)を第2の臀当部31側に倒して臀当部31に重ね合わせた位置32A(図5、図6、図10、図12参照)に乳幼児Bの臀部が受け止められる設計としている。即ち、スライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bを係合して位置決め台座部30の本体部10と補助保持部20の間の接続長さを短くした状態では、1対の雌側33aと雄側33b間の長さが折り畳まれた折畳部32aを第2の臀当部31に重ね合わせた位置32Aが、乳幼児Bの臀部の沈みが受け止められる位置決め部位となっている。   In particular, according to the baby carrier 1 of the present embodiment, the length adjusting portion 32 of the positioning pedestal portion 30 is disposed on the auxiliary holding portion 20 side, and a pair of female side 33a and male side 33b of the sliding fastener 33 is provided. While the length between the pair of female side 33a and male side 33b is folded in the engaged state, the folded portion 32a (FIG. 4) is folded down to the second holding portion 31 side and overlapped with the holding portion 31. It is designed to receive the buttocks of the infant B at the combined position 32A (see FIGS. 5, 6, 10, and 12). That is, in a state where the pair of female side 33a and male side 33b of the slide type fastener 33 are engaged to shorten the connection length between the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20 of the positioning base portion 30, A position 32A in which the folded portion 32a in which the length between the female side 33a and the male side 33b is folded is overlapped with the second abutment portion 31 is a positioning portion where the sinking of the buttocks of the infant B is received. .

そして、本実施の形態では、スライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bを係合して本体部10と補助保持部20の間の接続長さを短くした状態の位置決め台座部30に乳幼児Bの臀部が受け止められて位置決めされる位置決め部位32において、その左右方向(水平方向)の横幅W3が、10cm〜20cmの範囲内、より好ましくは、15cm〜20cmの範囲内に設定されており、本体部10の下端の横幅W1(=本体部10が腰ベルト部50に接続した接続幅W1)の5/10以上、9/10以下、より好ましくは、3/5以上、4/5以下の範囲内としている。
つまり、本実施の形態の位置決め台座部30は、本体部10と補助保持部20の間の長さを短くしたときの乳幼児Bの臀部の沈み横幅W3が、本体部10の下端の横幅W1(=本体部10が腰ベルト部50に接続した接続幅W1)の5/10〜9/10の範囲内、より好ましくは、3/5〜4/5の範囲内の幅狭に形成されている。
And in this Embodiment, the positioning base part of the state which engaged the pair of female side 33a and male side 33b of the slide-type fastener 33, and shortened the connection length between the main-body part 10 and the auxiliary | assistant holding | maintenance part 20. In the positioning portion 32 where the buttocks of the infant B are received and positioned at 30, the lateral width W 3 in the left-right direction (horizontal direction) is set within the range of 10 cm to 20 cm, more preferably within the range of 15 cm to 20 cm. 5/10 or more, 9/10 or less, more preferably 3/5 or more of the lateral width W 1 of the lower end of the main body 10 (= the connection width W 1 where the main body 10 is connected to the waist belt 50). 4/5 or less.
That is, in the positioning pedestal 30 according to the present embodiment, the sinking lateral width W 3 of the buttocks of the infant B when the length between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding unit 20 is shortened is the lateral width W of the lower end of the main body 10. 1 (= the connection width W 1 where the body portion 10 is connected to the waist belt portion 50) is within a range of 5/10 to 9/10, more preferably within a range of 3/5 to 4/5. Has been.

更に、本実施の形態の補助保持部20は、少なくとも本体部10の下端に接続された位置から15cm高さまでは、その横幅が、本体部10と補助保持部20の間の接続長さを短くした状態の位置決め台座部30に乳幼児Bが受け止められる位置決め部位32Aの横幅W3、即ち、乳幼児Bの臀部の沈み横幅W3の1.4倍以下に設定されている。 Furthermore, the auxiliary holding part 20 of the present embodiment is at least 15 cm high from the position where it is connected to the lower end of the main body part 10, and its lateral width shortens the connection length between the main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20. The lateral width W 3 of the positioning portion 32A where the infant B is received by the positioning pedestal 30 in the above state, that is, set to 1.4 times or less of the lateral width W 3 of the sag of the infant B.

このように、本体部10と補助保持部20の間の接続長さを短くしたときに乳幼児Bの臀部が到達する位置決め部位32A(折畳部32aを第2の臀当部31に重ね合わせた位置)の横幅W3、即ち、乳幼児Bの臀部の沈み横幅W3が、本体部10の下端の横幅W1(=本体部10が腰ベルト部50に接続した接続幅W1)よりも5/10〜9/10の範囲内、より好ましくは、3/5〜4/5の範囲内の幅狭とされていることで、位置決め部位32Aに臀部が受け止められた乳幼児Bは、過度に脚を拡げなくとも、臀当部31の左右の側縁部より内側で位置決め部位32Aの左右両側から脚を出すことができる。
更に、補助保持部20において、位置決め台座部30の位置決め部位32Aに臀部が受け止められた乳幼児Bの両脚が左右両側から出される、少なくとも本体部10の下端に接続された下端から15cm高さまでは、最大でもその横幅を乳幼児Bの臀部の沈み横幅W3の1.4倍以下とすることにより、開脚した乳幼児Bの脚の動き、殊に、膝関節から下位の脚の動きが自由となり、脚の開きも過度に要求されない。
Thus, the positioning part 32A (folding part 32a is overlapped with the second abutment part 31) that the buttocks of the infant B reaches when the connection length between the main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 is shortened. width W 3 positions), i.e., the width W 3 to sink the buttocks of the baby B, 5 than the lateral width of the lower end of the main body portion 10 W 1 (= body portion 10 waist belt part 50 connected width W 1 that is connected to) The infant B having the buttocks received by the positioning portion 32A by being narrow within the range of / 10 to 9/10, more preferably within the range of 3/5 to 4/5 is excessively legged. The leg can be extended from both the left and right sides of the positioning portion 32A inside the right and left side edges of the abutment portion 31 without expanding.
Furthermore, in the auxiliary holding part 20, both legs of the infant B with the buttocks received by the positioning part 32A of the positioning pedestal part 30 are extended from the left and right sides, at least 15 cm above the lower end connected to the lower end of the main body part 10, By making the lateral width at most 1.4 times the sinking lateral width W 3 of the buttocks of the infant B, the movement of the leg of the infant B which has opened legs, in particular, the movement of the lower leg from the knee joint becomes free. The opening of the leg is not excessively required.

特に、位置決め部位32Aの横幅W3が、本体部10の下端の横幅W1(=本体部10が腰ベルト部50に接続した接続幅W1)よりも5/10〜9/10の範囲内、より好ましくは、3/5〜4/5の範囲内であり、かつ、補助保持部20において少なくとも本体部10の下端に接続された下端から15cm高さまでの横幅が、位置決め部位32Aの横幅W3の1.4倍以下であれば、股や膝の関節が柔らかい首すわり前の低月齢の乳幼児Bを保持対象とする場合でも、股幅が必要以上に広げられて股関節が開き過ぎたり、脚の動きが制限されたりすることもなく、股や膝の関節に負荷がかかるのが防止され股関節脱臼も防止できる。そして、乳幼児Bの臀部の位置よりも高い位置で膝が曲げられ、M字開脚とする自然な開脚姿勢で、乳幼児Bの重心が脚側ではなく臀部にかかるようにして、乳幼児Bの体形に負担の少ない保持を可能とする。 In particular, the lateral width W 3 of the positioning portion 32A is within a range of 5/10 to 9/10 than the lateral width W 1 of the lower end of the main body 10 (= the connection width W 1 where the main body 10 is connected to the waist belt 50). More preferably, the lateral width from the lower end connected to at least the lower end of the main body 10 in the auxiliary holding part 20 to the height of 15 cm is within the range of 3/5 to 4/5, and the lateral width W of the positioning part 32A. If it is 1.4 times less than 3 , even when targeting a low-age infant B before the neck is soft, the hip joint is widened more than necessary and the hip joint opens too much, The movement of the legs is not restricted, and it is possible to prevent the hip and knee joints from being loaded, and to prevent hip dislocation. Then, the knee is bent at a position higher than the position of the buttocks of the infant B, and the infant B's center of gravity is applied to the buttocks instead of the leg side in a natural open leg posture with an M-shaped spread leg. It can hold the body with less burden.

更に、本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1によれば、本体部10と補助保持部20の間の接続長さを短くした位置決め台座部30の位置決め部位32Aに臀部が到達した乳幼児Bの両脚が左右両側から出される補助保持部20において、少なくとも本体部10の下端から高さ位置が15cmの範囲で左右両側縁部の傾斜が90°〜140°の範囲内で本体部10及び腰ベルト部50に接続されている。なお、図においては、補助保持部20は本体部10及び腰ベルト部50の接続側の下方に向かって徐々に幅狭とされて本体部10の下部に接続している。これにより、特に、約130°の開脚が理想的とされる首すわり前の月齢が低い時期の乳幼児Bを保持対象とする際でも、その乳幼児Bの自然な開脚を妨げることなく、また、股関節や鼠蹊部の圧迫も少なく、月齢が低い時期の乳幼児Bの体形にかかる負荷がより少ないものとなる。   Furthermore, according to the baby carrier 1 of the present embodiment, both legs of the infant B whose buttocks reach the positioning portion 32A of the positioning base portion 30 where the connection length between the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20 is shortened are left and right. In the auxiliary holding part 20 extended from both sides, it is connected to the main body part 10 and the waist belt part 50 at least within the range where the height position is 15 cm from the lower end of the main body part 10 and the inclination of the left and right side edge parts is in the range of 90 ° to 140 °. Has been. In the figure, the auxiliary holding part 20 is gradually narrowed toward the lower side of the connection side of the main body part 10 and the waist belt part 50 and is connected to the lower part of the main body part 10. Thereby, even when the infant B at a time when the age before the neck sitting is low, where the leg of about 130 ° is ideal is to be held, the natural leg of the infant B is not hindered. Moreover, there is little compression of a hip joint and a buttocks, and the load concerning the body shape of the infant B at a time when the age is low is less.

加えて、本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1によれば、位置決め台座部30において、乳幼児Bの身体の背中側から臀部にかけてあてがわれる第2の臀当部31の上位では、下方に向かって徐々に幅狭とされ、臀当部13の中央部13Aとその両側の端部13Bの立体裁断によって形成された中央部13Aに対して左右両側の端部13Bが乳幼児B側に折り曲げられた構造であり、奥行きのある空間を表出させていることにより、長さ方向の折り畳みにより本体部10と補助保持部20の間の接続長さを短くした位置決め台座部30によって乳幼児Bの臀部を高い位置で保持する際に、特に、月齢が低い時期の乳幼児Bを保持対象とする場合であっても、乳幼児Bの臀部が落ち込み易くて乳幼児Bの体形を臀部よりも膝の位置を高くしたM字型開脚の状態に容易に導くことできる。即ち、乳幼児Bが膝よりも臀部に重心位置がかかる状態に容易に導いて、乳幼児Bにとって負担の少ない安定した保持形態で保持できる。更に、乳幼児Bの脚の動きの自由度も高くて、乳幼児BのM字に開脚した動きが自由になりやすい。よって、股関節脱臼を防止でき、乳幼児Bにとっての負担がより少ないものとなる。   In addition, according to the baby carrier 1 of the present embodiment, in the positioning pedestal portion 30, in the upper part of the second abutment portion 31 applied from the back side of the body of the infant B to the buttocks, gradually downward. In the structure in which the left and right end portions 13B are bent toward the infant B side with respect to the central portion 13A formed by draping the central portion 13A of the holding portion 13 and the end portions 13B on both sides thereof. There is a deep space, so that the buttock of the infant B is positioned at a high position by the positioning base portion 30 in which the connection length between the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20 is shortened by folding in the length direction. In particular, even when the infant B of a young age is a target to be held, the buttocks of the infant B is easy to fall down, and the body shape of the infant B has a higher knee position than the buttocks Type Readily leads it to the state of the leg. That is, the infant B can be easily guided to a state where the center of gravity is placed on the buttocks rather than the knee, and can be held in a stable holding form with little burden on the infant B. Furthermore, the degree of freedom of movement of the leg of the infant B is high, and the movement of the infant B in the M-shape is likely to be free. Therefore, hip dislocation can be prevented and the burden on the infant B is less.

更に、本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1によれば、本体部10の臀当部13を構成する中央部13A及び端部13Bが立体裁断によって形成されて内側に湾曲した縫製線13aで両者が接ぎ合わされていることによって、加えて、本体部10の下端及びその付近の縫製によって腰ベルト50に縫い付けられていることによっても奥行きのある立体的な空間が形成され、乳幼児Bの臀部を落ち込み易くして、乳幼児Bの体形を臀部よりも膝の位置を高くしたM字型開脚の状態に容易に導くことできる。即ち、乳幼児Bが膝よりも臀部に重心位置がかかる状態に容易に導いて、乳幼児Bにとって負担の少ない安定した保持形態で保持できる。   Furthermore, according to the baby carrier 1 of the present embodiment, the center portion 13A and the end portion 13B constituting the abutment portion 13 of the main body portion 10 are formed by draping and are joined together by a sewing line 13a that is curved inward. In addition, a three-dimensional space with a depth is formed by sewing to the waist belt 50 by sewing the lower end of the main body 10 and the vicinity thereof, and it is easy to drop the buttocks of the infant B Thus, the body shape of the infant B can be easily guided to the state of the M-shaped leg with the knee positioned higher than the buttocks. That is, the infant B can be easily guided to a state where the center of gravity is placed on the buttocks rather than the knee, and can be held in a stable holding form with little burden on the infant B.

また、本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1においては、補助保持部20が本体部10よりも狭い横幅で本体部10の下端に接続されていることから、位置決め台座部30の折り畳みが展開されて本体部10と補助保持部20の間を本来の長さで渡す位置決め台座部30によって、身長が大きくなった乳幼児Bの臀部の沈みが低い位置で受け止められる際でも、即ち、乳幼児Bが低い位置で保持される場合でも、その乳幼児Bの股幅が必要以上に広げられて脚の動きが制限されるのが防止される。
特に、本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1では、本体部10において、乳幼児Bの身体の背中側から臀部にかけてあてがわれる臀当部13の上方では、背当部12に向かって徐々に幅狭とされていることから、位置決め台座部30の折り畳みが展開されて本体部10と補助保持部20の間を本来の長さで接続した位置決め台座部30に身長が大きくなった乳幼児Bを着地させたときでも、乳幼児Bの膝関節の動きが自由になりやすい。
Moreover, in the baby carrier 1 of the present embodiment, since the auxiliary holding part 20 is connected to the lower end of the main body part 10 with a narrower width than the main body part 10, the folding of the positioning pedestal part 30 is unfolded and the main body Even when the sinking of the buttocks of the infant B whose height has been increased is received at a low position by the positioning pedestal part 30 that passes between the part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 at an original length, that is, the infant B is at a low position. Even when held, the crotch width of the infant B is prevented from being unnecessarily widened to restrict the movement of the legs.
In particular, in the baby carrier 1 of the present embodiment, the width of the main body portion 10 is gradually narrower toward the backrest portion 12 above the abutment portion 13 applied from the back side of the body of the infant B to the buttocks. Therefore, the folding of the positioning pedestal 30 is unfolded, and the infant B having a height is landed on the positioning pedestal 30 where the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 are connected with the original length. Even at times, the knee joint of the infant B tends to be free.

そして、本実施の形態の位置決め台座部30は、本体部10及び補助保持部20から一体に連続して形成していることで、位置ずれが生じることもなく本体部10及び補助保持部20への接続強度が安定している。特に、位置決め台座部30において本体部10と補助保持部20の間の長さを短くした状態では、主に位置決め部位32Aで乳幼児Bの体重を受け止めて本体部10と補助保持部20の接続側下端の底部から底上げされて乳幼児Bを支持することになるから、位置決め台座部30は、乳幼児Bの体重に十分耐えるように、本体部10及び補助保持部20から一体に連続して形成されて十分な機械的強度を持たせており、信頼性の高い橋渡し状態としている。
更に、位置決め台座部30の折り畳み状態を固定し長さ調節を行うための調節具がスライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bであるから、折り畳み状態での固定の安定性も高く位置ずれが生じることもない。
The positioning pedestal 30 according to the present embodiment is formed integrally and continuously from the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20, so that the positional deviation does not occur and the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 are moved. The connection strength is stable. In particular, in the state where the length between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 is shortened in the positioning base part 30, the connection side between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 by receiving the weight of the infant B mainly at the positioning part 32A. Since the bottom of the lower end is raised to support the infant B, the positioning pedestal 30 is formed integrally and continuously from the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 so as to sufficiently withstand the weight of the infant B. It has sufficient mechanical strength and is in a reliable bridge state.
Furthermore, since the adjustment tool for fixing the folding state of the positioning pedestal 30 and adjusting the length is the pair of female side 33a and male side 33b of the slide fastener 33, the fixing stability in the folded state is also provided. There is no high displacement.

よって、本体部10及び補助保持部20の間の長さを短くした位置決め台座部30に乳幼児Bが受け止められるときでも揺動が少なくて乳幼児Bの臀部の重心位置も安定しやすく、体勢が不安定な首すわり前の月齢が低い時期の乳幼児Bが保持対象であっても乳幼児Bがぐらつき難く、乳幼児Bにかかる負荷を少なくできる。即ち、本体部10及び補助保持部20の間に配設された位置決め台座部30において、その長さを短くしたときには、乳幼児Bの重みによって安定した張力がかかり、乳幼児Bの臀部の受け止めがそこに安定するから低月齢の乳幼児Bであっても乳幼児Bの体の位置が安定して安定感が得られ、保持姿勢に負担の少ないものとなる。   Therefore, even when the infant B is received by the positioning base 30 with the length between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 shortened, the swinging is small and the center of gravity position of the buttocks of the infant B is easy to be stabilized, and the posture is not stable. Even if the infant B at a time when the age before the stable neck is low is an object to be held, the infant B is less likely to wobble and the load on the infant B can be reduced. That is, when the length of the positioning pedestal portion 30 disposed between the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20 is shortened, a stable tension is applied due to the weight of the infant B, so that the buttocks of the infant B can be received. Therefore, even in the case of an infant B of a young age, the position of the body of the infant B is stabilized and a sense of stability is obtained, and the holding posture is less burdensome.

更に、本実施の形態では、位置決め台座部30の長さ調節を行うためのスライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bが、乳幼児Bの臀部を受け止める側とは反対側の裏面に取付けられていることから、スライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bが着地した乳幼児Bの身体に直接触れることがない。よって、スライド式ファスナ33によって怪我をさせることもなく、違和感や不快感を生じさせる恐れも少ない。
勿論、位置決め台座部30が本体部10及び補助保持部20から連続して一体に形成されており、位置決め台座部30を本体部10及び補助保持部20に取付けるための着脱部材もないことから、着脱部材による違和感や不快感を与えることもなく、また、着脱部材を必要としていないことで、位置決め台座部30を紛失する恐れもない。
Further, in the present embodiment, the pair of female side 33a and male side 33b of the slide type fastener 33 for adjusting the length of the positioning pedestal 30 is the back side opposite to the side receiving the buttocks of the infant B. Therefore, the pair of female side 33a and male side 33b of the sliding fastener 33 does not directly touch the body of the infant B who has landed. Therefore, the slide type fastener 33 is not injured, and there is little possibility of causing discomfort and discomfort.
Of course, since the positioning pedestal 30 is integrally formed continuously from the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 and there is no detachable member for attaching the positioning pedestal 30 to the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20, There is no sense of discomfort or discomfort due to the detachable member, and since the detachable member is not required, there is no possibility of losing the positioning base 30.

なお、本体部10及び補助保持部20の間の長さを短くした位置決め台座部30に乳幼児Bの臀部が受け止められて臀部の重みを支持する位置決め部位として、スライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bの間を長さ方向に折り畳んだ折畳部32aを第2の臀当部31側に倒して臀当部31に重ね合わせた位置32Aとする説明をしてきたが、実際に乳幼児Bを位置決め部位32Aで受け止める際には、折畳部32aを第2の臀当部31に重ね合わせた状態で使用してもよいし、折畳部32aを臀当部31に重ね合わせることなく乳幼児Bの股側に配置した状態で使用してもよい。このように第2の臀当部31への折畳部32aの重ね合わせの選択によっても乳幼児Bの臀部の高さ位置を調節できる。特に、折畳部32aを第2の臀当部31に重ね合わせた状態の使用では、機械的強度が高く、乳幼児Bの臀部の位置も安定化して保持位置の安定性が増す。
なお、第2の臀当部31に折畳部32aを重ね合わせた状態で固定する手段を別途設けることも可能である。
In addition, a pair of females of the slide type fastener 33 is used as a positioning portion for supporting the weight of the buttocks by receiving the buttocks of the infant B on the positioning base 30 with the length between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding unit 20 shortened. Although the description has been given of the position 32A where the folded portion 32a folded in the length direction between the side 33a and the male side 33b is brought down to the second abutting portion 31 side and overlapped with the abutting portion 31. When the infant B is received at the positioning portion 32A, the foldable portion 32a may be used while being superimposed on the second abutment portion 31, or the foldable portion 32a may be superimposed on the abutment portion 31. You may use it in the state arrange | positioned on the crotch side of the infant B without it. Thus, the height position of the buttocks of the infant B can also be adjusted by selecting the folding of the folding part 32a on the second abutment part 31. In particular, when the foldable portion 32a is overlapped with the second abutment portion 31, the mechanical strength is high, the position of the buttocks of the infant B is stabilized, and the stability of the holding position is increased.
In addition, it is also possible to separately provide a means for fixing the folded portion 32a to the second abutment portion 31 in an overlapped state.

また、上記実施の形態においては、位置決め台座部30が、補助保持部20の中間付近で下端から10cmの高さ(長さ)位置で接続されているが、本発明を実施する場合には、それより低い位置で接続することも可能であるし、位置決め台座部30の長さを長くして更に高い位置で接続しても良い。何れにせよ、本体部10及び補助保持部20の間の長さを短くした位置決め台座部30によって、乳幼児Bを高い位置で保持する際でも、通常、本体部10及び補助保持部10の下端の本来の深さよりも、乳幼児Bの重みによる撓み等を考慮しても、5cm〜10cm程度底上げされる設計とされる。また、本体部10への接続位置も臀当部13と背当部12の境界位置より下方でも良いし、上方でもよい。好ましくは位置決め台座部30の本来の長さを30cm〜40cmの範囲内とすると揺れが少なく、乳幼児Bへ負担を小さくできる。   Further, in the above embodiment, the positioning pedestal portion 30 is connected at a height (length) position of 10 cm from the lower end near the middle of the auxiliary holding portion 20, but when implementing the present invention, It is possible to connect at a lower position, or the length of the positioning pedestal 30 may be increased to connect at a higher position. In any case, even when the infant B is held at a high position by the positioning pedestal portion 30 with the length between the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20 shortened, the lower end of the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 10 is usually set. Even if the bending due to the weight of the infant B is taken into consideration than the original depth, it is designed to be raised by about 5 cm to 10 cm. Further, the connection position to the main body 10 may be lower than or higher than the boundary position between the abutment portion 13 and the backrest portion 12. Preferably, if the original length of the positioning pedestal 30 is within the range of 30 cm to 40 cm, the shaking is small and the burden on the infant B can be reduced.

次に、このように構成された本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1を使用して乳幼児Bを保持するときの使用形態について説明する。
本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1を使用して乳幼児Bを保持する際には、使用者Mに近い方に補助保持部20が配設され、使用者Mから遠い方に本体部10が配設され、それら本体部10と補助保持部20との間に乳幼児Bが収容される。例えば、図10及び図11に示すように、乳幼児Bと使用者Mの顔が相向き合う縦向きの対面抱っこや、図12及び図13に示すように、乳幼児Bを使用者Mの背中側で使用者Mと同一方向に向けた縦向きの前向きおんぶでは、乳幼児Bの身体の腹側が使用者Mに向くように本体部10と補助保持部20との間に乳幼児Mが配置される。
Next, a usage pattern when the baby B is held using the baby carrier 1 of the present embodiment configured as described above will be described.
When the baby B is held using the baby carrier 1 of the present embodiment, the auxiliary holding portion 20 is disposed closer to the user M, and the main body portion 10 is disposed farther from the user M. The infant B is accommodated between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20. For example, as shown in FIG. 10 and FIG. 11, the face-to-face holding in which the infant B and the face of the user M face each other or the infant B on the back side of the user M as shown in FIG. 12 and FIG. In the case of a vertical forward piggyback head facing the same direction as the user M, the infant M is disposed between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 so that the abdominal side of the body of the infant B faces the user M.

そして、補助保持部20の左右両側に連結調整部22(図10乃至図13においては符号及び記号は省略)を介して設けたバックルの連結差込具23(図10乃至図13においては符号及び記号は省略)を、本体部10の背当部12と臀当部13の境界部の外面側に設けたバックルの連結受具24(図10乃至図13においては符号及び記号は省略)に嵌合させて接続部21により本体部10及び補助保持部20を左右の側面側で接続することにより、本体部10と補助保持部20との間の間隔を制限し、また、本体部10と補助保持部20との間に収容された乳幼児Bの胴体の左右の傾きを側面側で拘束し、乳幼児Bの脱落を防止する。更に、補助保持部20と本体部10と接続部21によって形成される環状に乳幼児Bの脚が通されることで、乳幼児Bの反り返りによる落下や、使用者Mの前屈等によって本体部10の頭当部11側から乳幼児Bが落下するのを防止できる。   Then, a buckle connection insertion tool 23 (reference numerals and symbols in FIGS. 10 to 13) provided on both the left and right sides of the auxiliary holding section 20 via connection adjustment sections 22 (reference numerals and symbols are omitted in FIGS. 10 to 13). (Symbol is omitted) is fitted into a buckle connection receiver 24 (not shown in FIG. 10 to FIG. 13) provided on the outer surface side of the boundary between the backrest 12 and the abutment 13 of the main body 10. By connecting the main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 on the left and right side surfaces by the connecting part 21, the interval between the main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 is limited, and the main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 are connected. The left and right inclination of the torso of the infant B accommodated between the holding unit 20 is restrained on the side surface side to prevent the infant B from falling off. Furthermore, the leg of the infant B is passed through an annular shape formed by the auxiliary holding part 20, the main body part 10, and the connection part 21, so that the main body part 10 is caused by a fall caused by the curling of the infant B, a forward bending of the user M, or the like. The infant B can be prevented from falling from the side of the head rest 11.

また、肩ベルト部40に設けた回転式バックルの連結差込具43に、本体部10の内面側(乳幼児B側)において頭当部11と背当部12との境界部から突設した接続部14の先端に取付けた回転式バックルの連結受具44を嵌合させることにより、本体部10と肩ベルト部40の間を接続する。   In addition, a connection projecting from the boundary between the head rest part 11 and the back rest part 12 on the inner surface side (infant B side) of the main body part 10 is connected to the connection plug 43 of the rotary buckle provided on the shoulder belt part 40. The main body part 10 and the shoulder belt part 40 are connected by fitting a coupling receiver 44 of a rotary buckle attached to the tip of the part 14.

特に、本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1においては、このように本体部10の内面側(乳幼児B側)において頭当部11と背当部12との境界部の面からクッション性に富む接続部14を突設していることで、乳幼児Bの首部及び頭部の側面側をガードできるから、乳幼児Bの左右側の傾きにも対応して、乳幼児Bの首部及び頭部の側面側を支持して、乳幼児Bの首部及び頭部のグラつきを防止できる。よって、首すわり前の低月齢の乳幼児Bを保持する際でも、首部及び頭部のグラつきを防止して乳幼児Bの首曲がりを防止しできるから、乳幼児Bの頭部や首部にかかる負荷を少なくできる。   In particular, in the baby carrier 1 according to the present embodiment, the connecting portion rich in cushioning from the surface of the boundary portion between the head rest portion 11 and the back rest portion 12 on the inner surface side (infant B side) of the main body portion 10 as described above. By projecting 14, the side of the neck and the head of the infant B can be guarded, so that the neck of the infant B and the side of the head are supported in response to the inclination of the left and right sides of the infant B. Thus, it is possible to prevent the neck of the infant B and the head from glare. Therefore, even when holding an infant B of a young age before sitting on the neck, the neck and the head can be prevented from being bent and the neck of the infant B can be prevented from bending. Less.

そして、一端部が補助保持部20の左右の上端に固着され、他端部が補助保持部20の上部の左右側部に固着されて補助保持部20に環状に接続した左右1対の肩ベルト部40を使用者Mの肩に掛け、また、補助保持部20及び本体部10の下端に配設した腰ベルト部50を使用者Mの腰回りに巻いて、その両端部に取付けたバックルの連結差込具53と連結受具54(図10乃至図13においては符号及び記号は省略)を嵌合し、環状に連結して使用者Mの腰回りに固定することにより、ベビーキャリア1が使用者Mに装着される。これにより、本体部10と補助保持部20の間に収容された乳幼児Bの体重を使用者Mの両肩、背中及び腰に分散させ、乳幼児Bを抱っこまたはおんぶで保持する。   A pair of left and right shoulder belts having one end fixed to the left and right upper ends of the auxiliary holding portion 20 and the other end fixed to the left and right side portions of the upper portion of the auxiliary holding portion 20 and connected to the auxiliary holding portion 20 in an annular shape. The belt 40 is hung around the waist of the user M around the shoulder of the user M, and the waist belt portion 50 disposed at the lower ends of the auxiliary holding unit 20 and the main body 10 is attached to both ends of the buckle. By fitting the connecting plug 53 and the connecting receiver 54 (the symbols and symbols are omitted in FIGS. 10 to 13), connecting them in a ring and fixing them around the waist of the user M, the baby carrier 1 It is attached to the user M. As a result, the weight of the infant B accommodated between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 is distributed to both shoulders, back and waist of the user M, and the infant B is held by a cuddle or a piggyback.

なお、上述したように、本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1では、左右1対の肩ベルト部40において、調節ベルト部42のアジャスター42c,42bによって調節ベルト部42のベルト長を調節することにより、肩ベルト部40のベルト長を調節できるようになっている。更に、肩掛け部41に設けた肩ベルト調整部46のバックルの連結差込具46cと連結受具46dを連結係合させて左右の肩ベルト部40の間隔を所定の距離で固定することによって、左右の肩ベルト部40が使用者Mの肩から外れることがないようにできる。また、連結差込具46bと連結受具46dの一方または両方にアジャスター機能が設けられていることで、肩ベルト調整部46の長さを調節して、左右の肩ベルト部40相互間の間隔(距離)も調整できる。加えて、肩掛け部41に設けたスライドベルト47及びベルト可動用アジャスター48によって、肩ベルト調整部46の位置も調節できる。よって、使用者Mの体型等に応じ、使用者Mにとって負担の少ない位置に肩ベルト40を配置できる。   In addition, as described above, in the baby carrier 1 of the present embodiment, by adjusting the belt length of the adjustment belt portion 42 by the adjusters 42c and 42b of the adjustment belt portion 42 in the pair of left and right shoulder belt portions 40, The belt length of the shoulder belt portion 40 can be adjusted. Furthermore, by connecting and engaging the connection insertion tool 46c and the connection receiver 46d of the buckle of the shoulder belt adjustment portion 46 provided on the shoulder hook portion 41, the distance between the left and right shoulder belt portions 40 is fixed at a predetermined distance, The left and right shoulder belt portions 40 can be prevented from coming off the user's M shoulder. Further, the adjuster function is provided in one or both of the connection plug 46b and the connection receiver 46d, so that the length of the shoulder belt adjustment section 46 is adjusted, and the distance between the left and right shoulder belt sections 40 is determined. (Distance) can also be adjusted. In addition, the position of the shoulder belt adjusting portion 46 can be adjusted by the slide belt 47 and the belt moving adjuster 48 provided on the shoulder portion 41. Therefore, the shoulder belt 40 can be disposed at a position where the burden on the user M is low according to the body shape of the user M and the like.

このように肩ベルト調整部46によって左右一対の肩ベルト部40の間隔を調整でき、更に、調節ベルト部42のアジャスター42c,42bによって肩ベルト部40の長さ調節をでき、加えて、スライドベルト47及びベルト可動用アジャスター48によって、肩ベルト調整部46の位置を調節できることできることにより、使用者Mの体型に応じて、また、乳幼児Bを抱っこしたり、おんぶしたりする乳幼児Bの位置に応じて使用者Mにとって乳幼児Bを楽に保持できる最適な位置に設定することが容易に可能である。また、乳幼児Bと使用者Mとの間隔調節が容易にできて、乳幼児Bにとっての保持姿勢を適切に設定することができる。このため、体勢が不安定な低月齢の乳幼児Bを保持する場合でも、使用者Mの体形に肩ベルト部40をフィットさせ、乳幼児Bを使用者Mに密着させて安定的に保持することが可能である。また、乳幼児Bが膝よりも臀部に重心位置がかかるように調節して、低月齢の乳幼児Bを保持する際でも負担が少ない保持態様に容易に調節できる。更に、成長して大きくなった乳幼児Bを保持する際でも、肩ベルト部40の使用者Mへの装着状態を調節して、乳幼児Bが窮屈感を感じない適切な保持姿勢で保持することができる。   Thus, the distance between the pair of left and right shoulder belt portions 40 can be adjusted by the shoulder belt adjustment portion 46, and the length of the shoulder belt portion 40 can be adjusted by the adjusters 42c and 42b of the adjustment belt portion 42. In addition, the slide belt 47 and the belt movable adjuster 48 can adjust the position of the shoulder belt adjusting portion 46, so that it can be adjusted according to the body shape of the user M and the position of the infant B holding or carrying the infant B. Thus, it is possible for the user M to easily set the optimal position where the infant B can be easily held. Further, the distance between the infant B and the user M can be easily adjusted, and the holding posture for the infant B can be set appropriately. For this reason, even when holding an infant B of a young age whose posture is unstable, the shoulder belt portion 40 can be fitted to the body shape of the user M, and the infant B can be held in close contact with the user M and stably held. Is possible. Further, the infant B can be easily adjusted to a holding mode with less burden even when the infant B is held at a low age by adjusting the center of gravity of the buttocks rather than the knee. Furthermore, even when the baby B that has grown and grown is held, the wearing state of the shoulder belt portion 40 to the user M can be adjusted to hold the baby B in an appropriate holding posture that does not feel cramped. it can.

また、腰ベルト部50においても、バックルに設けたアジャスター機能により長さ調節部52の長さを調節することによって、腰ベルト部50のベルト長を調節できるから、使用者Mの体型等に応じて腰回りにフィットさせることができ、使用者Mへの負担を少なくできる。
なお、本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1では使用者Mの腰に腰ベルト部50を止めてから、左右一対の肩ベルト部40を止めても良いし、逆に、左右の肩ベルト部40を止めてから、使用者Mの腰に止める腰ベルト部50を止めても良く、使い勝手が良い。
In the waist belt portion 50, the belt length of the waist belt portion 50 can be adjusted by adjusting the length of the length adjusting portion 52 by an adjuster function provided on the buckle. Can be fitted around the waist and the burden on the user M can be reduced.
In the baby carrier 1 of the present embodiment, the pair of left and right shoulder belt portions 40 may be stopped after the waist belt portion 50 is fastened to the waist of the user M. After being stopped, the waist belt portion 50 that is fastened to the waist of the user M may be stopped, which is convenient.

そして、本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1においては、乳幼児Bが収容される本体部10と補助保持部20の間で本体部10及び補助保持部20から一体に連続して形成された位置決め台座部30が配設されており、その位置決め台座部30において、スライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bが所定の離間距離で取付けられている。このため、スライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bを合わせてそのファスナを閉じる係合によって、位置決め台座部30の長さ方向の一部を折り畳み状態で固定可能とし、本体部10及び補助保持部20の間の接続長さを短くできる。即ち、位置決め台座部30によって、本体部10及び補助保持部20の間の深さの調節を自在とし、乳幼児Bの臀部の沈み深さを調節できる。   And in the baby carrier 1 of this Embodiment, the positioning base part integrally formed continuously from the main-body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 between the main-body part 10 in which the infant B is accommodated, and the auxiliary holding part 20 In the positioning pedestal portion 30, a pair of the female side 33a and the male side 33b of the sliding fastener 33 are attached at a predetermined distance. For this reason, by engaging the pair of female side 33a and the male side 33b of the slide type fastener 33 and closing the fastener, a part in the length direction of the positioning base 30 can be fixed in the folded state, 10 and the auxiliary | assistant holding | maintenance part 20 can be shortened. That is, the positioning pedestal 30 can freely adjust the depth between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 and can adjust the sinking depth of the buttocks of the infant B.

したがって、例えば、図10に示すように、乳幼児Bと使用者Mの顔が相向き合う対面抱っこで乳幼児Bを保持する際に、身長が低い低月齢の乳幼児Bであっても、本体部10及び補助保持部20の間の接続長さを短くした位置決め台座部30によって、乳幼児Bの臀部の位置を高くできるから、本体部10と補助保持部20の間で沈み込んだり埋もれたりしてしまうことがなく、乳幼児Bの身体の適切な位置に本体部10の頭当部11、背当部12及び臀当部13があてがわれ、乳幼児Bの負担を小さくして快適な保持を可能とする。   Therefore, for example, as shown in FIG. 10, when the infant B is held in a face-to-face holding in which the infant B and the face of the user M face each other, Since the position of the buttocks of the infant B can be increased by the positioning pedestal portion 30 in which the connection length between the auxiliary holding portions 20 is shortened, the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20 may sink or be buried. The head support part 11, the back support part 12 and the heel support part 13 of the main body part 10 are applied to the appropriate positions of the body of the infant B, so that the burden on the infant B can be reduced and comfortable holding is possible. .

特に、首すわり前の体勢が不安定な低月齢の乳幼児Bであっても、乳幼児Bの身体の適切な位置に本体部10の背当部12及び臀当部13があてがわれ、また、乳幼児Bの頭部に本体部10の頭当部11が適切に配置され、更に、本体部10の内面側(乳幼児B側)において頭当部11と背当部12との境界部の面から突設させたクッション性に富む接続部14が乳幼児Bの首部及び頭部の側面側をガードできるから、乳幼児Bの首部及び頭部の後方及び側面側を適切に支持して、首部及び頭部のグラつきを防止し、使用者Mの歩行等による振動でも負担がかかりやすい低月齢の乳幼児Bでも、乳幼児Bの体形、殊に頭部や首部にかかる負担を少なくできる。   In particular, even in the case of a low-age infant B who has an unstable posture before sitting on the neck, the back support part 12 and the abutment part 13 of the main body part 10 are assigned to appropriate positions of the body of the infant B, The head support part 11 of the main body part 10 is appropriately disposed on the head of the infant B, and further, from the surface of the boundary part between the head support part 11 and the back support part 12 on the inner surface side (infant B side) of the main body part 10. Since the projecting connecting portion 14 having a high cushioning property can guard the neck and the side of the head of the infant B, the neck and the head of the infant B are appropriately supported by the rear and the side of the head. Even with a low-age infant B who is likely to be burdened by vibration caused by walking of the user M or the like, the burden on the body of the infant B, particularly the head and neck, can be reduced.

また、スライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bを係合して本体部10と補助保持部20の間の接続長さを短くした状態の位置決め台座部30に乳幼児Bの臀部が沈む位置決め部位32Aにおいて、その左右方向(水平方向)の横幅W3を、本体部10の下端の横幅W1(=本体部10が腰ベルト部50に接続した接続幅)の5/10〜9/10の範囲内、より好ましくは、3/5〜4/5の範囲内の範囲内の幅狭とし、かつ、補助保持部20において、少なくとも本体部10の下端に接続された位置から15cm高さまでの横幅は、位置決め部位32Aの横幅の1.4倍以下に形成されていることから、首すわり前の体勢が不安定な低月齢の乳幼児Bが保持対象であっても、乳幼児Bの股幅が必要以上に広げられたり、脚の動き、殊に膝関節の動きが制限されたりするのが防止される。よって、乳幼児Bの体形を臀部よりも膝の位置を高くしたM字型に開脚した自然な姿勢での保持を可能とし、乳幼児Bの体形に負担の少ないものとなる。 Further, the buttocks of the infant B are placed on the positioning pedestal portion 30 in a state where the pair of the female side 33a and the male side 33b of the sliding fastener 33 are engaged to shorten the connection length between the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20. In the positioning portion 32A where the sun sinks, the lateral width W 3 in the left-right direction (horizontal direction) is 5/10 to the lateral width W 1 of the lower end of the main body portion 10 (= the connection width where the main body portion 10 is connected to the waist belt portion 50). 9cm, more preferably narrow within the range of 3/5 to 4/5, and at the auxiliary holding part 20, at least 15 cm from the position connected to the lower end of the main body part 10. Since the horizontal width up to the height is formed to be 1.4 times or less the horizontal width of the positioning portion 32A, even if the infant B of a young age whose posture before the neck is unstable is unstable, the infant B The crotch width is expanded more than necessary, It can be prevented from or is particularly restricted movement of the knee joint. Therefore, the body shape of the infant B can be held in a natural posture in which the body shape of the infant B is opened in an M shape with the knee positioned higher than the buttocks, and the body shape of the infant B is less burdensome.

殊に、本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1によれば、本体部10と補助保持部20の間の接続長さを短くした位置決め台座部30の位置決め部位32Aに臀部が沈んだ乳幼児Bの脚が左右両側から出される補助保持部20の少なくとも本体部10の下端に接続された位置から15cm高さまでにおいて、左右両側縁部の傾斜が90°〜140°の範囲内の角度で本体部10の下端部に接続していることから、約130°の開脚が理想的とされる首すわり前の月齢が低い時期の乳幼児Bの自然な開脚を妨げることがなく、股関節や鼠蹊部への圧迫も少ない。   In particular, according to the baby carrier 1 of the present embodiment, the leg of the infant B with the buttocks sunk in the positioning portion 32A of the positioning base portion 30 in which the connection length between the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20 is shortened. The lower end of the main body 10 is inclined at an angle within a range of 90 ° to 140 ° at a height of 15 cm from a position connected to at least the lower end of the main body 10 of the auxiliary holding portion 20 extending from the left and right sides. Because it is connected to the hips, compression of the hips and hips is possible without interfering with the natural leg of infant B when the age is low before the neck is sitting, which is ideal for a leg of about 130 ° There are few.

更に、本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1によれば、位置決め台座部30の第2の臀当部31の両側において、内側に湾曲した縫製線13aにて接ぎ合わせられる立体裁断によって形成された臀当部13の中央部32A及びその左右両側の端部32Bの境界近傍が表出され、中央部13Aに対して左右両側の端部13Bが乳幼児B側に向かって折り曲がり自在とされ、奥行きのある立体的な空間が形成できる。よって、本体部10と補助保持部20の間に収容された乳幼児BのM字に開脚した動きが自由になりやすい。   Furthermore, according to the baby carrier 1 of the present embodiment, the abutment formed by draping that is joined to the both sides of the second abutment portion 31 of the positioning pedestal portion 30 by the inwardly curved sewing line 13a. The vicinity of the boundary between the central portion 32A of the portion 13 and the left and right end portions 32B is exposed, and the left and right end portions 13B can be bent toward the infant B side with respect to the central portion 13A, and has a depth. A three-dimensional space can be formed. Therefore, the movement of the infant B accommodated between the main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 in a leg-shaped manner tends to be free.

また、内側に湾曲した縫製線13aにて接ぎ合わせられる立体裁断によって形成された臀当部13の中央部32A及びその左右両側の端部32Bによって、乳幼児Bの保持状態では所定の柔軟性、可撓性、弾性、緩衝性等を有する材料で形成された中央部13Aが後方に向かって湾曲しやすくなっている。よって、乳幼児Bの臀部が落ち込み易くて乳幼児Bが膝よりも臀部に重心位置がかかりやすく、低月齢の乳幼児Bを保持する際でも負担が少ない保持態様となり、乳幼児Bの臀部の位置が適切な位置で安定化され、乳幼児Bの保持安定性が高くなっている。   In addition, the center portion 32A of the abutment portion 13 and the left and right end portions 32B formed by draping that are joined together by the inwardly curved sewing line 13a allow predetermined flexibility and allowance in the holding state of the infant B. A central portion 13A formed of a material having flexibility, elasticity, buffering properties, and the like is easily bent backward. Accordingly, the buttocks of the infant B are likely to fall down, the infant B is more likely to be positioned at the center of gravity than the knee, and the holding state is low even when the infant B is held at a low age, and the position of the buttocks of the infant B is appropriate. It is stabilized at the position, and the holding stability of the infant B is high.

このように、本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1によれば、首すわり前の月齢が低い時期の乳幼児Bを前向き抱っこする際でも負担の少ない開脚姿勢で安定した保持を可能とする。   Thus, according to the baby carrier 1 of the present embodiment, it is possible to stably hold an open leg posture with less burden even when the infant B at a time when the age before sitting on the neck is low is held forward.

また、図12に示すように、乳幼児Bを使用者Mの背中側で使用者Mと同一方向に向けた前向きおんぶする場合では、本体部10及び補助保持部20の間を接続する位置決め台座部30の長さを短くして乳幼児Bの臀部の位置を高くできることで、乳幼児Bの位置を使用者Mの腰の位置からより離れた位置で保持できることになるから、使用者Mの背骨と乳幼児Bの背骨が反発することなく使用者Mの曲線状の背骨ラインの形状に対して乳幼児Bの曲線状の背骨ラインの形状が沿いやすく、使用者Mに乳幼児Bが密着しやすくなる。よって、使用者M及び乳幼児Bにとって楽な姿勢で快適な保持が可能となる。特に、乳幼児Bをおんぶする使用者Mは抱っこよりも乳幼児Bの重みを感じ難くなり、楽に保持できる。また、使用者Mに乳幼児Bが密着しやすくなることによって、乳幼児Bの後方への反り返りが生じ難い状態のものとなる。   In addition, as shown in FIG. 12, in the case where the infant B is turned forward on the back side of the user M in the same direction as the user M, the positioning pedestal portion that connects between the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20. Since the length of 30 can be shortened to raise the position of the buttocks of the infant B, the position of the infant B can be held at a position further away from the position of the waist of the user M. Therefore, the spine of the user M and the infant The shape of the curved spine line of the infant B easily follows the shape of the curved spine line of the user M without repulsion of the spine of the B, so that the infant B can easily adhere to the user M. Therefore, it is possible for the user M and the infant B to hold comfortably with a comfortable posture. In particular, the user M carrying the infant B is less likely to feel the weight of the infant B than the baby and can easily hold it. In addition, since the infant B easily comes into close contact with the user M, the infant B is unlikely to be warped backward.

一方、スライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bを係合させることなく位置決め台座部30の本来の長さによって本体部10及び補助保持部20の間を接続した状態では、位置決め台座部30が本体部10及び補助保持部20に重なり合ってそれに沿うことから、図11及び図13に示すように、位置決め台座部30に受け止められる乳幼児Bの臀部の沈み深さは深くなる。
よって、乳幼児Bが成長して身長が高くなった際でも、本体部10及び補助保持部20の間の長さを本来の長さとした位置決め台座部30によって、乳幼児Bの臀部が低い位置で位置決めされることで、乳幼児Bの身体の適切な位置に本体部10の頭当部11、背当部12及び臀当部13があてがわれ、乳幼児Bの負担が小さい快適な保持を可能とする。
On the other hand, in the state where the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 are connected by the original length of the positioning base part 30 without engaging the pair of female side 33a and male side 33b of the sliding fastener 33, positioning is performed. Since the pedestal portion 30 overlaps and follows the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20, as shown in FIGS. 11 and 13, the sinking depth of the buttocks of the infant B received by the positioning pedestal portion 30 becomes deeper.
Therefore, even when the infant B grows up and becomes taller, the positioning base 30 having the original length between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 positions the buttocks of the infant B at a low position. By doing so, the head support part 11, the back support part 12 and the heel support part 13 of the main body part 10 are assigned to appropriate positions of the body of the infant B, thereby enabling a comfortable holding with a small burden on the infant B. .

なお、図13に示すように、本体部10及び補助保持部20の間の長さを本来の長さとした位置決め台座部30に乳幼児Bの臀部を着地させて低い位置でおんぶする場合でも、補助保持部20と本体部10が接続部21によって接続されて、補助保持部20と本体部10と接続部21によって形成される環状に乳幼児Bの脚が通されていることで、乳幼児Bの反り返りによる落下を防止できる。   As shown in FIG. 13, even when the infant B's buttocks are landed on the positioning pedestal 30 having the original length between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20, the assisting portion is supported. The holding part 20 and the main body part 10 are connected by the connecting part 21, and the leg of the infant B is passed through the ring formed by the auxiliary holding part 20, the main body part 10 and the connecting part 21, so that the infant B warps back. Can prevent falling by.

このようにして、本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1によれば、本体部10と補助保持部20の間の内面側に渡されて配設された位置決め台座部30の長さがスライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bによって調節自在とされていることにより、乳幼児Bの身長や抱っこまたはおんぶの保持形態によって保持する乳幼児Bの高さ位置を調節可能である。
特に、本体部10と補助保持部20の間を渡す長さを短縮したときの位置決め台座部30に乳幼児Bが受け止められる位置決め部位32Aの横幅寸法及び乳幼児Bの身体の股側にあてがわれる補助保持部20の横幅寸法を特定することにより、月齢が低い時期の乳幼児Bでも負担の少ない安定した保持を可能とし、また、乳幼児Bの月齢、大きさ、成長に応じて負担をかけない開脚姿勢で保持できる。
そして、位置決め台座部30の長さ調節を行うためのスライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bが位置決め台座部30において乳幼児Bの着地側とは反対側の裏面に取付けられていることで、乳幼児Bに違和感や不快感を与えることなく乳幼児Bの臀部の高さ位置を調節することができる。
As described above, according to the baby carrier 1 of the present embodiment, the length of the positioning pedestal portion 30 disposed and disposed on the inner surface side between the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20 is the sliding fastener 33. Since the pair of female side 33a and male side 33b are adjustable, the height of the infant B and the height position of the infant B to be held can be adjusted according to the holding form of the infant B or the piggyback.
In particular, the lateral dimension of the positioning portion 32A where the infant B is received by the positioning base 30 when the length passing between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 is shortened and the assist applied to the crotch side of the body of the infant B By specifying the width dimension of the holding portion 20, even an infant B at a low age can stably hold with little burden, and an open leg that does not place a burden according to the age, size, and growth of the infant B Can be held in a posture.
A pair of female side 33a and male side 33b of the slide type fastener 33 for adjusting the length of the positioning pedestal 30 are attached to the back surface of the positioning pedestal 30 opposite to the landing side of the infant B. Therefore, the height position of the buttocks of the infant B can be adjusted without causing the infant B to feel uncomfortable or uncomfortable.

以上説明してきたように、上記実施の形態に係るベビーキャリア1は、使用者M側とは反対側で乳幼児Bの身体にあてがわれ乳幼児Bを支持する本体部10と、本体部10の下端部に接続され、本体部10とは反対側で乳幼児Bの身体にあてがわれる補助保持部20と、本体部10と補助保持部20の対向側で本体部10及び補助保持部20から一体に連続して形成されて本体部10と補助保持部20の間に渡されて配設され、スライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bによる折り畳む長さ調節によって、本体部10と補助保持部20の間の長さを調節して本体部10と補助保持部20の間の深さの調節を自在とし、乳幼児Bの臀部の沈み深さを位置決めする位置決め台座部30と、補助保持部20に接続され、乳幼児Bを保持する使用者Mの肩に掛けられる1対の肩ベルト部40と、本体部10と補助保持部20の下端部に接続し、使用者Mの腰回りに装着する腰ベルト部50とを具備するものである。   As described above, the baby carrier 1 according to the above embodiment includes the main body 10 that is applied to the body of the infant B on the opposite side to the user M side and supports the infant B, and the lower end of the main body 10. And the auxiliary holding part 20 applied to the body of the infant B on the opposite side of the main body part 10 and the main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 on the opposite side of the main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 from the main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 It is formed continuously and passed between the main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20, and is adjusted by the folding length adjustment by the pair of female side 33a and male side 33b of the slide type fastener 33. A positioning pedestal 30 for adjusting the depth between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 by adjusting the length between the auxiliary holding parts 20 and positioning the sinking depth of the buttocks of the infant B; Connected to the holding unit 20 to hold the infant B A pair of shoulder belt portions 40 that are hung on the shoulders of the user M, and a waist belt portion 50 that is connected to the lower end portions of the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20 and is worn around the waist of the user M. Is.

したがって、上記実施の形態に係るベビーキャリア1によれば、本体部10及び補助保持部20の間に配設された位置決め台座部30に本体部10及び補助保持部20の間に収容された乳幼児Bが受け止められることになるが、位置決め台座部30の裏面に所定距離で取付けられたスライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bを係合させて長さ調節部32の折り畳みにより本体部10及び補助保持部20の間の位置決め台座部30の長さを短くすると、本体部10及び補助保持部20の間に収容される乳幼児Bの臀部の沈み深さが浅くなり、一方で、高さ長さ調節部32の折り畳みを展開して本体部10及び補助保持部20の間の位置決め台座部30の長さを長くすると、本体部10及び補助保持部20の間に収容される乳幼児Bの臀部の沈み深さが深くなり、位置決め台座部30の長さの調節により保持する乳幼児Bの高さ位置を調節できる。   Therefore, according to the baby carrier 1 according to the above-described embodiment, the infant housed between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20 on the positioning base 30 disposed between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20. B is received, but a pair of female side 33a and male side 33b of slide type fastener 33 attached to the back surface of positioning pedestal portion 30 at a predetermined distance are engaged, and length adjustment portion 32 is folded. When the length of the positioning pedestal 30 between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 is shortened, the sinking depth of the buttocks of the infant B accommodated between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 becomes shallow. When the folding of the height length adjustment unit 32 is expanded to increase the length of the positioning base 30 between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding unit 20, the height adjustment unit 32 is accommodated between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding unit 20. Infant Sinking depth of the buttocks is deep, you can adjust the height of the infant B holding by adjusting the length of the positioning pedestal 30.

よって、身体が小さい低月齢の乳幼児Bでも、長さ調節部32の折り畳みにより本体部10及び補助保持部20の間の位置決め台座部30の長さを短くして、本体部10の下端部と補助保持部20の下端部の接続位置よりも高い位置で乳幼児Bを保持することができることから、乳幼児Bが本体部10と補助保持部20の間で沈み込んだり埋もれたりしてしまうことなく、乳幼児Bの頭部の位置がそれを保護する本体部10の頭当部11に適切に配置されて、乳幼児Bの負担を小さくでき、快適な保持を可能とする。また、乳幼児Bが成長して身体が大きくなった際には、長さ調節部32の折り畳みを展開し、本体部10及び補助保持部20の間の位置決め台座部30の長さを長くして、本体部10の下端部と補助保持部20の下端部の接続側の低い位置で乳幼児Bを保持して、本体部10の頭当部11、背当部12及び臀当部13を乳幼児Bの身体の適切な位置にあてがい保護し、快適な保持を可能とする。また、使用者Mにとっても、快適な保持位置に乳幼児Bの高さ位置を調節できることになる。このように保持する乳幼児Bの月齢、大きさ、成長に応じて、乳幼児Bの保持の高さ位置を調節し、乳幼児B及び使用者Mにとって負担の少ない保持を可能とする。   Therefore, even in a small-age infant B with a small body, the length of the positioning pedestal 30 between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding unit 20 is shortened by folding the length adjusting unit 32, and the lower end of the main body 10 Since the infant B can be held at a position higher than the connection position of the lower end portion of the auxiliary holding part 20, the infant B does not sink or be buried between the main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20, The position of the head of the infant B is appropriately arranged on the head support part 11 of the main body part 10 that protects the infant B, so that the burden on the infant B can be reduced and comfortable holding is possible. Further, when the infant B grows and the body becomes large, the length adjustment unit 32 is expanded and the length of the positioning base 30 between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding unit 20 is increased. The infant B is held at a low position on the connection side between the lower end of the main body 10 and the lower end of the auxiliary holding part 20, and the head rest 11, the back rest 12, and the saddle rest 13 of the main body 10 are held by the infant B. Protects the body at an appropriate position and enables comfortable holding. Also, the height position of the infant B can be adjusted to a comfortable holding position for the user M. The holding height position of the infant B is adjusted according to the age, size, and growth of the infant B that is held in this way, and the infant B and the user M can be held with less burden.

また、前記位置決め台座部により乳幼児の臀部の沈み深さが上位に底上されることで、乳幼児の股幅の開きが前記本体部の下端部の横幅寸法に左右されることなく、前記位置決め台座部の下位から、補助保持部及び本体部の両者が接続されている閉じられた下端部までの空間に、乳幼児が脚を収めることができるようになるから、低月齢の乳幼児にとってその股関節の開き過ぎの防止が可能となる。
更に、このように乳幼児Bの臀部を受け止める位置決め台座部30は、本体部10及び補助保持部20から一体に連続して形成されたものであるから、位置ずれが生じることもなく接続強度が安定しており、乳幼児Bの重みによって本体部10及び補助保持部20から位置決め台座部30が外れることもなくて信頼性が高く、また、長さを短くした位置決め台座部30に臀部が受け止められた乳幼児Mにとって、使用者Mの歩行等による振動でも揺動し難くて乳幼児Bの臀部の重心位置も安定しやすく、体勢が安定しない首すわり前の月齢が低い時期の乳幼児Bにとっても揺れやぐらつきを少なくでき、安定した保持ができる。
このようにして、乳幼児Bの保持の高さ位置を調節することができ、かつ、乳幼児Bの月齢、大きさ、成長に応じて負担をかけない開脚姿勢の保持を可能とし、月齢が低い時期の乳幼児Bでも負担の少ない安定した保持を可能とする。
In addition, since the positioning pedestal portion raises the sinking depth of the buttocks of the infant to the upper level, the opening width of the crotch width of the infant is not affected by the width of the lower end portion of the main body, and the positioning pedestal Since the infant can fit the leg into the space from the lower part of the part to the closed lower end where both the auxiliary holding part and the main body part are connected, the hip joint is opened for younger infants. It is possible to prevent overshoot.
Further, since the positioning base 30 for receiving the buttocks of the infant B is formed integrally and continuously from the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20, the connection strength is stable without causing a displacement. The positioning base part 30 is not detached from the main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 due to the weight of the infant B, and the reliability is high, and the collar part is received by the positioning base part 30 whose length is shortened. It is difficult for the infant M to swing even by vibration caused by the user's walking, etc., and the center of gravity position of the buttocks of the infant B is easy to be stabilized. And can be held stably.
In this way, the holding height position of the infant B can be adjusted, and it is possible to maintain an open leg posture that does not impose a burden according to the age, size, and growth of the infant B, and the age is low. Even the infant B at the time allows stable holding with little burden.

特に、上記実施の形態に係るベビーキャリア1の位置決め台座部30は、その裏面に所定距離、離間して取付けられたスライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bを係合させることにより長さ方向の折り畳み状態が固定され、その折り畳みにより本体部10と補助保持部20の間の長さを短くしたときの乳幼児Bの臀部の沈み横幅としての位置決め部位32Aの横幅W3が、補助保持部20と接続する本体部10の下端部の横幅W1の5/10〜9/10の範囲内、より好ましくは、3/5〜4/5の範囲内の幅狭に形成されている。 In particular, the positioning pedestal 30 of the baby carrier 1 according to the above-described embodiment is configured to engage a pair of female side 33a and male side 33b of a slide type fastener 33 that is attached to the back surface thereof by a predetermined distance apart. The folding state in the length direction is fixed by the width W 3 of the positioning part 32A as the sinking lateral width of the buttocks of the infant B when the length between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 is shortened by the folding, in the range of 5 / 10-9 / 10 of the width W 1 of the lower end portion of the main body portion 10 which connects the auxiliary holding portion 20, and more preferably, it is formed narrower in a range of 3 / 5-4 / 5 Yes.

位置決め台座部30において、長さ方向の折り畳みにより本体部10と補助保持部20の間の長さを短くしたときに乳幼児Bの臀部が受け止められる位置決め部位32Aの横幅W3、即ち、乳幼児Bの臀部の沈み横幅W3が、本体部10の下端部の横幅W1の1/3〜2/3の範囲内の幅狭に形成されているから、首すわり前の低月齢の乳幼児Bを保持対象としても、乳幼児Bの股幅が必要以上に広げられて股関節が開き過ぎたりすることなく、股関節脱臼が防止され、M字開脚とする自然な開脚姿勢で負担の少ない保持を可能とする。 In the positioning pedestal 30, the lateral width W 3 of the positioning part 32 A where the buttocks of the infant B are received when the length between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 is shortened by folding in the length direction, that is, the infant B Since the sinking width W 3 of the buttock is narrow within the range of 1/3 to 2/3 of the width W 1 of the lower end of the main body 10, the infant B of a younger age before sitting on the neck is held. Even as a subject, the hip width of the infant B is unnecessarily widened, and the hip joint is prevented from opening too much, dislocation of the hip joint is prevented, and it is possible to hold the load with a natural open leg posture with an M-shaped open leg. To do.

また、上記実施の形態に係るベビーキャリア1の補助保持部20は、本体部10の下端部との接続位置から15cmの高さ位置までの左右両側の横幅が、最大でも、本体部10と補助保持部20の間の長さを短くしたときの乳幼児Bの臀部の沈み横幅としての位置決め部位32Aの横幅W3の1.4倍の以下であるものである。
特に、補助保持部20において、本体部10の下端部との接続位置から15cmの高さ位置までの左右両側の横幅が、最大でも、本体部10と補助保持部20の間の長さを短くしたときに乳幼児Bの臀部が受け止められる位置決め部位32Aの横幅W3、即ち、乳幼児Bの臀部の沈み横幅W3の1.4倍以下であるから、首すわり前の低月齢の乳幼児Bを保持対象としても、脚の動き、殊に膝関節の動きが拘束されたりすることなく、乳幼児Bの窮屈感も開放され、M字開脚とする自然な開脚姿勢でより負担の少ない保持を可能とする。
In addition, the auxiliary holding part 20 of the baby carrier 1 according to the above embodiment has an auxiliary width between the left and right sides from the connection position with the lower end of the main body part 10 to a height position of 15 cm at the maximum. it is not more than 1.4 times the width W 3 of the positioning portion 32A as buttocks sink width of infant B when shortening the length between the holding portion 20.
In particular, in the auxiliary holding part 20, the width between the left and right sides from the connection position with the lower end part of the main body part 10 to the height position of 15 cm is short at the maximum between the main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20. Since the width W 3 of the positioning portion 32A at which the buttocks of the infant B is received, that is, 1.4 times or less the sinking width W 3 of the buttocks of the infant B, the infant B of the younger age before the neck is held is held. As a target, leg movements, especially knee joint movements, are not restrained, and infant B's cramped feeling is also released, allowing a less legible holding with a natural leg position with an M-shaped leg. And

このように、上記実施の形態に係るベビーキャリア1は、使用者M側とは反対側で乳幼児Bの身体にあてがわれ乳幼児Bを支持する本体部10と、本体部10の下端部に接続され、本体部10とは反対側で乳幼児Bの身体にあてがわれる補助保持部20と、本体部10と補助保持部20の対向側で本体部10及び補助保持部20から一体に連続して形成されて本体部10と補助保持部20の間に渡されて配設され、スライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bによる折り畳む長さ調節によって、本体部10と補助保持部20の間の長さを調節して本体部10と補助保持部20の間の深さの調節を自在とし、乳幼児Bの臀部の沈み深さを位置決めする位置決め台座部30と、補助保持部20に接続され、乳幼児Bを保持する使用者Mの肩に掛けられる1対の肩ベルト部40と、本体部10と補助保持部20の下端部に接続し、使用者Mの腰回りに装着する腰ベルト部50とを具備し、位置決め台座部130は、本体部10と補助保持部20との間の長さを短くしたときの乳幼児Bの臀部の沈み横幅W3が、本体部10の下端部の横幅W1の5/10〜9/10の範囲内、より好ましくは、3/5〜4/5の範囲内の幅狭に形成されており、かつ、補助保持部20は、本体部10の下端部との接続位置から15cmの範囲内の高さ位置までの左右両側の横幅が、最大でも、本体部10と補助保持部20との間の長さを短くしたときの乳幼児Bの臀部の沈み横幅W3の1.4倍以下である。 As described above, the baby carrier 1 according to the embodiment is connected to the main body 10 that is applied to the body of the infant B on the opposite side to the user M side and supports the infant B, and the lower end of the main body 10. The auxiliary holding part 20 applied to the body of the infant B on the side opposite to the main body part 10, and the main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 on the opposite side of the main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20, continuously from the main body part 10. The main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 are formed and arranged between the main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 and are adjusted by the folding length of the pair of female side 33a and male side 33b of the slide fastener 33. A positioning pedestal 30 for positioning the sinking depth of the buttocks of the infant B, and the auxiliary holding part 20 to freely adjust the depth between the main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 by adjusting the length between 20 The user who is connected to and holds the infant B A pair of shoulder belts 40 to be hung on the shoulders of the body, and a waist belt part 50 connected to the lower end part of the main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 and mounted around the waist of the user M, and a positioning base part 130 is a horizontal width W 3 of the lower part of the main body 10 that is 10 to 9/9 of the horizontal width W 1 of the lower end of the main body 10 when the length between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding unit 20 is shortened. 10, more preferably, a width within a range of 3/5 to 4/5, and the auxiliary holding portion 20 is within a range of 15 cm from the connection position with the lower end of the main body portion 10. The horizontal width of the left and right sides up to the inner height position is 1.4 times or less of the sinking width W 3 of the buttocks of the infant B when the length between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20 is shortened at the maximum. It is.

即ち、上記実施の形態に係るベビーキャリア1は、左右1対の肩ベルト部40により使用者Mに装着され、乳幼児Bの身体にあてがわれ乳幼児Bを広い面積で支持する本体部10と、一端が本体部10の下端部に接続され本体部10とは反対側で乳幼児Bの身体にあてがわれる補助保持部20と、本体部10及び補助保持部20から一体に連続して本体部10と補助保持部20の間に渡されて乳幼児Bの臀部の沈み深さを位置決めする位置決め台座部30とを有し、位置決め台座部30において、その長さ方向に折り畳む長さ調節によって本体部10と補助保持部20の間の深さの調節を自在とし、本体部10と補助保持部20の間の長さを短くしたときの乳幼児Bの臀部の沈み横幅W3を、本体部10の下端部の横幅W1の5/10以上、9/10以下の範囲内、より好ましくは、3/5以上、4/5以下の範囲内の範囲内の幅狭に形成し、かつ、補助保持部20において、本体部10の下端部との接続位置から15cmの高さ位置までの左右両側の横幅を、最大でも、本体部10と補助保持部20との間の長さを短くしたときの乳幼児Bの臀部の沈み横幅の1.4倍以下であるものである。 That is, the baby carrier 1 according to the above-described embodiment is attached to the user M by a pair of left and right shoulder belt portions 40, applied to the body of the infant B and supporting the infant B over a wide area, One end of the main body 10 is connected to the lower end of the main body 10, and the auxiliary holding section 20 is applied to the body of the infant B on the opposite side of the main body 10. And a positioning pedestal portion 30 that is passed between the auxiliary holding portion 20 and positions the sinking depth of the buttocks of the infant B, and the main body portion 10 is adjusted by adjusting the length of the positioning pedestal portion 30 in the length direction. The width of the sinking width W 3 of the buttocks of the infant B when the length between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20 is shortened and the lower end of the main body portion 10 is adjusted. 5/10 or more of the width W 1 of the part, 9 / 10 or less, more preferably 3/5 or more and 4/5 or less, and the auxiliary holding part 20 is connected to the lower end part of the main body part 10. The horizontal width of the left and right sides from the position to a height of 15 cm is at most 1.4 times the horizontal width of the sinking of the buttocks of the infant B when the length between the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20 is shortened. It is what is.

したがって、上記実施の形態に係るベビーキャリア1によれば、位置決め台座部30は、本体部10と補助保持部20との間の長さを短くしたときの乳幼児Bの臀部の沈み横幅W3が、本体部10の下端部の横幅W1の5/10〜9/10の範囲内、より好ましくは、3/5〜4/5の範囲内の幅狭に形成され、かつ、補助保持部20は、本体部10の下端部との接続位置から15cmの高さ位置までの左右両側の横幅が、最大でも、本体部10と補助保持部20との間の長さを短くしたときの乳幼児Bの臀部の沈み横幅の1.4倍以下であるであるから、首すわり前の低月齢の乳幼児Bを保持対象としても、乳幼児Bの股幅が必要以上に広げられて股関節が開き過ぎたり脚の動きが拘束されたりすることなく、股関節脱臼が防止され、M字開脚とする自然な開脚姿勢で負担の少ない保持を可能とする。
また、本体部10と補助保持部20との間の長さを短くしたときの乳幼児Bの臀部の沈み横幅よりも本体部10の下端部が所定の幅広であるから、位置決め台座部20の折り畳みを展開して本体部10及び補助保持部20の間を渡す長さを長くして位置決め台座部30に乳幼児Bの臀部が受け止められたときでも、本体部10の下部の適度な広い寸法によって乳幼児Bの臀部が広く覆われて開脚姿勢に負担をかけることなく、安定した保持が可能である。更に、乳幼児Bの股幅が適切な幅で開脚して保持されることで、使用者Mとの密着感を得て安心感も増し、快適な抱き心地となる。
Therefore, according to the baby carrier 1 according to the above-described embodiment, the positioning pedestal portion 30 has the sinking lateral width W 3 of the buttocks of the infant B when the length between the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20 is shortened. The width of the width W 1 of the lower end of the main body 10 is within a range of 5/10 to 9/10, more preferably within a range of 3/5 to 4/5, and the auxiliary holding portion 20 is formed. Infant B when the width between the left and right sides from the connection position with the lower end of the main body 10 to the height position of 15 cm is at most short between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 Because it is 1.4 times or less of the sinking width of the buttocks, even if the infant B is to be held before the neck is held, the crotch width of the infant B is widened more than necessary and the hip joint is too open or leg Without restraining the movement of the hip, preventing dislocation of the hip joint, It can be held with a low load by a natural open leg posture.
Further, since the lower end of the main body 10 is a predetermined width wider than the horizontal width of the buttocks of the infant B when the length between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 is shortened, the positioning base 20 can be folded. Even when the buttocks of the infant B are received on the positioning base 30 by extending the length of the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 so as to be extended, the infant can be accommodated by an appropriate wide dimension at the lower part of the main body 10. The buttocks of B are widely covered and stable holding is possible without placing a burden on the open leg posture. Furthermore, since the crotch width of the infant B is opened and held with an appropriate width, a feeling of close contact with the user M is obtained and a sense of security is increased, thereby providing a comfortable holding feeling.

そして、長さ方向の折り畳みにより本体部10と補助保持部20の間の長さを短くしたときに乳幼児Bの臀部が受け止められる位置決め部位32Aの横幅W3、即ち、乳幼児Bの臀部の沈み横幅W3よりも本体部10の下端部が所定の幅広であるから、折り畳みを展開して本体部10と補助保持部20の間を渡す長さを長くした位置決め台座部30に乳幼児Bの臀部が受け止められるときでも、本体部10の下部の適度な広い寸法によって乳幼児Bの臀部が広く覆われて開脚姿勢に負担をかけることなく、安定した保持が可能である。 Then, when the length between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 is shortened by folding in the length direction, the lateral width W 3 of the positioning portion 32A where the buttocks of the infant B are received, that is, the sinking lateral width of the buttocks of the infant B Since the lower end of the main body 10 is wider than W 3, the buttocks of the infant B are placed on the positioning pedestal 30 where the folding is unfolded and the length passing between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 is increased. Even when it is received, the buttocks of the infant B are widely covered by the appropriate wide dimensions of the lower portion of the main body portion 10 and can be stably held without placing a burden on the open leg posture.

また、位置決め台座部30が本体部10及び補助保持部20から一体に連続して形成されているから、別途、底上げ用に本体部10と補助保持部20の中に取付けるクッション材等を用意する必要がないので紛失の恐れがなく、クッション材等による蒸れや暑さの助長もなく快適な保持を可能とする。 Further, since the positioning pedestal portion 30 is integrally formed continuously from the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20, a cushioning material or the like that is attached to the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20 is separately prepared for raising the bottom. Since it is not necessary, there is no risk of losing it, and it is possible to hold it comfortably without the stuffiness or heat of the cushioning material.

このようにして上記実施の形態に係るベビーキャリア1によれば、乳幼児Bの保持の高さ位置を調節することができ、かつ、乳幼児Bの成長に応じて負担をかけない開脚姿勢で保持でき、月齢が低い時期の乳幼児Bでも負担の少ない安定した保持を可能とし、長時間乳幼児Bを保持しても乳幼児Bの疲れを少なくできる。そして、乳幼児Bへの負担が少ないことで、特に低月齢の乳幼児Bを保持した際に寝かしつけにも有利で、快適な睡眠環境を作り出すことができる。   Thus, according to the baby carrier 1 according to the above-described embodiment, the holding position of the baby B can be adjusted, and the baby carrier 1 is held in an open leg posture that does not impose a burden according to the growth of the baby B. In addition, the infant B at a low age can be stably held with little burden, and even if the infant B is held for a long time, the fatigue of the infant B can be reduced. And since the burden to the infant B is small, it is advantageous for laying down especially when the infant B of a low age is held, and a comfortable sleep environment can be created.

また、上記実施の形態に係るベビーキャリア1の補助保持部20は、本体部10の下端部との接続側である水平方向の下端と、そこから15cmの高さ位置までの左右両側縁とのなす角度が90°以上、140°以下の範囲内である。   Moreover, the auxiliary | assistant holding | maintenance part 20 of the baby carrier 1 which concerns on the said embodiment is a horizontal lower end which is a connection side with the lower end part of the main-body part 10, and the right-and-left both-sides edge from there to a height position of 15 cm. The formed angle is in the range of 90 ° to 140 °.

ここで、上記本体部10の下端部との接続側である水平方向の下端と、そこから15cmの高さ位置までの左右両側縁とがなす角度が90°〜140°の範囲内とは、補助保持部20において、本体部10と接続するその下端から前記15cmまでの高さの範囲内で、本体部10と補助保持部20との間の長さを短くしたときの位置決め台座部30に臀部が受け止められて高い位置で保持される乳幼児Bの両脚に対して、補助保持部20の両側の縁が触れることになるから、その乳幼児Bの脚に触れる補助保持部20の両側の縁の傾きを、下端の水平方向に対して90°〜140°の範囲内とすることで、首すわり前の低月齢期の乳幼児Bを保持対象とした際に、乳幼児Bの身体の股関節や鼠蹊部への圧迫も少なく、その乳幼児Bにとって理想的な約130°の開脚姿勢に近い形態に自然と導きやすくしたものである。 Here, the angle between the lower end in the horizontal direction, which is the connection side with the lower end of the main body 10, and the left and right side edges to the height position of 15 cm is within the range of 90 ° to 140 °. In the auxiliary holding part 20, the positioning pedestal part 30 when the length between the main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 is shortened within the height range from the lower end connected to the main body part 10 to 15 cm. Since the edges of both sides of the auxiliary holding part 20 touch both legs of the infant B that is received at the high position by receiving the buttocks, the edges of both sides of the auxiliary holding part 20 that touch the legs of the infant B are touched. By setting the inclination within the range of 90 ° to 140 ° with respect to the horizontal direction of the lower end, when the infant B in the low-age period before sitting on the neck is to be held, the hip joints and buttocks of the body of the infant B Ideal for the infant B Is obtained easily leads naturally form close to the open leg posture of a about 130 °.

したがって、上記実施の形態に係るベビーキャリア1によれば、補助保持部20は、本体部10の下端部との接続側である水平方向の下端と、そこから15cmの高さ位置までの左右両側縁とがなす角度が90°以上、140°以下の範囲内であるから、特に、約130°の開脚が理想的とされる月齢が低い時期の乳幼児の自然な開脚を妨げることがなくて、乳幼児の身体の股関節や鼠蹊部への圧迫も少なく、乳幼児の体形により負担の少ない保持が可能である。よって、130°の開脚姿勢が理想的である首すわり前の月齢が低い時期の乳幼児Bを保持対象とした場合でも、その開脚姿勢に近い姿勢に導くことができる。   Therefore, according to the baby carrier 1 according to the above-described embodiment, the auxiliary holding portion 20 has the lower end in the horizontal direction that is the connection side to the lower end portion of the main body portion 10 and the left and right sides from there to a height position of 15 cm. Since the angle formed by the edge is in the range of 90 ° or more and 140 ° or less, it does not interfere with the natural legging of infants at low ages, especially when the leg of about 130 ° is ideal. In addition, the infant's body is less pressed against the hip joints and buttocks, and the infant's body shape can be held with less burden. Therefore, even when the infant B at a time when the age before the neck sitting is low, which is ideal for the 130 ° open leg posture, can be led to a posture close to the open leg posture.

更に、本実施の形態に係るベビーキャリア1は、位置決め台座部30を長さ方向に折り畳んで本体部10と補助保持部20の間の長さを短くしたとき、その折り畳んだ部分32aが乳幼児Bの臀部を受け止める位置決め部位32Aとなることから、その折り畳んだ部分32aの嵩増しによって、安定感が増す。また、折り畳みの重ねの選択によって位置決め部位32Aの厚み、即ち、高さを調節でき、乳幼児Bの保持高さの位置の選択幅が広がる。   Furthermore, when the baby carrier 1 according to the present embodiment folds the positioning pedestal portion 30 in the length direction to shorten the length between the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20, the folded portion 32a is an infant B. Since it becomes the positioning part 32A which catches the buttocks, the sense of stability increases by increasing the volume of the folded part 32a. Moreover, the thickness of the positioning part 32A, that is, the height can be adjusted by selecting the folding overlap, and the selection range of the position of the holding height of the infant B is widened.

更に、本実施の形態に係るベビーキャリア1の本体部10は、臀当部13において、中央部13Aに対してその左右両側の端部13Bが乳幼児B側に向かって折り曲げ自在とされ、乳幼児Bが収容される空間が奥行きのある立体的な空間を形成している。よって、本実施の形態に係るベビーキャリア1によれば、月齢が低い時期の乳幼児Bを保持対象として乳幼児Bの臀部全体を覆うように(包み込んで)保護しても、M字に開脚した動きが拘束され難く、乳幼児Bの窮屈感がより開放されて、月齢が低い時期の乳幼児Bにとってより負担が少ない保持を可能とする。また、乳幼児B側とは反対側の外面側から見て、見た目が立体的でスリムにまとまったすっきりとした印象を与えることができる。更に、乳幼児Bの臀部の位置よりも高い位置で膝が曲げられるM字開脚とする自然な開脚姿勢を維持しやすく、乳幼児Bの重心が脚側ではなく臀部にかかる保持形態に導くのが容易となり、乳幼児Bの体形により負担の少ない保持を可能とする。
より好ましくは、立体裁断による接ぎ合わせによって折り曲げ自在とし、その接ぎ合せ部位では中心側(内側)に向けて湾曲した縫製により、また、本体部10の下端及びその付近の縫製によって腰ベルト部50に一体に縫い合わせることにより、更に奥行きを持たせて、乳幼児Bの臀部を落ち込みやすくし、乳幼児Bの臀部の位置から重心位置が定まることで、乳幼児Bの体形にかかる負担を軽減できる。
Furthermore, the main body 10 of the baby carrier 1 according to the present embodiment is such that the left and right end portions 13B of the main body portion 10 of the baby support portion 13 can be bent toward the infant B side with respect to the center portion 13A. The space in which the space is accommodated forms a three-dimensional space with a depth. Therefore, according to the baby carrier 1 according to the present embodiment, even if the infant B at the age of a low age is held and protected so as to cover (wrap) the entire buttocks of the infant B, the leg is opened in an M shape. The movement is not easily restrained, the cramped feeling of the infant B is released, and the infant B at a time when the age is low can be held with less burden. Further, when viewed from the outer surface side opposite to the infant B side, it is possible to give a clean impression that is three-dimensional and slim. Furthermore, it is easy to maintain a natural open leg posture with an M-shaped open leg where the knee is bent at a position higher than the position of the buttocks of the infant B, and the center of gravity of the infant B is guided to a holding form on the buttocks instead of the leg side. It becomes easy, and holding with little burden is enabled by the body shape of the infant B.
More preferably, it can be bent by joining by draping, and the waist belt part 50 can be bent by sewing curved toward the center side (inner side) at the joining part, or by sewing the lower end of the main body part 10 and the vicinity thereof. By stitching together, the depth of the baby B is further increased, and the buttocks of the infant B can be easily lowered, and the position of the center of gravity is determined from the position of the buttocks of the infant B, thereby reducing the burden on the body shape of the infant B.

加えて、本実施の形態に係るベビーキャリア1では、本体部10と補助保持部20の下部に接続し、使用者Mの腰回りに装着する腰ベルト部50を有することによって、乳幼児Bの体重を使用者Mの肩・背中と腰に分散させて、使用者Mの肩への負担を軽くしているが、本発明を実施する場合には、腰ベルト部50を省略することも可能である。即ち、本体部10と補助保持部20間に乳幼児Bが配置されることで、乳幼児Bが保持されるから、腰ベルト部50については必ずしも必要とされるものでなく、左右の肩ベルト部40のみで乳幼児Bの体重を支持して乳幼児Bを抱いたりおんぶしたりする形態としても良い。 In addition, in the baby carrier 1 according to the present embodiment, the weight of the infant B is provided by having a waist belt portion 50 that is connected to the lower portion of the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20 and is worn around the waist of the user M. Is distributed over the shoulder, back and waist of the user M to lighten the burden on the shoulder of the user M. However, when the present invention is implemented, the waist belt portion 50 can be omitted. is there. That is, since the infant B is held by placing the infant B between the main body 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20, the waist belt part 50 is not necessarily required, and the left and right shoulder belt parts 40 are not necessarily required. It is good also as a form which supports the weight of the infant B only and holds the infant B or rides.

なお、上記実施の形態のベビーキャリア1においては、肩ベルト部40が補助保持部20の上下方向に接続されたものであるが、本発明を実施する場合には、乳幼児Bを保持することができれば、本体部10に肩ベルト部40が接続されても良いし、本体部10と補助保持部20とに肩ベルト部40が接続された構成としても良い。何れにせよ乳幼児Bの身体の邪魔にならない位置に接続されて、使用者Mの肩が通される環状を形成するように構成されていればよい。
更に、左右一対の肩ベルト部40を使用者Mの肩に平行に装着する形態に限らず、左右一対の肩ベルト部40をクロス掛けで装着する構造としてもよい。
In the baby carrier 1 of the above embodiment, the shoulder belt portion 40 is connected to the auxiliary holding portion 20 in the vertical direction. However, when carrying out the present invention, the infant B can be held. If possible, the shoulder belt portion 40 may be connected to the main body portion 10, or the shoulder belt portion 40 may be connected to the main body portion 10 and the auxiliary holding portion 20. In any case, it may be configured to be connected to a position that does not interfere with the body of the infant B and to form a ring through which the shoulder of the user M is passed.
Further, the pair of left and right shoulder belt portions 40 is not limited to being mounted in parallel to the shoulder of the user M, and the pair of left and right shoulder belt portions 40 may be mounted in a cross-hung manner.

また、上記実施の形態のベビーキャリア1においては、位置決め台座部30において、折り畳み状態を固定するための固定手段として、スライド式ファスナ33の1対の雌側33aと雄側33bを使用して長さ調節部32の折り畳みによる長さ調節を可能としているが、本発明を実施する場合には、スライド式ファスナ33の数を増やして、段階的に折り畳み長さを選択可能に形成することも可能である。折り畳みの重ね枚数の調節によっても乳幼児Bの臀部の高さ位置を調節するその選択幅が広がる。   Further, in the baby carrier 1 of the above-described embodiment, the positioning base 30 uses a pair of female side 33a and male side 33b of the sliding fastener 33 as a fixing means for fixing the folded state. Although the length adjustment by folding the height adjusting portion 32 is possible, when the present invention is implemented, the number of sliding fasteners 33 can be increased and the folding length can be selected in stages. It is. The range of selection for adjusting the height position of the buttocks of the infant B is also increased by adjusting the number of folded sheets.

折り畳みを固定する手段としてはスライド式ファスナ33に限定されず、スナップ、ボタンとループ、フックとリング、接着布等であっても良いし、別体のアジャスター等の取付けによって行っても良い。固定手段となる部材(部品)が位置決め台座部30に固着しているものであれば、紛失することもなく管理が容易であるが、使用時に折り畳みを固定する固定手段となる部材を取付ける構成としてもよい。
更に、本発明を実施する場合には、このようなスライド式ファスナ33等は、位置決め台座部30において、乳幼児B側に取付けることも可能である。
The means for fixing the fold is not limited to the sliding fastener 33, and may be a snap, a button and loop, a hook and ring, an adhesive cloth, or the like, or may be attached by attaching a separate adjuster or the like. As long as a member (part) that serves as a fixing means is fixed to the positioning pedestal 30, it is easy to manage without losing it. Also good.
Furthermore, when implementing this invention, such a slide type fastener 33 grade | etc., Can also be attached to the infant B side in the positioning base part 30. FIG.

また、本実施の形態のベビーキャリア1においては、補助保持部20及び接続部21によって、乳幼児Bの落下の防止効果を高くでき、また、抱っこやおんぶの際の取り扱いが熟練者なくとも、乳幼児Bの配置位置が分かりやすくなる。
ここで、上記実施の形態のベビーキャリア1においては、乳幼児Bの胴体が横に倒れないように安定に保持する形態として、連結差込具23と連結受具24との連結係合により補助保持部20の自由端側の左右側部と本体部10の背当部12と臀当部13の境界付近の左右両側とを接続する所定長の接続部21を形成しており、本体部10と補助保持部20が分離自在であるため、スライド式ファスナ33の係合操作を容易にできるが、本発明を実施する場合には、本体部10と補助保持部20を分離不可能として、乳幼児Bの脚用の開口を形成する構成としても良い。
In addition, in the baby carrier 1 of the present embodiment, the auxiliary holding part 20 and the connection part 21 can increase the effect of preventing the infant B from falling, and infants and infants can be handled even if they are not skilled in handling a baby or a piggyback. The arrangement position of B becomes easy to understand.
Here, in the baby carrier 1 according to the above-described embodiment, as a form for stably holding the torso of the infant B so as not to fall sideways, auxiliary holding is performed by connecting engagement of the connection plug 23 and the connection receiver 24. A connecting portion 21 having a predetermined length is formed to connect the left and right side portions on the free end side of the portion 20 and the left and right sides in the vicinity of the boundary between the backrest portion 12 and the abutment portion 13 of the main body portion 10. Since the auxiliary holding part 20 is separable, the engaging operation of the slide fastener 33 can be facilitated. However, when the present invention is implemented, the main body part 10 and the auxiliary holding part 20 cannot be separated, and the infant B It is good also as a structure which forms the opening for legs.

1 ベビーキャリア
10 本体部
20 補助保持部
30 位置決め台座部
32 長さ調節部
33 スライド式ファスナ
40 肩ベルト部
50 腰ベルト部

DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 1 Baby carrier 10 Main body part 20 Auxiliary holding part 30 Positioning base part 32 Length adjustment part 33 Sliding fastener 40 Shoulder belt part 50 Waist belt part

Claims (4)

乳幼児の身体にあてがわれ前記乳幼児を支持する本体部と、
前記本体部の下端部に接続され、前記本体部とは反対側で前記乳幼児の身体にあてがわれる補助保持部と、
前記本体部及び前記補助保持部から一体に連続して形成され前記本体部と前記補助保持部の間に渡されて配設され、長さ方向に折り畳む長さ調節によって前記本体部と前記補助保持部の間の深さの調節を自在とし、前記乳幼児の臀部の沈み深さを位置決めする位置決め台座部と、
前記本体部及び/または前記補助保持部に接続され、前記乳幼児を保持する使用者の肩に掛けられる1対の肩ベルト部と、
を具備することを特徴とするベビーキャリア。
A body portion that is applied to the infant's body and supports the infant;
An auxiliary holding part connected to the lower end of the body part and applied to the infant's body on the opposite side of the body part;
The main body part and the auxiliary holding part are formed integrally and continuously from the main body part and the auxiliary holding part, and are provided between the main body part and the auxiliary holding part, and are arranged in a length direction so as to be folded. A positioning pedestal for positioning the sinking depth of the buttocks of the infant;
A pair of shoulder belt portions connected to the main body portion and / or the auxiliary holding portion and hung on a shoulder of a user holding the infant;
A baby carrier characterized by comprising:
前記位置決め台座部は、それを長さ方向に折り畳んで前記本体部と前記補助保持部との間の長さを短くしたとき、その折り畳んだ部分が前記乳幼児の臀部の沈みを受け止める位置決め部位となることを特徴とする請求項1に記載のベビーキャリア。   When the positioning base portion is folded in the length direction to shorten the length between the main body portion and the auxiliary holding portion, the folded portion serves as a positioning portion for receiving the sinking of the buttocks of the infant. The baby carrier according to claim 1. 前記本体部は、前記乳幼児の身体の臀部にあてがわれる部位においてその左右両側部が前記乳幼児側に向かって折り曲げ自在に形成されていることを特徴とする請求項1または請求項2に記載のベビーキャリア。   The said main-body part is formed in the site | part applied to the buttocks of the body of the said infant so that the both right and left side parts can be bent toward the said infant side, The Claim 1 or Claim 2 characterized by the above-mentioned. Baby carrier. 更に、前記本体部と前記補助保持部の下端部に接続し、前記使用者の腰回りに装着する腰ベルト部を具備することを特徴とする請求項1乃至請求項3の何れか1つに記載のベビーキャリア。   4. The apparatus according to claim 1, further comprising a waist belt portion that is connected to a lower end portion of the main body portion and the auxiliary holding portion and is worn around the waist of the user. Baby carrier as described.
JP2016237350A 2016-12-07 2016-12-07 Baby carrier Active JP6282716B1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016237350A JP6282716B1 (en) 2016-12-07 2016-12-07 Baby carrier

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016237350A JP6282716B1 (en) 2016-12-07 2016-12-07 Baby carrier

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
JP6282716B1 JP6282716B1 (en) 2018-02-21
JP2018089280A true JP2018089280A (en) 2018-06-14

Family

ID=61231423

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
JP2016237350A Active JP6282716B1 (en) 2016-12-07 2016-12-07 Baby carrier

Country Status (1)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6282716B1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10905252B2 (en) 2018-04-19 2021-02-02 Wonderland Switzerland Ag Child carrier
JP2022063866A (en) * 2020-10-12 2022-04-22 ワンダーランド スイツァーランド アーゲー Sunshade

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114794800A (en) * 2021-01-28 2022-07-29 明门瑞士股份有限公司 Baby carrier with adjustable seat height

Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH0240247U (en) * 1988-09-14 1990-03-19
JPH0240246U (en) * 1988-09-14 1990-03-19
JP2005118474A (en) * 2003-10-20 2005-05-12 Combi Corp Connection structure for belt shape article, baby band using the same, and fixing side buckle
JP2005118471A (en) * 2003-10-20 2005-05-12 Combi Corp Nursing strap
JP2005118475A (en) * 2003-10-20 2005-05-12 Combi Corp Nursing strap
JP2005120552A (en) * 2003-10-20 2005-05-12 Combi Corp Baby-carrying belt
JP2007268075A (en) * 2006-03-31 2007-10-18 Combi Corp Baby carrier
JP2010029290A (en) * 2008-07-25 2010-02-12 Combi Corp Baby carrier device
JP2016054897A (en) * 2014-09-09 2016-04-21 株式会社千趣会 Baby carrier

Patent Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH0240247U (en) * 1988-09-14 1990-03-19
JPH0240246U (en) * 1988-09-14 1990-03-19
JP2005118474A (en) * 2003-10-20 2005-05-12 Combi Corp Connection structure for belt shape article, baby band using the same, and fixing side buckle
JP2005118471A (en) * 2003-10-20 2005-05-12 Combi Corp Nursing strap
JP2005118475A (en) * 2003-10-20 2005-05-12 Combi Corp Nursing strap
JP2005120552A (en) * 2003-10-20 2005-05-12 Combi Corp Baby-carrying belt
JP2007268075A (en) * 2006-03-31 2007-10-18 Combi Corp Baby carrier
JP2010029290A (en) * 2008-07-25 2010-02-12 Combi Corp Baby carrier device
JP2016054897A (en) * 2014-09-09 2016-04-21 株式会社千趣会 Baby carrier

Cited By (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10905252B2 (en) 2018-04-19 2021-02-02 Wonderland Switzerland Ag Child carrier
US10905253B2 (en) 2018-04-19 2021-02-02 Wonderland Switzerland Ag Child carrier
US11026519B2 (en) 2018-04-19 2021-06-08 Wonderland Switzerland Ag Child carrier
US11026520B2 (en) 2018-04-19 2021-06-08 Wonderland Switzerland Ag Child carrier
US11039695B2 (en) 2018-04-19 2021-06-22 Wonderland Switzerland Ag Child carrier
JP2022063866A (en) * 2020-10-12 2022-04-22 ワンダーランド スイツァーランド アーゲー Sunshade
JP7453197B2 (en) 2020-10-12 2024-03-19 ワンダーランド スイツァーランド アーゲー sunshade

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP6282716B1 (en) 2018-02-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
AU2021201176B2 (en) A Baby Carrier
JP5827008B2 (en) Carrier
JP2019088891A (en) Baby carrier
US20080283559A1 (en) Reversible infant carrier
JP2001070107A (en) Baby carrier with pad
JP2010524605A5 (en)
JP6718167B2 (en) Babysitter
JP6342163B2 (en) Lullaby
KR200485256Y1 (en) Baby carrier having width adjustable function
JP6282716B1 (en) Baby carrier
JP2005131146A (en) Baby carrier
JP2004181268A (en) Nursing belt and user-worn member
JP2002282097A (en) Head support for infant, baby band with head support for infant, and baby band for holding baby horizontally
KR101955475B1 (en) Hip seat carrier having shock absorbing shoulder belt
JP5902265B1 (en) Lullaby
JP2017086740A (en) Baby carrier
US20110062764A1 (en) Child bodysuit restraining apparatus
KR20150004498U (en) Variable width multi-functional sling blanket
JP2005120552A (en) Baby-carrying belt
KR101955476B1 (en) Hip seat carrier having shock absorbing pad
TW201309239A (en) Multi-functional baby carrying vehicle
TWM517571U (en) Dual bearing-on-shoulder baby sling
JP3235488U (en) Babysitter
JP2020081232A (en) Kid carrier
JP2016016171A (en) Baby carrier

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
TRDD Decision of grant or rejection written
A01 Written decision to grant a patent or to grant a registration (utility model)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A01

Effective date: 20180109

A61 First payment of annual fees (during grant procedure)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A61

Effective date: 20180124

R150 Certificate of patent or registration of utility model

Ref document number: 6282716

Country of ref document: JP

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R150

R250 Receipt of annual fees

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R250

R250 Receipt of annual fees

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R250